3803_3420_MLM_Vol_1 3803 3420 MLM Vol 1
User Manual: 3803_3420_MLM_Vol_1
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 212
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
eecee_eeceeoeooooccocceeeeeooeoocc
--- - - ------------- - - -----•
C0 Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979
3803-21
3803-21
3803-21
3803-21
3420
3420
3420
3420
SIN
SIN
SIN
SIN
MLM
MLM
MLM
MLM
PLAN
START
SENSE
MAP
INTF
MAP
OPER
00-000
lA-OOO
6A-XXX
18-000
68-XXX
VOL 1
--- - ----- -------- ----------- -.
---------------- - -Magnetic Tape Subsystem
Maintenance Manual
Maintenance Library
07-000
CARR
16-000
21-XXX
40-000
58-XXX
REF
08-000
MAP
75-001
85-XXX
11-000
15-XXX
INST
90-000
INDEX
VOL2
VOL3
VOl. 4
SAFETY
PERSONAL
The importance of personal safety cannot be
overemphasized. To ensure personal safety and the
safety of co-workers, follow established safety
practices and procedures at all times.
CE SAFETY PRACTICES
16. Avoid touching moving mechanical parts when lubricating.
checking for play. etc.
All Customer Engineers are expected to take every safety
precaution possible and observe the following safety practices while maintaining I BM eqUipment:
17. When using stroboscope, do not touch ANYTHING - it
may be moving.
1. You should not work alone under hazardous conditions
or around equipment with dangerous voltage. Always
advise your manager if you MUST work alone.
Look for and obey the DANGER notices found in the
maintenance documentation. All CEs must be familiar
with the general safety practices and the procedures
for artificial respiration outlined in IBM Form 229-1264.
For convenience, this form is duplicated to the right.
2. Remove all power, ac and dc, when removing or assemblm9 major components, working in immediate areas of
power supplies, performing mechanical inspection of power supplies, or installing changes in machine circuitry.
3. Alter turning off wall box power switch, lock it in the
Off position or tag it with a "Do Not Operate" tag, Form
229-1266. Pull power supply cord whenever possible.
4. When It IS absolutely necessary to work on equipment
having exposed operating mechanical parts or exposed
live electrical cirCUitry anywhere in the machine, observe
the following precautions:
a. Another person familiar with power off controls must
be in immediate vicinity.
b. Do not wear rings, wrist watches. chains, bracelets, or
metal cuff links.
c. Use only insulated pliers and screwdrivers.
d. Keep one hand in pocket.
MACHINE
To protect machines from damage, turn off power
before removing or inserting circuit cards of
components. Do not leave internal machine areas
needlessly exposed, avoid shorting panel pins when
scoping, and handle machine parts carefully. In
addition, look for and observe the CAUTION notices
found in maintenance documentation.
e. When using test instruments, be certain that controls
are set correctly and that insulated probes of proper
capacity are used.
f.
Avoid contacting ground potential (metal floor strips,
machine frames, etc.l. Use suitable rubber mats, purchased locally if necessary.
5. Wear safety glasses when:
a. Using a hammer to drive pins, riveting, staking, etc.
b. Power or hand drilling, reaming, grinding, etc.
c. Using spring hooks, attaching springs.
d. Soldering, wire cutting, removing steel'bands.
e. Cleaning parts with solvents, sprays, cleaners, chemif.
cals, etc.
Performing any other work that may be hazardous to
your eyes. REMEMBER - THEY ARE YOUR EYES.
6. Follow special safety Instructions when performing specialIZed tasks, such as handling cathode rav tubes and extremely
high voltages. These instructions are outlined in CEMs
and the safety portion of the maintenance manuals.
A form for reader's comments is provided at the front
of this publication. If the form has been removed, send
your comments to the address below.
lB. Avoid wearing loose clothing that may be caught in mao
chinery. Shirt sleeves must be left buttoned or rolled above
the elbow.
19. Ties must be tucked in shirt or have a tie clasp (preferably
nonconductive) approximately 3 inches from end. Tie
chains are not recommended.
20. Before starting equipment, make certain fellow CEs and
customer personnel are not in a hazardous position.
21. Maintain good housekeeping in area of machine while performing and after completing maintenance.
Knowing safety rula is not .noulh_
An u ....f. 8Ct will inevitably lead to an accident_
Use good judgm.nt - .Iiminate unsafe acts.
ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION
General Considerations
1. Start Immediately - Seconds Count
Do not move victim unless absolutely necessary to remove
from danger. Do not wait or look for help or stop to
loosen clothing, warm the victim, or apply stimulants.
2. Check Mouth for Obstructions
Remove foreign objects. Pull tongue forward.
3. Loosen Clothing - Keep Victim Warm
Take care of these items alter victim is breathing by himself or when help IS available.
4. Remain in Position
After Victim revives, be ready to resume respiration if
necessary.
5. Call a Doctor
Have someone summon medical ald.
6. Don't Give Up
Continue without interruption until victim is breathing
without help or is certainly dead.
Rescue Breathing for Adults
7. Do not use solvents, chemicals, greases, or oils that have
1. Place victim on his back Immediately.
not been approved by 18M.
This manual was prepared by the IBM General Products
Division, Department 21 H, Boulder, Colorado 80302.
2. Clear throat of water, food, or foreign matter.
B. Avoid using tools or test equipment that have not been approved by IBM.
3. Tilt head back to open air passage.
9. Aeplace worn or broken tools and test eqUipment.
4. Lilt jaw up to keep tongue out of air passage.
10. Lilt by standing or pushing up with stronger leg musclesthis takes strain off back muscles. Do not lilt any equipment or parts weighing over 60 pounds.
11. Alter maintenance, restore all safety devices, such as guards,
shields, signs, and grounding wires.
12. Each Customer Engineer is responsible to be certain that
no action on his part renders products unsafe or exposes
customer personnel to hazards.
5. Pinch nostnls to prevent air leakage when you blow.
6. Blow until you see chest rise.
7. Remove you r lips and allow I ungs to empty.
B. Listen for snoring and gurglings - signs of throat obstruction.
9. Repeat mouth to mouth breathing 10-20 times a minute_
Continue rescue breathing until victim breathes for himself.
13. Place removed machine covers in a safe out-of-the-way
place where no one can trip over them.
14. Ensure that all machine covers are in place before returning
machine to customer.
15. Always place CE tool kit away from walk areas where no
one can trip over it; for example, under desk or table.
© Copyright International Business Machines
,
J
Thumb and
finger positions
Final mouth-tomouth pOSition
Corporation 1976, '979
,
J
~. J
}
J
,}
'l,
{)
~)
J
,)
i)
\.
\.)
_fie
"
Reader's Comment Form
8 0
coo c c c c c c c o c c c c c e e o e c
This form may be used to communicate your views about this publication. They will be sent to the
author's department for whatever review and action, if any, is deemed appropriate. Comments may be
wntten in your own language; use of English is not required.
ThiS form may be used to communicate your views about thiS publication. They will be sent to the
author's department for whatever review and action, if any, IS deemed appropnate. Comments may be
written In your own language; use of English is not required.
IBM shall have the nonexclusive right. In its discretion, to use and distribute all submitted information,
In any form, for any and all purposes, without obligation of any kind to the submitter. Your interest IS
appreciated.
IBM shall have the nonexclusive nght. In ItS discretion, to use and distribute all submitted information,
Note: Copies of IBM publications are not stocked at the location to which this form is addressed. Please direct any
requests for copies of publications, or for assistance in using your IBM system. to your IBM representative or to the
IBM branch office serving your locality.
Mach Type/Mod
Serial Number
Storage Control/CPU
Symptom/Error Code
MIM Page ID
MIM Page EC No.
If no error or symptom code, check here
D
in any form, for any and all purposes, Without obligation of any kind to the submitter. Your Interest IS
appreciated.
Note: Copies of IBM publications are not stocked at the location to which this form is addressed. Please direct any
requests for copies of publications, or for assistance in using your IBM system. to your IBM representative or to the
IBM branch office serving your locality.
Mach Type/Mod
Serial Number
Storage Control/CPU
MIM Page ID
MIM Page EC No.
If no error or symptom code. check here
Symptom/Error Code
Describe the trouble as it was reported to you, or as it appeared to you (machine jJroblem).
Describe the trouble as it was reported to you, or as it appeared to you (machine problem).
Describe problem you encountered with documentation.
Describe problem you encountered with documentation.
Want an acknowledgement?
For plant use only
Date received
Fill in your name and Branch Office Number:
Name
BID No.
Occupation _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Sender acknowledged
Research completed
Incorporated by EC
Thank you for your cooperation. No postage stamp necessary if mailed in the U.S.A. (Elsewhere, an
I BM office or representative will be happy to forward your comments.)
Want an acknowledgement?
D
For plant use only
Date received
Fill in your name and Branch Office Number:
Name
BID No
Occupatlon _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Sender acknowledged
Research complete;J
Incorporated by EC
Thank you for your cooperation. No postage stamp necessary if mailed in the U.S.A. (Elsewhere, an
IBM office or representative will be happy to forward your comments.)
Reader's Comment Form
Reader's Comment Form
Fold and tape
Please Do Not Staple
Fold and tape
Attention: Device Product Engineering
Department 64P
Fold and tape
PERMIT NO. 40
Fold and tape
Attention: Device Product Engineering
Department 64P
NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY IF
MAILED IN THE
UNITED STATES
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST CLASS
Please 00 Not Staple
NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY IF
MAILED IN THE
UNITED STATES
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
ARMONK, NEW YORK
FIRST CLASS
PERMIT NO. 40
ARMONK, NEW YORK
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
International Business Machines Corporation
General Products Division
P. O. Box 27155
Tucson, Arizona 85726
International Business Machines Corporation
General Products Division
P. O. Box 27155
Tucson, Arizona 85726
Please Do Not Staple
Fold and tape
Fold and tape
Fold and tape
Please Do Not Staple
------- --- -----------_.-
------- ---- --- --------_.-
International Business Machines Corporation
Data Processing Division
1133 Westchester Avenue. White Plains. N.Y. 10604
International Business Machines Corporation
Data Processing Division
1133 Westchester Avenue. White Plains, N.Y. 10604
IBM World Trade Americas/Far East Corporatton
Town of Mount Pleasant, Route 9. North Tarrytown. N.Y .. U.S.A. 10591
IBM World Trade Americas/ Far East Corporation
Town of Mount Pleasant. Route 9, North Tarrytown. N.Y .. U.S.A. 10591
I BM World Trade Europe/ Middle East/ Afrtca Corporation
360 Hamilton Avenue, White Plains, N.Y .. U.S.A. 10601
IBM World Trade Europe/Middle East/ Africa Corporation
360 Hamilton Avenue, White Plains, N.Y .. U.S.A. 10601
Q!)
Fold and tape
Q!)
o Copyright International Busines. Machines Corporation 1976. 1979. 1980
.,
.
.~
.. J
t
•
J
,
4
.
....
j
,;
,J
L
,
.J
II "
" .J
"~
,J
, ;1
!
ee
o
c c c c c c c c c c
c o
e
Reader's Comment Fonn
This form may be used to communicate your views about this publication. They will be sent to the
author's department for whatever review and action, If any, IS deemed appropriate. Comments may be
written in your own language; use of English IS not required.
ThiS form may be used to communicate your views about thiS publication. They will be sent to the
author's department for whatever review and action, If any, IS deemed appropriate. Comments may be
written in your own language; use of English IS not required.
IBM shall have the nonexclusive right, In its discretion, to use and distribute all submitted Information,
IBM shall have the nonexclusive right, In ItS discretion, to use and distribute all submitted information,
in any form, for any and all purposes, Without obligation of any kind to the submitter. Your Interest IS
appreciated.
In any form, for any and all purposes, Without obligation of any kind to the submitter. Your Interest IS
appreciated.
Note: Copies of IBM publications are not stocked at the location to which this form is addressed. Please direct any
requests for copies of publications, or for assistance in using your IBM system. to your IBM representative or to the
IBM branch office serving your locality.
requests for copies of publications. or for assistance in using your IBM system. to your IBM representative or to the
Mach Type/Mod
Serial Number
Storage Control/CPU
Symptom/Error Code
MIM Page 10
MIM Page EC No
If no error or symptom code, check here
D
Note: Copies of IBM pUblications are not stocked at the location to which this form is addressed. Please direct any
IBM branch office serving your locality.
Mach Type/Mod
Serial Number
Storage Control/CPU
MIM Page 10
MIM Page EC No.
If no error or symptom code. check here
Symptom/Error Code
Describe the trouble as It was reported to you, or as It appeared to you (machine problem).
Describe the trouble as it was reported to you, or as It appeared to you (machine problem).
Describe problem you encountered with documentation.
DeSCribe problem you encountered with documentation.
Want an acknowledgement?
Fill in your name and Branch Office Number:
Name
B/O No
Occupatlon _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
For plant use only
Date received
Fill in your name and Branch Office Number:
Sender acknowledged
Research completed
Incorporated by EC
Thank you for your cooperation. No postage stamp necessary If mailed in the U.S.A. (Elsewhere, an
IBM office or representative will be happy to forward your comments.)
3803-2/3420
C
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976, 1979, 1980
Want an acknowledgement?
Name
BONo
Occupatlon _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
D
For plant use only
Date received
Sender acknowledged
Research completed
Incorporated by EC
Thank you for your cooperation. No postage stamp necessary If mailed in the U.S.A. (Elsewhere, an
IBM office or representative will be happy to forward your comments.)
c c
Reader's Comment Form
Reader's Comment Form
Fold and tape
Please Do Not Staple
Fold and tape
Attention: Device Product Engineering
Department 64P
I=old and tape
Please Do Not Staple
FOld and tape
Attention: Device Product Engineering
Department 64P
NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY IF
MAILED IN THE
UNITED STATES
NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY IF
MAILED IN THE
UNITED STATES
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST CLASS
FIRST CLASS
PERMIT NO. 40
ARMONK, NEW YORK
ARMONK, NEW YORK
PERMIT NO. 40
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
International Business Machines Corporation
General Products Division
p, O. Box 27155
Tucson, Arizona 85726
International Business Machines Corporation
General Products Division
P. O. Box 27155
Tucson, Arizona 85726
Fold and tape
Please Do Not Staple
Folri dno tripp
------- --- -----------.-
~
Please Do Not Staple
FOld and tape
~
International BUSiness Machines Corporation
Data Processing D,v,s,on
1133 Westchester Avenue, White Plains, NY
International BUSiness Machines Corporation
Data Processing D,v,s,on
1133 Westchester Avenue, White PlainS, N Y
10604
IBM World Trade Amerlcasi Far East Corporation
Town of Mount Pleasant, Route 9, North Tarrytown, NY, USA
10604
IBM World Trade Americas Far East Corporation
Town of Mount Pleasant, Route 9, North Tarrytown, NY, USA
10591
IBM World Trade Europe/Middle East/Africa Corporation
360 Hamilton Avenue, White PlainS, NY, U,S,A 10601
10591
IBM World Trade Europe/ Middle East Africa Corpora lion
360 Hamilton Avenue, White PlainS, NY, U S,A 10601
• Copyrighl Inlarnalional Bu.in••• Machines Corporalion 1976, 1979, 1980
\
j;
;
!
,
J
)
"
J
)
·J
~
\
,I
)
j
ee
--
c c c
c c c c c c c c c c c c c o c
G
G
G
Reader's Comment Form
This form may be used to communicate your views about this publication. They will be sent to the
author's department for whatever review and action, if any, is deemed appropriate. Comments may be
written in your own language; use of English is not required.
This form may be used to communicate your views about this publication. They will be sent to the
author's department for whatever review and action, If any, is deemed appropriate. Comments may be
written in your own language; use of English is not required.
IBM shall have the nonexclusive right. in its discretion, to use and distribute all submitted information,
in any form, for any and all purposes, without obligation of any kind to the submitter. Your interest is
appreciated.
IBM shall have the nonexclusive right, in its discretion, to use and distribute all submitted information,
in any form, for any and all purposes, without obligation of any kind to the submitter. Your interest is
appreciated.
Note: Copies of IBM publications are not stocked at the location to which this form is addressed. Please direct any
requests for copies of publications, or for assistance in using your IBM system, to your IBM representative or to the
IBM branch office serving your locality.
Note: Copies of IBM publications are not stocked at the location to which this form is addressed. Please direct any
requests for copies of publications, or for assistance in using your IBM system, to your IBM representative or to the
IBM branch office serving your locality.
Mach Type/Mod
Serial Number
Storage Control/CPU
Symptom/Error Code
MIM Page 10
MIM Page EC No.
If no error or symptom code, check here
0
Mach Type/Mod
Serial Number
Storage Control/CPU
MIM Page ID
MIM Page EC No.
If no error or symptom code, check here
Symptom/Error Code
Describe the trouble as it was reported to you, or as it appeared to you (machine problem).
Describe the trouble as it was reported to you, or as it appeared to you (machine problem).
Describe problem you encountered with documentation.
Describe proplem you encountered with documentation.
Want an acknowledgement?
Fill in your name and Branch Office Number:
Name
S/O No.
Occupation _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
For plant use only
Date received
Sender acknowledged
Research completed
Incorporated by EC
Thank you for your cooperation. No postage stamp necessary if mailed in the U.S.A. (Elsewhere, an
IBM office or representative will be happy to forward your comments.)
Want an acknowledgement?
Fill in your name and Branch Office Number:
Name
S/O No.
Occupation _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
0
For plant use only
Date received
Sender acknowledged
Research completed
Incorporated by EC
Thank you for your cooperation. No postage stamp necessary if mailed in the U.S.A. (Elsewhere, an
IBM office or representative will be happy to forward your comments.)
Reader's Comment Form
Reader's Comment Form
Fold and tape
Please Do Not Staple
Fold and tape
Attention: Device Product Engineering
Department 64P
~old
Please Do Not Staple
and tape
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
ARMONK, NEW YORK
PERMIT NO. 40
NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY IF
MAILED IN THE
UNITED STATES
Attention: Device Product Engineering
Department 64P
NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY IF
MAILED IN THE
UNITED STATES
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST CLASS
Fold and tape
FIRST CLASS
PERMIT NO. 40
ARMONK, NEW YORK
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
International Business Machines Corporation
General Products Division
P. O. Box 27155
Tucson, Arizona 85726
International Business Machines Corporation
General Products Division
P. O. Box 27455
Tucson, Arizona 85726
Please Do Not Staple
Fold and tape
Fold and tape
Please Do Not Staple
Fold and tape
------- ---- ----====';'=
-------- ------ - --==-=":'=
International Business Machines Corporation
Data Processing D,v,s,on
1133 Westchester Avenue, White Plains. N Y
International BUSiness Machines Corporation
Data Processing D,v,s,on
1133 Westchester Avenue, White Plains, N. Y
Fold and tape
Q!)
10604
10604
IBM World Trade Americas/Far East Corporation
Town of Mount Pleasant, Route 9. North Tarrytown. NY. U.S.A. 10591
IBM World Trade Americas/Far East Corporation
Town of Mount Pleasant, Route 9, North Tarrytown, NY, U.S.A. 10591
IBM World Trade Europe/ Middle East/ Africa Corporation
360 Hamilton Avenue, White Plains, NY.. U.S.A. 10601
IBM World Trade Europe/ Middle East/ Africa Corporation
360 Hamilton Avenue, White Plains, NY., U.S.A. 10601
3803-2/3420
• Copyright International Buai..... Machines Corporation 1976, 1979, 1980
\
f
Ii
'\
j
\
j
\
J
,
\
"J
\
j
"
)
,
\;
J
\
J
l
,;
j
o
ee
GOOO
c c c c o c c c o o c c c e o o c c
Reader's Comment Form
This form may be used to communicate your views about this publication. They will be sent to the
author's department for whatever review and action, if any, is deemed appropriate. Comments may be
written in your own language; use of English is not required.
This form may be used to communicate your views about this publication. They Will be sent to the
author's department for whatever review and action, if any, IS deemed appropnate. Comments may be
written in your own language; use of English is not required.
IBM shall have the nonexclusive right, in its discretion, to use and distribute all submitted information,
in any form, for any and all purposes, without obligation of any kind to the submitter. Your interest is
appreciated.
IBM shall have the nonexclusive right. in its discretion, to use and distribute all submitted information,
in any form, for any and all purposes, without obligation of any kind to the submitter. Your interest is
appreciated.
Note: Copies of IBM publications are not stocked at the location to which this form is addressed. Please direct any
Note: Copies of IBM publications are not stocked at the location to which this form is addressed. Please direct any
requests for copies of publications, or for assistance in using your IBM system, to your IBM representative or to the
IBM branch office serving your locality.
requests for copies of publications, or for assistance in using your IBM system, to your IBM representative or to the
Mach Type/Mod
Serial Number
Storage Control/CPU
Symptom/Error Code
MIM Page ID
MIM Page EC No.
If no error or symptom code, check here
D
IBM branch office serving your locality.
Mach Type/Mod
Serial Number
Storage Control/CPU
MIM Page ID
MIM Page EC No.
If no error or symptom code, check here
Symptom/Error Code
Describe the trouble as it was reported to you, or as it appeared to you (machine problem).
Describe the trouble as it was reported to you, or as it appeared to you (machine problem).
Describe problem you encountered with documentation.
Describe problem you encountered with documentation.
Want an acknowledgement?
Fill in your name and Branch Office Number:
Name
BIO No.
Occupation _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
For plant use only
Date received
Sender acknowledged
Research completed
Incorporated by EC
Thank you for your cooperation. No postage stamp necessary if mailed in the U.S.A. (Elsewhere, an
IBM office or representative will be happy to forward your comments.)
Want an acknowledgement?
Fill in your name and Branch Office Number:
Name
BIO No.
Occupation _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
D
For plant use only
Date received
Sender acknowledged
Research completed
Incorporated by EC
Thank you for your cooperation. No postage stamp necessary if mailed in the U.S.A. (Elsewhere, an
IBM office or representative will be happy to forward your comments.)
Reader's Comment Form
Reader's Comment Form
Fold and tape
Please Do Not Staple
FOld and tape
Attention: Device Product Engineering
Department 64P
Fold and tape
PERMIT NO. 40
Fold and tape
Attention: Device Product Engineering
Department 64P
NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY IF
MAILED IN THE
UNITED STATES
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST CLASS
Please Do Not Staple
NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY IF
MAILED IN THE
UNITED STATES
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
ARMONK, NEW YORK
ARMONK, NEW YORK
PERMIT NO. 40
FIRST CLASS
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
International Business Machines Corporation
General Products Division
P. O. Box 27155
Tucson, Arizona 85726
International Business Machines Corporation
General Produtts Division
P. O. Box 27155
Tucson, Arizona 85726
FOld and tape
Please Do Not Staple
Fold and tape
Please Do Not Staple
------- ---- --- -----------.-
------- ----- --- ----_
... --_.-
International Business Machines Corporation
Data Processing DIvIsion
1133 Westchester Avenue, White Plains. N. Y
International BUSiness Machines Corpora lion
Data Processing DIVISion
1133 Westchester Avenue, White Plains, N Y
10604
Fold and tape
10604
IBM World Trade Amerlcas/ Far East Corporallon
Town of Mount Pleasant. Route 9, North Tarrytown, NY, US A. 10591
IBM World Trade Americas/Far East Corporation
Town of Mount Pleasant, Route 9, North Tarrytown, NY, U.S.A
IBM World Trade Europe/ Middle East/ Africa Corporation
360 Hamilton Avenue, White Plains, NY, U.S.A. 10601
IBM World Trade Europe/ Middle East/ Africa Corporation
360 Hamilton Avenue, White PlainS, NY, U.S.A. 10601
10591
• Copyright International BUBiness Machines Corporation 1976, 1979, 1980
l
i
\I
f\
'-I
!\
J
:)
",
J"
~)
o
800
OOG
c cee c c c o c c c c c e e co c
PLAN 1
3803-2/3420 MAINTENANCE PHILOSOPHY
TECHNIQUES
INTRODUCTION
The main objective of the 3803-2/3420 maintenance
philosophy incorporated in the Maintenance Library
Manual (MLM) is to help the CE repair hardware
failures quickly. To accomplish this objective, emphasis
is placed on "how to fix" rather than "how it works".
For each failure, the "how to fix" approach utilizes the
CE's resources, the failure isolation techniques, and the
individual analysis procedures.
The five rules below must be observed in order to
successfully use this manual.
1.
Always start a maintenance or problem call at the
top left racetrack (See symbol table on PLAN 4)
entitled START on the START 1 page.
2.
Always follow the procedure exactly as it is written.
Do not add or delete any items.
3.
Never shortcut or skip a familiar portion or begin in
the middle of a MAP sequence at an obvious place.
As the MAP isolation logic narrows toward the
failing FRU, questions and decisions that have been
taken care of or eliminated are deliberately left out.
Failure to begin at START 1 will skip some of this
logic and may result in not isolating the failure or
problem.
4.
5.
Always use MAP 00-030 to restore the subsystem
after a successful maintenance or problem call.
Always use MAP 00-030 to re-enter the MAP after
an unsuccessful maintenance or problem call.
RESOURCES
Although the maintenance philosophy is designed for
the Product Trained CE, it is recognized that there are
significant differences in skill levels, experience and
natural ability among CEs. Additional maintenance
procedures and sections of the M LM are provided to
allow each CE to continue with the maintenance
procedure until he has exhausted his resources, or until
existing policies dictate that he request assistance.
The normal card isolation technique is to replace or
exchange the specified cards within a particular
maintenance procedure until the failing card is located.
At the CE's discretion, and / or depending on the
customer's requirements, cards may be exchanged
between drives to speed the isolation. In certain areas
where it is not practical to rapidly exchange or replace
components, information is provided to allow isolation
of the failing repaceable unit.
MAPs contain a series of questions and instructions
designed to analyze the failure symptoms and Sense
Data. The MAPs lead to a specific Field Replaceable
Unit (FRU), a set of FRUs (in cases where a single FRU
cannot be identified). a failing back panel net, or an
adjustment. repair, or cleaning routine.
To use these MAPs effectively, you should be trained
on the 3803-2/3420 tape subsystem. Training should
include:
1.
The basic maintenance and operation of the
subsystem.
2.
Practice in using MAPs and the Online Test User's
Guide.
3.
Familiarity with the microcode listing, including the
ability to look up a hexadecimal address from an
EQUATE statement or instruction label.
Maintenance Analysis Procedures (MAPs) are provided
to assist the CE in making decisions (based on sense
data, OLT diagnostic results, customer data, or visual
indications) to isolate the failure to the smallest possible
area. MAPs are composed of analysis charts, second
level diagrams, and descriptions. Analysis charts and
second level diagrams refer to other material in the
M LM and ALDs to provide a more complete path to
failure isolation. The descriptions are provided to help
the CE understand the failing operation.
4.
Practice in running 3420 OLTs that support the
system and ability to analyze the failing printout.
5.
Practice in detecting visual failures, reading
indicator lights, and using the CE panel.
HOW TO USE MAPS, GENERAL
The MAPs provide a step-by-step procedure to isolate
the failure to a field replaceable unit (FRU). The
procedure may require any or all of the following
actions:
Scoping procedures are provided if components are not
available for replacement or exchange. Keep in mind
that exchanging or replacing is the primary card
isolation technique, and that scoping is the secondary
technique.
PROCEDURES
The 3803-2/3420 MAPs and the 3803-2/3420 Online
Tests (OLT), are the keys to the 3803-2/3420 Magnetic
Tape Subsystem maintenance package. (IBM
3803-2/3420 Magnetic Tape Subsystem: Online Test
User's Guide, 10 number D99-3420A, is available from
the IBM Corporation (See Start 2). Diagnostic
Coordinator, 40 Saw Mill River Rd. Hawthorne, N.J.
07430.) MAPs should lead you step by step through the
call. The IBM 3420 Field Tester (P /N 1765342 with EC
734316 for 3420 Models 4,6, and 8) and IBM Online
Tests (running under OLTSEP or OS/DOS OLTEP) may
be used in solving the problem.
6.
The ability to locate subsystem components and
replace all failing FRUs.
MAPs are divided into sections with the tape unit MAPs
in sections 1 through 6 and tape control MAPs in
sections 11 through 21.
HOW TO LOCATE INFORMATION
There is a complete Index section at the back of each
of the 4 volumes. These indexes contain an
alphabetical list of the terms, titles, names, etc. used in
the MLM. Refer to these indexes for general reference
information. Do not try to use the indexes for trouble
call isolation-Always use START 1 for trouble calls.
The theory of operation is in volume 4.
Checks, adjustments, removal and replacement (CARR)
is in volume 2, section 08-XXX. Pages 08-000 and
08-005 contains a table of contents for section
08-XXX.
Section 20-XXX contains a cross-reference list to the
pin and logic locations for the 3803 and the 3420. Use
appropriate parts catalog (listed below) when ordering
replacement parts.
IBM 3803 MODEL 2/3420 MAGNETIC TAPE
SUBSYSTEM.
Related publications pertaining to this product are:
1.
3803-2/3420 Subsystem Description, GA32-0021.
2.
3420 Model 4, 6, and 8 Parts Catalog, SI32-0007.
3.
3803 Models 1, 2, and 3 Parts Catalog, SI32-0004.
4.
3420 Operator's Guide Card, S232-0003.
5.
3803/3420 OLT Users' Guide, D99-3420A.
6.
3420 Model 3, 5, and 7 Part Catalog, S132-0005.
• Adjustments (electrical and mechanical)
• Cleaning
• FRU exchanging
• Repair or replacement of parts
• Special tests
• Scoping
• Voltage checks
HOW TO USE MAPS, DETAILS
See MAP 00-001 through MAP 00-007.
© Copyright International Bustness Machines Corporation 1976. 1979, 1983
PLAN 1
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
PLAN 2
ABI
adapter Bus In
clk
clock
EPO
emergency power-off
K
contactor. relay
ABO
adapter Bus Out
cm
centimeter
EPR
error pattern reg ister
kb
kilobyte
ac
alternating current
cmnd
command
EREP
environmental record edit and print
kd
kilodigit
addr
address
cmpr
compare
ERG
erase record gap
kg
kilogram
ADT
automatic data transfer
CNTL
control
ERP
error recovery procedure
kHz
kiloHertz (kilocycles/ second)
ALD
automated logic diagram
cntr
counter
err
error
alt dir
alternate direction
COCC
cartridge opener control card
ESD
electro-static discharge
ALU
arithmetic and logic unit
col
column
ARA
automatic read amplification
com
communicator
asm
assembly
cond
condition
adapter Tag In
conn
connector
ATI
L
left
Ibs
pounds
fci
flux changes per inch
Ici
local
FP
file protect
LP
load point
freq
frequency
LRC
longitudinal redundancy check
FRU
field replaceable unit
LRCB
longitudinal redundancy check byte
local storage register
cont
conn
contingent connector
FSB
forward space block
LSR
CP
circuit protector
FSF
forward space file
Ith
latch
binary coded decimal notation
CPU
central processing unit
fwd
forward
LWR
loop write-to-read
bfr
buffer
CRC
cyclic redundancy check
vacuum column switches (left column)
channel read-in counter
grey code counter
L l-L4
backward
CRIC
GCC
bkwd
blk
block
CROC
channel read-out counter
ATO
adapter Tag Out
aux
auxiliary
BCD
BM or
B/M
bill of material
BOB
beginning-of-block
cis
center / section
channel status word
CSW
branch on condition
BOC
BOPE
Bus Out parity error
BOR
beginning-of-record
BOT
beginning-of-tape
bpi
bits per inch
BPI
bytes per inch
br
branch
cartridge
ctg
GCR
group coded recording (6250 bpi)
mach
machine
gnd
ground
MAP
maintenance analysis procedure
grnd
ground
mech
mechanical
MHz
megaHertz (megacycles/second)
MIS
multiple interface switch
hdwr
hardware
CTI
channel Tag In
hex
hexadecimal
ctr
counter
HIO
halt input/ output
ctrl
control
HPD
high power drive
CU
control unit
HPI
high power inhibit
CUE
control unit end
HS
high speed
clockWise
cw
digital-to-analog converter
HSFL
HSR
high speed field latch
high speed rewind
BSB
backspace block
DAC
BSF
backspace file
dc
direct current
BU
branch unconditional
DC
data convert
IBG
interblock gap
dcc
data converter check
IC
cap
capstan
dcd
decoder
ID
cart
cartridge
DE
device end
IF
CAW
channel address word
det
detect
diag
DMS
CB
circuit breaker
CBI
channel Bus In
CBO
channel Bus Out
CC
condition code
ccw
counterclockwise
CCW
channel command word
CE
Hz
MPL
microprogram listing
mod
model
ms
millisecond
MSC
manual status control
MST
monolithic system technology
magnetic tape adapter
magnetic tape command
instruction counter
MTE
multi-track error
identification
mtr
motor
interface
multi
multiple
Inst
instruction
mv
millivolts
diagnostic
intf
interface
diagnostic mode set
lOS
input/output supervisor (system control program)
NFP
not file protect
NOP
no operation
NRZI
non-return to zero indicating
ns
nanosecond
OBR
outboard recorder
OLT
online test
OLTEP
online test executive program
I/O
IPL
input/output
initial program load
DSE
data security erase
ips
inches/ second
customer engineer
EC
engineering change
Jl-J8
tape unit power plugs (in 3803)
chan
channel
ECC
char
character
env
envelope
chk
check
EOD
end-of-data
circuit
EOT
end-of-tape
ckt
microprocessor
MTC
disk operating system
DOS
millimeter
MP
MTA
down
dn
Hertz (cycles / second)
mm
error correction code
Jll
EPO connector
3803-2/3420
©
l,
PLAN 2
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979, 1983
\
I
<
\
j
,
J
:J
)
,,.
,.J
" j
..
)
eoCt
«I
o
G 00
o
c cee c c c c c c c c o o o o c c
PLAN 3
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS (Cont'd)
OlTSEP
op
rewind / unload
online test stand-alone executive program
run
operation
R/W
read/write
uk
unit check
R1-R4
vacuum column switches (right column)
unld
unload
SA
service aid
SAGC
OP IN
operational in (tag line)
OS
operating system
unreg
unregulated
microprogram
self-adjusting gain control
!,pgm
or !,prog
SCC
solenoid control card
!,sec
microsecond
SCR
silicon controlled rectifier
uv
under voltage
UV/OV
under voltage/over voltage
osc
oscillator
ov
over voltage
OV/UV
over voltage/under voltage
pb
pushbutton
SCRA
solenoid contact relay assembly
pc
printed circuit
SDR
statistical data recorder
PC
parity check
sec
second
PCB
printed circuit board
sel
select
PDC
proportional drive counter
seq
sequence
PE
phase encoded (1600 bpi)
Set
CE/Cmpr
set CE register/set compare register
SID
start I/O
PF
pathfinder
PG
parity generator
pgm
program
PHD
polarity hold drive
PID
Programming Information Department
PN or
PIN
part number
pneu
pneumatic
POR
power on reset
p-p
peak-to-peak
prop
proportional
PTE
P-track envelope
PTF
program temporary fix
ptrs
pointers
pty
parity
pwr
power
sol
solenoid
ss
singleshot
st
status
stp
stop
SVP
switch
WTM
write tape mark
system generation
xfr
transfer
tach
tachometer
xlate
translate
TB
terminal board
xpt
crosspoint
TC
tape control
2CS
two channel switch
TCS
two-channel switch
TCU
tape control unit
tgr
trigger
TI
tape indicate
track-in-error
test I/O
track
ROD
read disconnect delay
rdy
ready
TM
tape mark
REA
Request for Engineering Action
TP
test point
reg
register
TPC
tach period counter
TU
tape unit
TUBI
tape unit Bus In
TUBO
tape unit Bus Out
TU CHK
tape unit check
Tx
transistor
read in counter
ROC
read out counter
ROS
read only storage
rst
reset
with
SYSGEN
tk or
trk
RIC
w/ or w
sw
TIO
rewind
vertical redundancy check register
write
read
rew
VRCR
service processor
resistor / capacitor
request
vertical redundancy check
without
rd
req
voltage monitor
VRC
wr or
wrt
rc
remote
variable frequency control
write clock
right
rem
VFC
VM
WC
R
reject tape unit
vacuum
velocity
w/o
TIE
REJ-TU
vac
vel
PLAN 3
©
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979
LEGEND AND SYMBOLS
PLAN 4
Circuit Blocks
PANEL LOCATION, PIN SYMBOLS
Capstans, Reel Motors, Pneumatic Pumps and Motors
Vacuum
A1F2
A1D2P03
Y1N2G06
A2K3B04
00
A1C2
Switch
FT134
T-Al02B07
Refers to the tape unit.
T -A 1XXXXX is used to avoid
confusion with the control
unit A 1 panel.
Al02B07
May be used when the tape unit
location is clearly defined.
FT111
Wave forms, Pulses
Refers to the control unit.
Maintenance Library Divider Tab
FT123
Callouts
Notes:
D
[n]
n = some number
titles are
visible.
Timing Diagrams: (example of)
Flowchart Symbols
8
IBG Counts
1. LOAD/REWIND
FT263
2. Load Operation
FT284
Entry Block
Data block
FT284
4. Left Reel Thread (cw)
FT285
5. Rt. Reel Thread Ld lew)
21
FT285 _ _ _ _ _ _-=.J
7. Set Un load Latch
8. Right Reel Unload
9. Left Reel Unload
©
)
)
2,3
I
,\
.\
• j
:}
fJ
I
2
I
I
12
I
6
61
7
1
71
31
1
31
7
1
71
31
I
FT265 ------------------------------~
I
1
1
I
71
I
1
I
FT285 ----------------------------~
I
72
I
,2
I
61
FT284 ------------------------------~
1
71
FT265 ------------------------------~
56
16
2r
Insert these tabs in the binders containing the IBM 3803-2/3420
Tape Subsystem Maintenance Library.
I
PLAN 4
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976, 1979
"
40
H
6
3. Thread Status
6. Load Check Flip Latch
14 or
24
:)
.}
\.
o
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
co o
COO
c ceo o c c c c c e c c o
c c c
PLAN 5
Babysitter. A monitoring device.
Blown. This term is used to define a fuse or circuit
card that is electrically defective. It is usually applied to
an open fuse.
Bobble. The oscillation of the tape back and forth over
a vacuum switch while the tape unit is idle.
Bottoms. When the tape goes beyond the lowest port
switch, it piles up at the bottom of the column.
Degauss. The de-magnetization of tape, heads, and
magnetic materials.
Fetch. To go or come after, to bring or take back, to
retrieve, to bring about. or to bring in.
Gauss. A term used to define magnetic flux density.
Hot. Indicates that a line, condition, bit, or latch, is in
the active state erroneously.
SAGe and ARA. Automatic read amplification (ARA) is
derived from logic functions of the self-adjusting gain
control (SAGe) in the tape control and tape unit.
Singleshot. An electronic latch designed to stay in the
active state a limited time after the initial input, then
automatically go inactive.
Splash. An undefined burst of magnetic flux recorded
on tape.
MP1 and MP2. Throughout this publication references
are made to Microprocessor 1 (MP1) and
Microprocessor 2 (MP2). See pages 50-000 through
50-003 for schematics of the data flow logic and
microprocessors.
p.pgm, p.program. Microprogram. A program of
microinstructions; using basic subcommands.
Wobble. The oscillations of the capstan wheel or tape
reel. It indicates alignment problems, a worn shaft or
bearing, or an out-of-balance condition.
PLAN 5
© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979
PLAN 6
ORGANIZATION OF PUBLICATION
VOLUME 1
VOLUME 2
r
~-----)
(
This section covers the objectives, procedures and
organization of the IBM 3803-2/3420 MLM.
Device Selection, Interface lines (Bus In and Bus Out!.
plus tape motion and dropping Ready problems.
\
PLAN
J
INTF 07 -xxx
J
MAP 16-xxx
r
r
r
( ___
ST_A_R_T___
(
All maintenance and problem calls begin after this tab.
After this tab Checks, Adjustments, Removal and
Replacement instructions are presented.
J
(~_S_EN_SE_ _
CARR OS-xxx
VOLUME 3
(
MAP ll-xxx
Control unit and tape unit sense data is presented after
this tab.
(
J
MAP OO-xxx
Quick Fix reference list and other miscellaneous data,
plus the start and end of the MAPs.
(
(
J
MAP lA-OOO
(
MAP 15-xxx
MAP 20 - xxx
J
MAP 18-000
r
MAP 58-000
r
General MAPs from 16 through 21 (21)* are presented
after each of these tabs. These MAPs are for both
(models 3, 5, 7) and (Models 4, 6, 8) tape drives, and
the control unit.
(
OPER 40-xxx
(
OPER 58-xxx
r
r
r
After these tabs the Therory of Operations data is
presented. There are eight sections. They are 40, 50,
52, 53, (54)*, 55, (57)*, and 58.
(
REF 75-xxx
After these tabs the Reference data is presented in
three sections. The sections are 75, (80)* and (85)*.
(
General MAPs from 11, (12)*, 13, (14)*,15 are
presented after each of these tabs. These MAPs are for
both 3420 (models 3, 5, 7) and 3420 (models 4, 6, 8)
tape drives, and the 3803-2 control unit.
INSTAL gO-xxx
r
This section tab identifies the installation intructions.
\
INDEX
/
~------)
r
MAP 5A-OOO
These tabs 1A (2A)*, 3A, 4A, and 5A (6A)* separate
the various MAPs for the models (3, 5, 7) tape drives
attached to a 3803-2 control unit. (See Note).
(
(
I
I
r
VOLUME 4
After this tab is the index to all four volumes.
Note:
Models 3, 5, 7 MAP page numbers in Volume 1
end with the letter A.
Models 4, 6, 8 MAP page numbers in Volume 1
end with the letter B.
Examples:
2A-120 = (Models 3, 5, 7)
2B-120 = (Models 4, 6, 8)
00-005 = All Models
These tabs 1 B (2B)*, 3B, 4B, and 5B (6B)* separate the
various MAPs for the models (4, 6, 8) tape drives
attached to a 3803-2 control unit. (See Note).
*Indicates section without a tab.
3803-2/3420
PLAN 6
©
)
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979
J
;"
V
\
~)
~)
j
___ e _ 8 0 G 0 __ C; 0 0 C; 0 Gee C C C C C C C C C c e o e 0 0 0 C
MLM TAB PLACEMENT BY VOLUME
PLAN 7
Tabs for
Volume 1
Tabs for
Volume 3
__
,--------_.
._-
-
-
-
Volume 1
- 'l, 'l, ~
-a, ~ -a, ~. ~ 1 1 1 1 ') 1 ') 1 ') ') 1 11·
CE-MLM
\
~
SSSNS~APOO010
r
=
PLAN
-\MAP
~MAP lA-OOO
START
\MAP~~~p05AOOO
16-0~00AP 17-000
=
=\;;:CT~~\
=='c::,:
=
Z-Z-Z-Z
MAP 58-000
MAP 48-000
MAP 38-000
MAP 18-000
Tabs for
Volume 2
L~
MAP 17-200
MAP lS-000
MAP 3A-000
--
SAP
190~AP20_000_
~~
._-
Tabs for
Volume 4
~~~~-a,~~~-a,~~~~~~a-a,aa~
SSS
INTF 07-000
MAP OS-l 00
MAP
L""~~
\
-MAP 11-000
OSS-~~P OS-50~
SMAP
l~s~~~
--===t ===:t- =t-- ~
13-300
~
MAP
15-000
OPER 40-000
OPER 50-000
PE~R52-000
S1 ,\ER ~5~~g:
._
55000
~PE ~~S~OO._ _ _ _ --'I
~ ---=----r
\==--t: ----...,------,~___J
t-
r
~INDEX
-INSTALL 90-000
REF 75-000
3803-2/3420
©
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979
PLAN 7
NOTES:
PLAN 8
3803-2/3420
©
)
PLAN 8
Copyright International Business Machines CorporatIon 1976, 1979
1
if
\
j
\
j
.,
J
\
"I
:J
:)
)
o c o o
C G
coo c c c c c c c c c c e e e o o cee
START 1
CE INITIAL ENTRY
START
Remember: All problem
analysis or preventive
maintenance (PM) calls
must be terminated by
using the map on 00-030.
Answer the following
questions with a no
if you do not know
or are not sure.
18·000
Additional information:
B. How to use the MAPs DO-DOD
b. Quick fix index 00·009
DO-DID
18-060
START 1
START 2
CE INITIAL ENTRY (Cont'd)
From START 1
If the problem exists on TU
Model 3, 5, or 7, go to the
MAP page identified with
the letter 'A' (1 A through 6A).
If the problem exists on TU
Model4, 6, or 8, go to the
MAP page identified with
the letter '8' (18 through 68).
14-000
Notes:
1. Observe forward, backward, high speed, low speed
rewind and start/stop operations.
Obtain sense from;
·OLTs
·EREP
·Manually (see 12·000)
2.
15·200
Load failures, tape motion problems, rewind
problems, unload failures, tape runaway, or window
problems.
OO-OlD
00-040
3803·2/3420
START 2
© Copyright International Busines. Machines Corporation 1976, 1979, 1980, 1983
)
,
\
J
.
\
,__.I
\
.... ~
J
f\
J
J
t \
J
:)
:)
:)
.1
~-".,~
:)
')
\.
)
G
o c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c o 00 c
CE INITIAL ENTRY (Cont'd)
START 3
START 1
A
- -
--
- -
-,
- - - -
I
I
System Checkout
Theory
OL T Users Guide
System Diagnostic 90-200
Subsystem and Control
Tape Unit Initial Selection
Tape Control and Tape Unit
Selection and Priority
Also see the I ndex for
Specific Subjects
00-005
14-000
How to Use:
CE Panel
Field Tester
MAPs
40-001
07-000
54-005
Online tests are documented in IBM Maintenance Program: IBM 380313420 Magnetic
Tape Subsystem: Online Tests User's Guide (10 number 099-3420A, available by
ordering using the DOC (Diagnostic Order Calculator! program at the Branch Office_
Subsystem Description
3803-2
GA32-0021
See PLAN1, IBM 3803 Model 213420 Magnetic Tape Subsystem for additional
publications for this system.
Preventive Maintenance
Sense Information
Chart
Analysis (MAPl
Other (Related) Subsystem Documents
Schedule 85-000
Installation
12-010
80-020
00-000
Cabling
Card Plugging
Control Unit and Device
Address Plugging
90-000
Checks, Adjustments, Removals,
Replacements
Index
08-000
3803-2/3420
START 3
bor':
START 4
NOTES:
START 4
©
.\
"' j
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976, 1979
f)
\.
~)
f)
D
:J
~)
~)
)
__ 8 8 0 ( ; 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
HOW TO USE MAPs, DETAILS
c c c c c c c c c c c cc c c c c c
00-000
For overall understanding of the IBM 3803-2/3420
MLM, see the PLAN section. See 00-001 through
00-003 for MAP usage details.
Note: All problem and maintenance calls begin at
START 1. Do Not begin calls by starting in the MAP
sections, see PLAN 1. All calls end on MAP 00-030.
00-000
00-001
HOW TO USE MAPs (Cont'd)
II
MAP FORMATS
MAPs have two basic formats. The second style
format is shown on 00-002. Some tape unit MAPs are
presented in the format shown to the right. The
diagram shows the parts of a MAP, how they are used,
and what the notations mean. Number keys indicate:
D
EI
II
Page number and title of the diagram, followed by
the Start symbol. Always begin reading a diagram
at START. Tape unit MAP numbers include an A or
8; A designates tape unit Models 3, 5, and 7, and
8 designates Models 4, 6, and 8.
A block of text containing theory information and
special instructions pertinent to the diagram.
Always read this information before beginning
testing.
Arrows which lead from the text to where testing
starts - usually for voltage levels. Make tests one
at a time from top to bottom. Tests are useless if
testing is not done from top to bottom. As the
large arrows at the top show, go to the right for
the correct test results and to the left when test
results are incorrect. In other words:
II
iii
The machine location of the lOgic card represented
by this block on the diagram. All designations of
the form xnxn are logic card locations. An x equals
an alpha character and n equals a number. If
present, the logic card locations appear as the first
line at the top of a block on the diagram.
(
Designations of the pins being tested usually are
preceded by + for standard plus or up level, and for standard minus or down level. If there is no +
or -, special voltages are indicated in nearby
comments, or the pin designation is merely a label
for a path to be followed. All designations of the
form xnn are pin designations, and always appear
above the logic path they mark.
II
Incorrect
Indications of expected voltages. The square wave
indicates voltage should alternate between the
standard plus (up) and the standard minus (down)
levels. The explicit voltage indicates that the
specified voltage should be present. (Detailed
information regarding voltages is contained in a
Note. See [nJ).
D
~+Bll
[1] -G13
If all tests show correct voltage levels, go right and
make tests (going from top to bottom again)
indicated at the next block.
Vac.
Switch
•
If any test shows an incorrect voltage level, stop
testing at that block, go left, and make any tests
(going from top to bottom again) indicated at the
next block.
FTll1
A1F2
e
JI
ru-L
iii
M12
FT134
Fiber
OptiC
Continue going left for incorrect results and right for
correct results until you isolate the block that has
correct signals coming into it from the left, but has
incorrect signals going out to the right. This block
represents the field replaceable unit (FRU) that should
be replaced.
FT124
+
[1]
[2]
3803-2/3420
00-001
@ COPYright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979
.)
'\
v
,
\
I
)
a
:J
a
, E)
J
~..
_Gee
"
o
80 0 0 0 0 0
c ceo c c c c c c c e o c o
00
00-002
HOW TO USE MAPS (Cont'd)
The MAP title describes the problem the MAP is developed to solve.
Designation of the automated logic diagram (ALD) page on which this
logic block is found. ALD page references, represented by the form
xxnnn or xxnnx always appear as the bottom line of a block.
FROM specifies the MAP that sent you here.
ERROR DESCRIPTION identifies the sense bit(s) and defines error check
conditions.
References to different ALD pages for 50- Hz or 60- Hz operations
use the form xxnnO/5. The number ending in 0 means a 60-Hz
operation and the number ending in 5 is a 50- Hz operation. (For
example, YB030/5 means ALD page YB030 for 60 Hz and YB035 for
50 Hz.) Where ALD page numbers have an x in the low order
position, the x represents 1 through 9, depending on the input
source.
FRU LIST lists all known FRUs which cause the error, with the most likely
FRU(s) at the top of the list.
Most Probable Cause Indicates those cards which may cause the specific
failure.
Replace FRU(s) in the sequence specified.
Examples of blocks representing three different types of FRUs. 6)
gives a functional name of an FRU and its ALD page, Ggives a logic
card location and its ALD page, and
gives a functional name only.
e
Notes: Special information for the MAP.
The Condition/Instruction column asks a question or gives directions.
A junction in the logic path. Junctions are marked by black dots at
the intersection of the lines. Crossed lines without dots do not
connect. When a logic path divides at a junction into two or more
parallel subpaths, replace the FRU(s) one at a time from top to
bottom.
For every "Yes" answer to a question, proceed to the Action column.
For every "No" answer, go to the next sequence (sequence number).
When an instruction does not ask a question, proceed to the next
sequence.
The Action column provides instructions to fix the problem.
A line (always curved) that indicates continuation of a block at
another place on the page. Follow the line and continue testing
normally. Partial blocks are shown at each end of 'the continuation
line for ease of reference, but the block appears only once in logic.
Curved continuation lines also indicate continuation from one diagram
to another on the same page.
If a repair action does not lead to another sequence, do not try to
continue following the MAP. This is the failing area of the machine.
If the problem is not resolved, reconstruct the path and review the
MAP.
After exhausting a MAP and the problem cannot be identified, go to
00-030.
Notes to indicate such things as voltages expected, references to
other topics in the MAPs, or explanations of conditions under which
pulses can occur. Notes are called out by numbers in brackets like
this [1].
TYPICAL FLOW THROUGH MAPS
If the answer to the question is yes, go to the Action column; if the answer
is no or you are not sure of the answer, go to the next sequence.
Optional
MAPS also have the following format:
Start at 00-101
Seq
FROM:
ERROR DESCRIPTION:
FRU List
or
Most Probable Cause:
Optional
XXXX
Notes: .. _Always start with Seq 1 and follow the procedure in sequence unless directed otherwise.
Remember to END all problem or maintenance calls by going to MAP 00-030.
Seq
1
Action
Condition/Instruction
----
3803-2/3420
----
Condition/Instruction
Action
1
Does a single tape unit fail?
Analyze symptoms and go to 00-040.
2
Exclusive Sense or Symptom?
Go to Map xx-yyy.
3
System available for OLTEP?
Go to Seq 7.
4
Gather offline Sense.
5
Manual Sense Analysis 14-000
6
Go to MAP xx-zzz
7
Read only fails?
Go to Seq 25.
8
Write/Read fails?
Go to Seq 43.
9
If not:
Go to MAP xx-yyy
10
Problem unresolved?
Go to 17-800.
MAP 00-009 has a quick index which can aid you in using the MAPs. If it
does not locate the problem, restart on 00-030.
00-002
c
HOW TO USE MAPS (Cont'd)
00-003
LINE LEVELS ACTIVE/INACTIVE/PULSING/SWITCHING
TIMING CHARTS
Line names and active levels are shown for all pins
scoped.
When provided, timing charts follow the MAP in a
section and contain card pins and approximate timings
for reference.
Examples:
A few MAPs do not follow any of these formats.
-IBG means minus is active
+IBG means plus is active
Source pins of nets (not necessarily the pin being
scoped) are listed in 20-XXX. The MAPs always
assume correct levels and nominal rise and fall times.
If a bad line is scoped, do not continue, but go to
20-XXX and locate the net, then trace it back to the
failing point.
STANDARD VOLTAGES
Level
(Y1Q2)
SLD
Device
Interface
Channel
MST Back
Panel
Plus
+6
+4.4
+4 to +1 .70v
(active)
-.61 to -.96
Minus
0
+0.5 (active)
o to
-1.57 to -2.35
+.70v
MICROPROGRAM ADDRESSES
To keep MAPS applicable to any EC level of microcode,
only a few special hex addresses are used in the
MAPs. In most cases Compare addresses and
references to microinstructions are designated by the
instruction's label or equate statement.
LaC
Object STMT Source
000000
000000
2FF5
..
Statement
973
STEP0001 EQU *
975
CHKRSTS BOC PWRRST, MODEREGS .
The Branch instruction at address 000 may be denoted
by CHKRSTS or STEP0001 in MAPs.
Convert the label called out in the MAP by turning to
the cross-reference pages located behind each
microcode listing. Find the label listed under the
"Symbol" column and then refer to the "Value" column
for the associated hex address.
00-003
© Copyright International Busine•• Machines Corporation 1976. 1979. 1983
.)
,
\
.
i
--
!1
'"
:J
i
\
•
~,
-
~l
"l
'-."
'\
\1
,. l
\.1
o o o o
o
o o c c
o o
000
c
c c c c c c c
C·
"
HOW TO USE MAPS (Cont'd) - SENSE
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Bit 7
Attention
Status
Modifier
Control Unit
End
Busy
Channel End
Device End
Unit Check
Unit
Exception
Bit 0 (8)
Byte 0
Command
Reject
15-020 (U)
Byte 1
Noise 17-370
(U) (D)
Bit 1 (4)
Intervention
Required
15-010 (U)
~
TU Status A
00-006 ~
Bit 2 (2)
Bit 3 (1)
Bit 4 (8)
Bit 5 (4)
Bit 6 (2)
Bit 7 (1)
Bus Out
Check
15-030 (U)
Equipment
Check
00-006 (U)
Data Check
00-006 (U)
Overrun
15-040 (U)
Word Count
Zero 15-050
(U)
Data
Converter
Check
15-070 (U)
TU Status B
00-006 ~
Byte 4
Byte 5
Byte 6
Byte 7
Byte 8
Byte 9
Byte 10
Byte 11
Byte 12
Seven Track
00-006
Load Point
00-006 ~
Write Status
00-006 ~
File Protected
00-006 ~
SENSE BYTE
Byte 13
VRC/
Envelope
Check
17-220,
17-310 (D)
1600 BPI Set
In TU 00-007
Write Trigger
VRC 17-020
(D)
Spare
Loop Write
To Read
00-007
Tape Unit
Check
00-007 ~
Reserved For
RPQ
Write Tape
Mark Check
17-180 (D)
10 Burst
Check
17-050 (U)
Start Read
Check
17-070 (D)
Partial Record
17-410 (D)
Postamble
Error 17-190
(D)
Reserved For
RPQ
Write Current
Failure
15-090 (E) ~
Dual Density
00-007
3420 Not Set
To 1600 BPI
00-007
Model 4/6/8
00-007
Tape Bottom
Left 15-090
Tape Bottom
Right 15-090
~
~
MTE/LRC
17-110,
17-310 (D)
Skew Error
17-160 (D)
MP Hardware
Error 00-007
(E) ~
Reject Tape
Unit 00-007
(E)
Tape Indicate
00-007
New
Subsystem
00-007
New
Subsystem
00-007
Seven Track
Tape Unit
00-007
Lamp Failure
15-090 ~
~
Load Failure
15-090 ~
Reset Key
15-090 ~
Data Secu rity
Erase 15-090
Early Begin
Read Back
Check
17-100 IE)
ID)
SAGC Check
16-220 (E)
Slow Begin
Read Back
Check
00-007 (D)
Slow End
Read Back
Check
17-150ID)
Velocity
Retry / Restart
00-007
Spare
Tape Control
Unit
Reserved
00-007
Spare
1 or 2 Track
Correction
17-600
Velocity
Change
During Write
16-180,10)
Channel
Buffer Check
START 1
CRC III
17-540,
17-590
6250 Tape
Control
00-007
Spare
Command
Status Reject
16-160 (E)
Spare
Control
Status Reject
16-210 IE)
No Block
Detected on
Write/WTM
16-190 (E)
Dynamic
Reversal
16-200 (E)
Tach Start
Failure
16-170 (E)
Spare
Low ROS
Panty/Low IC
Parity on
Branch
Instruction
16-010 (B) ~
Hi IC/Br
Cond/Hi ROS
Register
Parity 16-020
(B) ~
Microprogram
Detected
Hardware
Error 16-060
(B) ~
Low ROS
Panty/Low IC
Parity on
Branch
Instruction
16-080 (B) ~
Hi IC/Br
Cond
Error / Hi ROS
Register
Parity 16-090
(B) ~
B Bus Parity
Error ALUl
16-030 (B) ~
B Bus Parity
Error ALU2
16-100 (B) ~
Spare
D Bus Parity
ALUl 16-040
(B) ~
Spare
Spare
Bus Parity
ALU2 16-110
(B) ~
Spare
Bit 5 (4)
Bit 6 (2)
Bit 7 (1)
Tape Control Unique Identification (High Order Serial Number Digits)
Tape Unit Unique Identification (High Order Serial Number Digits)
Tape Unit Unique Identification (Low Order Serial Number Digits)
Tape Control Features
Tape Control EC Level
Byte 18
Power
Check/ Air
Flow ~
Spare
Spare
Spare
Byte 19
TU 7 Primed
for DE ~
TU 6 Primed
for DE ~
TU 5 Primed
for DE ~
TU 4 Primed
for DE ~
TU 3 Primed
for DE ~
TU 2 Primed
for DE ~
TU 1 Primed
for DE ~
TU 0 Primed
for DE ~
Byte 20
TU F Primed
for DE ~
TU E Primed
for DE ~
TU 0 Primed
for DE ~
TU C Primed
for DE ~
TU B Primed
for DE ~
TU A Primed
for DE ~
TU 9 Primed
for DE ~
TU 8 Primed
for DE ~
Byte 21
Load Rewind
Button
Pressed
Left Reel
Turning
Right Reel
Turning
Tape Present
Reels Loaded
Load Rewind
Load
Complete
Load Check
Tape Unit EC Level
Byte 22
Field Replaceable Unit Identification
Byte 23
Field Replaceable Unit Identification (See Control/Command Status Reject)
Notes:
(B)
Sets Bus Out Check when there
are no other bits on in Sense
Byte O.
(D)
Sets Data Check
(E)
Sets Equipment Check
IU)
~
~
~
Sets Unit Check
May change status between
consecutive Sense commands
TAPE UNIT SENSE BYTES
Byte
Velocity
Check
16-180 (E)
Br Cond
Error ALU 1
16-050 (B)
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Bit 7
Byte 0
Backward
Not File
Protect
EaT
BOT
Write Status
Start
Unit Check
Not Busy
Byte 1
7- Track
Write Current
Fail
Dual Density
Alternate
Density
Mod 4, 6, or
8
011 = 75 ips
100=125 ips
101=200 ips
Byte 2
Lamp Failure
Left Col
Failure
Right Col
Failure
Door Interlock
or Reset Key
Data Security
Erase
Erase Head
Failure
Air Bearing
Failure
Load Failure
Load
Complete
Load Check
Byte 3
Byte 4
~
o
Bit 4 (8)
Tape Control Unique Identification (Low Order Serial Number Digits)
Byte 5
Microprogram
Detected
Hardware
Error 16-130
(B) ~
Bit 3 (1)
Tape Control Features
Byte 17
P Compare/
C Compare
17-010 (D)
Air Bearing
Pressure
15-090 ~
Erase Head
Failed 15-090
Bit 2 (2)
Byte 15
Tape Unit Model Identification 00-007
IBG Detected
17-080 (D)
Spare
Backward
00-007
Bit 1 (4)
Byte 14
Not Capable
15-060 (U)
End Data
Check/CRC
17-530 (D)
Read/Write
VRC 17-168
(D)
Bit 0 (8)
Byte 16
Track In Error 17-602
Byte 2
Byte 3
SENSE BYTE 13-23
Bit 0
SENSE BYTE
Br Cond
Error ALU2
16-120 (B)
Byte 6
Byte 7
~
High and Low Tape Unit Serial Number
Air Flow
Voltage
Check
High Order
High Order
High Order
EC Level of Tape Unit
Serial Number Serial Number Serial Number
Allows Read Bus and Tach Pulses (crease tape)
Load Rewind
Button
Pressed
Left Reel
Turning
Right Reel
Turning
Tape Present
Reels Loaded
Load Rewind
3803-2/3420
© Copyright
c c
00-005
STATUS BYTE AND SENSE BYTE 0-12
STATUS BYTE
c
c
00-005
International Business Machines Corporation 1976, 1979. 1983
"L g
00-006
HOW TO USE MAPS (Cont'd) - SENSE
SENSE BYTE BITS NOT DEFINED IN MAPs
Sense Byte 0
Bit 3 - Equipment Check
Equipment Check is set on a tape control connected
operation when:
1.
Bit 0 or 1 of sense byte 4 is set.
2.
Bit 3 or 4 of sense byte 8 is set.
3.
Bit 0, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 7 of sense byte 10 is set.
4.
Bit 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 7 of sense byte 12 is set if
error occurred between presentation of initial and
ending status and the command involved tape
motion.
TU Status
Response to
Initial
Selection
TU STATUS A#
TU STATUS B#
Off
Off
Non-cxistent Unit Check*
Off
On
Not Ready
Arm for
Device End
Unit Chcck*
On
Off
Ready and
not
rewinding
Clean Status
*Unit Check is not signaled for a sense operation unless the sense
instruction had had parity at command out time or a hardware
error occurred (sense hyte II or 12) during initial selection.
In the 2400 series, TU STATUS A and TU STATUS Bare
lines from the tape unit. They do not exist in the
3803-2/3420 Subsystem; they are generated by the
tape control from tape unit responses.
Bit 4 - Data Check
Data Check is set when:
1.
End of Block is sensed before any data bytes are
detected during a 6250 bpi or PE (1600 bpi) read or
read backward operation. Bit 0 of sense byte 1 is
set (noise).
2.
Bit 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 7 of sense byte 3 is set.
3.
Bit 3 of sense byte 4 is set.
4.
Bit 2, 4, 5, or 6 of sense byte 5 is set.
5.
Bit 0, 3, 5, or 6 of sense byte 8 is set.
6.
Bit 1 of sense byte 9 is set.
4 load Point
Load Point is set when the selected
tape unit is at the beginning-of-tape
(BOT).
6 File Protect
File Protect is set when the selected
tape unit is in file protect status.
For nine-track NRZI operations: Write or loop
write-to-read (LWR) has bits 6 and 7 on.
1.
Excessive leading or lagging skew in a given
track(s) before data readout during read or write
operations.
1.
A single track and data check indicate the track in
error.
2.
Any valid pointers present when end of data is
detected during read or write operations.
2.
Bits 6 and 7 with data check indicate an
uncorrectable error pattern.
3.
Time sensor down (no data being read) on write
operations.
3.
Bits 6 and 7 without data check indicate normal
operation.
4.
Excessive leading or lagging skew in a given
track(s) after data readout if a valid pointer is
present on read operations only.
For PE operations, sense byte 2 indicates the track(s)
that are dead tracked due to one or more of the
following:
1.
Time sensor down (no data being read) on read or
write operations.
2.
Excessive leading or lagging skew in a given
track(s) before data readout during read or write
operations.
3.
Excessive leading or lagging skew in a given
track(s) after data readout if a persistent pointer is
present during read or write operations.
4.
Any valid pointers are present when end of data is
detected on read or write operations.
5.
Envelope check if accompanied by a persistent
pointer or time sensor down during write
operations.
6.
Eight corrections in a given track without an
intervening group of eight bit cells not needing
correction on read operations only.
SENSE BYTE 2 (TIE)
This sense byte contains track in error (TIE) indicator
bits set at the end of a read, read backward, write, or
loop-write-to-read (LWR) command.
Bits 1 through 6
Caution: For 6250 and PE operations, if a
read/write (R/W) vertical redundancy check
(VRe) is indicated (byte 3, bit 0)' the TIE byte is
invalid or unreliable.
TU STATUS A is set when an
addressed tape unit is selected,
ready, and not busy.
2 TU STATUS B
Seven Track is set when the selected
tape unit has the 7-Track feature.
5 Write Status Write Status is set when the selected
tape unit is in write status.
SENSE BYTE 1
1 TU STATUS A
3 Seven Track
For 6250 bpi operations, sense byte 2 indicates the
track(s) that are deadtracked due to one or more of the
following:
In read or read backward operations:
For seven-track operations: During seven-track read
or read backward operations, the track in error byte is
used for tape unit sense level control. The values are:
Bus Out
00
30
10
TIE TU
00
Normal - no read VRC error
80
1st read VRC error
40
2nd read VRC error
3rd error returns sense level control to
normal and cycle repeats.
TU STATUS B is set when an
addressed tape unit is not ready.
Assuming no outstanding device end
status, bits 1 and 2 determine
response to initial selection as
follows:
00-006
© Copyright International Bu.ine,. Machine. Corporation 1976. 1979. 1983
()
, ."
l.J
o
{}
,
l ,,
\.,
f
"
')
\ I.
c c c c c o c c c c o
o c o c c c c c c c c
C"-
c· c c c c c c c c c c
HOW TO USE MAPS (Cont'd) - SENSE
SENSE BYTE BITS NOT DEFINED IN MAPs
SENSE BYTE 3
Bit 5 - 1600 bpi Set in TU
Set when the selected tape unit is in phase encoded
(PE) mode.
00-007
Bit 7 - Velocity Retry/Restart
SENSE BYTE 6
Present when:
Bit 0 - Seven Track Tape Unit
Set when the selected tape unit is a 7-track unit. This
bit is never active for tape unit Models 4, 6, and 8.
Bit 2 - Dual Density
1.
Retry was necessary on initial Velocity Check on a
write operation.
2.
A single byte of noise occurred during a NRZI read
delay.
Set when the selected 3420 Model 3, 5, or 7 is capable
of 1600 and 800 bpi operations or the selected 3420
Model 4, 6, or 8 is capable of 6250 and 1600 bpi
operations.
SENSE BYTE 9
SENSE BYTE 4
Bit 3 - 3420 Not Set to 1600 bpi
Bit 4 - 6250 Tape Control
Bit 0 - MP Hardware Error
Set to indicate the mode of the tape unit in the
following manner:
Present when the tape control has the capability to
read and write 6250 bpi code.
Bit 6 - Backward
Set when the selected tape unit is in backward status.
Set whenever Microprocessor 1 (MP1) or
Microprocessor 2 (MP2) hardware error occurs as
defined in sense bytes 11 and 12.
Bit 7 - Tape Control Reserved
Bit 3 ON:
Present when the tape control is in reserved status.
Models
Mode
Bit 1 - Reject Tape Unit
3, 5, 7
800 bpi, 9-track NRZI
Set if the selected tape unit dropped READY during
execution of a tape motion command.
4, 6, 8
6250 bpi
Bit 2 - Tape Indicate
Bit 3 OFF:
Models
Set whenever the end-of-tape (EOT) marker is sensed
during a forward tape operation.
Mode
3,5,7
1600 bpi
Bit 5 - Loop Write to Read
4,6,8
1600 bpi
Set when the last command was a loop write-to-read
(LWR).
Bit 6 - Tape Unit Check
Bit 3 is always ON for 7-track tape units.
Bits 4 through 7 - Tape Unit Model Identification
Indicate the tape unit model as follows:
Set when unit check is present in the tape unit sense.
Model
3
4
5
6
7
8
SENSE BYTE 5
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
Bit 0 - New Subsystem
Is always zero on 3803-2/3420 subsystems.
Note: This bit is not an error.
4
5
6
7
Bit 1 - New Subsystem
SENSE BYTE 8
Is always present on a 3803-2/3420 subsystem.
Bit 5 - Slow Begin Read Back Check
Present only if Start Read Check (Byte 5, Bit 5) is ON
and is used as a modifier for field replaceable unit
(FRU) finding.
00-007
00-009
3420/3803-2 QUICK FIX INDEX
INSTRUCTIONS: Determine if sense data is available. Use the sense analysis table and compare with the sense data
presented. If there is a comparison, go to the MAP location listed. If there is a single tape unit failure, use the tape unit MAP
location. If not, or if in doubt, start with the tape control MAP location. If sense data is not available, try to locate the
symptom in the Symptom Analysis table, or go to 00-010. If sense data is available, try to locate the failing symptom in the
symptom analysis table, then go to the MAP location. If in this index, or if the location given in this index fails to fix the
problem, ALWAYS go to Section 00-010, Sequence 1 and follow the procedures given.
SENSE ANALYSIS
SUPPORT SENSE
PRIME SENSE
°
Byte 0, Bit
Command Reject
TAPE UNIT MAP PAGE
Byte 0, Bit 7
Data Converter Check
15-070
Not Applicable
Byte 1, Bit 7
Not Capable
15-060
15-060
Byte 5, Bit 3
ID Burst Check
17-050
5A-OOO, Models 3, 5, and 7
5B-OOO, Models 4, 6, and 8
SENSE ANALYSIS
T APE CONTROL MAP
PAGE
T APE CONTROL MAP
PAGE
SUPPORT SENSE
PRIME SENSE
T APE UNIT MAP PAGE
15-020
5A-OOO, Models 3, 5, and 7
5B-OOO, Models 4, 6, and 8
Byte 0, Bit 1
Intervention Required
READY Condition
NOT READY Condition
15-010
15-090
15-010
2A/2B-OOO
Byte 0, Bit 2
Bus Out Check
Nothing
Byte 4, Bit
ALU hardware error
15-030
13-000
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Byte 0, Bit 3
Equipment Check
Byte 6, Bit 1
Write Current Check
15-090
15-090
Byte 0, Bit 3
Equipment Check
Byte 7, Any Bit
Any Tape Unit Check
15-090
15-090
Byte 0, Bit 3
Equipment Check
Byte 8, Bit 3
Early Begin Readback Check
17-100
5A-OOO, Models 3, 5, and 7
5B-OOO, Models 4, 6, and 8
Meter problems
18-060
18-060
Picking/Dropping Records
15-200
15-200
Byte 0, Bit 3
Equipment Check
Byte 8, Bit 4
SAGC Check
16-220
5B-OOO
Power Checks
11-000
lA-OOO, Models 3, 5, and 7
lB-OOO, Models 4, 6, and 8
Byte 0, Bit 3
Equipment Check
Byte 10. Bit 7
Velocity Check
16-180
6A-OOO, Models 3, 5, and 7
6 B-OOO , Models 4, 6, and 8
Read Errors (a single permanent read error)
Byte 0, Bit 3
Equipment Check
Byte 10, Bit
Command Status Reject
Byte 23, Any Bit
FRU Byte - ALU2
Byte 0, Bit 3
Equipment Check
Byte 10, Bit 2
Control Status Reject
Byte 23, Any Bit
FRU Byte - ALU2
16-210
Byte 0, Bit 3
Equipment Check
Byte 10, Bit 3
No Block Detected on
Write/WTM
16-190
Byte 0, Bit 3
Equipment Check
Byte 10, Bit 4
Dynamic Reversal
Byte 0, Bit 3
Equipment Check
SYMPTOM ANALYSIS
°
°
16-160
SYMPTOM
TAPE CONTROL MAP PAGE
Channel Interface Checks with ALU hangs or
loops on CE panel
13-000
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Load failures
16-160
T APE UNIT MAP PAGE
2A-OOO, Models 3, 5, and 7
2B-OOO, Models 4, 6, and 8
Not Applicable
00-011
Reset Problems
13-000
Not Applicable
Runaway Problems
13-000
5A-OOO, Models 3, 5, and 7
5B-OOO, Models 4, 6, and 8
Tape Switch Problems
18-01
°
18-010
Thread Failures
Not Applicable
2A-OOO, Models 3, 5, and 7
2B-000, Models 4, 6, and 8
Unload Failures
Not Applicable
4A-000, Models 3, 5, and 7
4B-000, Models 4, 6, and 8
5A-OOO, Models 3, 5, and 7
5B-OOO, Models 4, 6, and 8
Window Fails to go Down
Not Applicable
4A-000, Models 3, 5, and 7
4B-000, Models 4, 6, and 8
16-200
6B-OOO, Models 4, 6, and 8
Window Fails to go Up
Not Applicable
2A-000, Models 3, 5, and 7
2B-000, Models 4, 6, and 8
Byte 10, Bit 5
Tach Start Fail
16-170
16-170
Tape Motion and Rewind
Not Applicable
3A-000, Models 3, 5, and 7
3B-000, Models 4, 6, and 8
Byte 0, Bit 3
Equipment Check
Byte 11, Any Bit
ALU 1 Hardware Error
16-XXX
Not Applicable
Byte 0, Bit 3
Equipment Check
Byte 12, Any Bit
ALU2 Hardware Error
16-XXX
Not Applicable
Byte 0, Bit 4
Data Check
14-000
5A-OOO, Models 3, 5, and 7
5B-OOO, Models 4, 6, and 8
Byte 0, Bit 5
Overrun
15-040
5A-OOO, Models 3, 5, and 7
5B-OOO, Models 4, 6, and 8
Byte 0, Bit 6
Word Count Zero
15-050
Not Applicable
16-21
°
3803-2/3420
00-009
© Copyright
""\
'....,
.". '\
V
~.'\
V
International Business Machines Corporation 1976, 1979. 1980. 1983
r'\
\.~
n
V
('\
r~
V
V
;~
\..J
0
(-"\
V
r~
V
,,,V
".'~
V
.('\
\.,.1
{'\
\J
'"
'l
II
"J
\
J
'\
1
"
~
\..,1
,<
'\
\.1
<
\
\1
'\
\,.1
.."'\I
'\
\1
(\
,"
""\
"';
~
\.I
("\
,.I
f\
U
f\
... .1
1",,\
,~
~'\
,.s
¥
l
'<. ..1
,
J
c c
c c
c c o o c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
c c c c c c
3420/3803-2 SYMPTOM INDEX
00-010
Note: For information or assistance for use of the CE panel, refer to MAP 12-010.
Always start with Seq 1 and follow the procedure in sequence unless directed otherwise.
Remember to END all problem or maintenance calls by going to MAP 00-030.
Seq
1
Seq
Condition/Instruction
Action
Seq
12
Do any of the following symptoms occur?
If the machine is in the failing loop,
perform steps a through h; otherwise, go
directly to 13-000.
17
Note: Red light halts may occur with
panel enabled and Control Check stop on
when powering up the subsystem. Do not
troubleshoot these symptoms.
Action
Condition/Instruction
Is the problem definitely isolated to a
single tape unit?
If there are any doubts, interchange the
signal cables with a tape unit that is
working.
Go to 00-040.
2
Is the TCU or drive hung in the failing
condition? (AlUl or AlU2 not at 7FF)
Go to Seq 4.
3
If not:
Go to Seq 6.
4
Note: If error condition is still being held
by subsystem, do not take tape control
offline or reset system.
Go to Seq 6.
1. Control Check red lights from running
in Error Stop Mode (refer to 12-010).
2. AlU hang or loop (AlUl or AlU2 not
equal to 7FF).
Note: If either AlU fails to indicate 7FF
and there are no apparent errors, either
offline or online, the trouble may exist in
the indicator circuits. If AlU 1 is incorrect,
replace B2G2. If AlU2 is suspect, replace
A2J2. These cards can be bad and the
lamps test good. Be aware that an
indicator failure may not be noticed, and,
in conjunction with an actual machine
malfunction, could make trouble diagnosis
very difficult.
Turn the Display Select switch to IC and
display both AlUs with the AlUl / AlU2
switch.
Are both AlUs at 7FF?
5
If not:
Go to Seq 12.
6
Does the symptom indicate:
Note: Problem is assumed to be in the
communicator or switch.
Go to 18-000 for 1x8.
Go to 18-01 0 for all other configurations.
1. An access problem or
2. Device Busy
7
8
Is sense information available?
Is there a permanent read error on a
single reel of tape?
Go to 00-011.
Does the subsystem fail to power up, or is
it possible the random failures may be due
to power supply ripple or regulation?
Go to 11 -000.
If problem is not resolved there, return to
Seq 10.
10
Does more than one tape unit run away?
Go to 13-000.
13
Are there extra or missing interrupts?
Go to 18-050.
Go to 15-200.
14
Is there a usage meter problem?
Go to 18-060.
Is the subsystem picking or dropping
records? Obtain customer's input and
output tapes from the failing job.
6. Go to Seq 15.
Note: AlU error in stop mode will destroy
customer's job.
Refer to MAP 19-000 for the card layout
and functional package.
18
15
Is the system, or at least a partition,
available for OlTEP/OlTSEP?
Go to Seq 18.
16
Is the tape control available for offline
analysis?
Go to 12-000.
Using the 6250 bpi prewritten tape run the
read only diagnostics until the first error
occurs.
Go t~ Seq 20.
Enter: r 01, 'xxx/3420/fe,ext=wz/'
Repeat for tape unit of like mode or
density to ensure that a single tape unit is
not failing.
Do tape units run without error?
19
Run 3420 section RO, WR after each
failure in order to get sense analysis.
Return subsystem to customer.
Enter: r 01,'/3420ro,wr//'
h. Referring to Section 12-010, function
number 16, display the lSRs for both
AlUs. Go to MAP 13-000.
9
11
5. If AlU failure is possible, Enable CE
Panel, set ROS mode to STOP, and
turn on control check stop. Try to get
one failure in each AlU.
Operating the Start or Step switch,
step through several addresses and
record them for AlU2. Then select
ALUl with the AlUl / AlU2 switch
and record several of those addresses.
g. If AlUl is locked at IC address 301 or
302, go to Step h. and perform those
actions; otherwise, proceed directly to
MAP 13-000 without disturbing the
failure.
Go to 14-000 for manual analysis or run
OlT Section RO, WR.
4. Go to 14-000 with sense and
determine most probable cause.
d. Set the AlUl / AlU2 switch to AlU2,
display both Bus In and Bus Out, and
record the Bus and Tags for the
device interface.
f.
5. Channel Busy.
3. Define failing paths.
c. Turn the Display Select switch to HI
ROS then lO ROS and record the
Request and Busy indicators (lights
8-11).
4. Channel red light or channel error
logout.
While awaiting subsystem availability:
2. Define mode and byte count.
b. Set the AlUl / AlU2 switch to AlUl,
display Bus In and Bus Out with the
Display Select switch, and record the
Bus (lights 0-7) and Tags (lights 8-11)
for the channel.
3. Wait time out or condition code error.
Action
1. Define channel command word (CCW)
chains.
a. Turn the Panel Enable switch on, set
the ROS Mode Switch to Norm, and
operate the Set ROS Mode switch.
e. Set the ROS Mode switch to Step and
operate the Set ROS Mode switch.
Condition/Instruction
(Sense is stored and used automatically by
ro,wr. section of test. Sense is cleared by
'ext=/: if manual entry of sense into
rO,wr is used.)
Does OlTs printout resolve the problem?
20
Run the 3420 write-read OlTs: Mount
good scratch tape.
Return subsystem to customer.
Enter r 01: /3420/fe,ext=/'
After error occurs, run section rO,wr as in
Seq 19.
Does OlTs printout resolve the problem,
assuming failure occurs?
21
Did failure occur?
Rerun write-read OlTs several times,
trying customer's failing tape.
Go to Seq 17 and attempt to determine
the most probable FRUs. Go to Seq 22.
22
Did OlTs printout resolve the problem?
Return subsystem to customer.
23
If not:
Go to procedure specified by FRU
printout or MANUAL SENSE, 14-000.
Verify that offline sense matches OlT.
3803·2/3420
© Copyright International BUSIness Machines Corporation 1976. 1979, 1980. 1983
00-010
00-011
PERMANENT READ/WRITE ERROR ANALYSIS
Clean read/write head, cleaner blade, and capstan.
Check -4 and +6 voltages. Degauss R/W and erase
heads.
When checking tape offline, be sure to read tape in
both directions. Set the CE panel error check stop
switches to the On position to allow display of
pertinent error information.
Tape will stop when a tape mark is read. It may be
necessary to press START after the tape mark IS read,
since there can be tape marks on the beginning of
tape.
If the failure cannot be recreated, log all available data
for future reference. Include the following in the
intermittent trouble log:
1. Address of tape unit on which tape was written.
2. Address of tape unit on which tape failed to read.
3. Tape reel number.
4. Console messages defining failure.
5. Error log output for the interval involved.
In addition, ensure that proper error recovery
programming is used, mode and density assignments
are correct and tape cleaner blades are not worn out.
Notify account manager of heavy oxide accumulation,
worn tape, external sources of contamination, or any
other factor detracting from tape reliability. Initiate
corrective action with the customer.
If the read failure occurs on only one tape unit, there
may be a tape read problem on that unit. If only two
tape units are checked, the tape Unit that does not fall
to read the tape could be the one that wrote it. Try
two more tape units to confirm your diagnosis.
If more than one tape unit fails while reading a tape, a
bad record is probably present. If the tape reads
properly only on the Unit that wrote the tape, check
that unit for proper mechanical skew and ensure the
amp sensors are adjusted correctly.
Retain the failing tape until you have identified the
problem. Some conditions that could cause a single
tape unit to fail to read a given tape are:
1. Incorrect amp sensor adjustment.
2. Dirty, trenched, or defective read/write head.
3. Damaged, dirty, or glazed capstan.
4. Contaminated air bearing ports.
5. High speed rewind plunger / autocleaner not
retracted.
6. Faulty capstan motor.
7. Incorrect pneumatic adjustments.
8. Poor tape tracking.
9. Excessive mechanical skew.
10. Defective read head card.
11. Incorrect power supply voltages or ripple.
12. Slipping capstan.
,,
Permanent Read Error
,,
,,
,,
,
" ,,
,
Customer cooperation is important when analyzin9
permanent read errors. Request customer to furnish
the following:
1. Failing tape (ask customer to mark tape reel at
approximate area of failure).
2. Address of tape unit on which tape was written.
3. Address of tape unit on which tape failed to read.
4. Job on which failure occurred.
Yes
~
______L -____
~
Read tape on tape unit
where failure occured.
Tape Developing Procedure
Yes
Locate and mark failure with
felt pen. Read tape on
another tape unit.
No
Yes
Go to 5A-OOO for Models 3, 5, and 7.
Go to 5B-OOO for Models 4, 6, and 8.
Develop tape.
After developing the tape, it must be
thoroughly cleaned prior to returning
to service. Clean the tape with a clean
cloth, dampened with water. Allow to air
dry completely.
A
Purpose: Gives CE a way of visually examining
information recorded on a section of magnetic tape.
Materials Needed:
• DevelopinQ solution (P / N 453522)
"Low-tack' transparent tape (See Note 1.)
• Piece of clear plastic (such as old microfiche card,
loose-leaf page cover, etc.)
• Felt-tip pen
Flat surface (small table, etc.) which can be moved
to area in front of tape unit
• Lint-free cloth (P/N 2108930) dampened with water
Procedure:
• Mount failing tape, without cartridge, and read to
error. This is done from 3803 CE panel (offline) or
using "FRIEND" (OL T T0200A) or customer utility
such as "ditto," etc. (online).
• When failure occurs press reset on drive and open
front door. While holding "cartridge-present" button
pressed, manually bottom tape in right column. This
shuts off pneumatics.
• Open vacuum door and put small mark on bottom
(non-oxide) side of tape on each side of R/W head.
• Carefully remove enough tape to reach the flat
surface.
• Shake the developing solution, then immerse a small
loop of the magnetic tape into solution (oxide side
in). Use the felt-tip pen mark to determine suspect
area. Rock tape back and forth two or three times
being careful not to drag on bottom of can.
• Remove tape from solution and allow liquid to
evaporate while still rocking tape gently back and
forth.
• Tear off an appropriate length of transparent ta(!e
and carefully press it onto the developed tape. Try
to avoid air bubbles, etc.
• Gently lift the transparent tape back off (peel it at an
angle to avoid damage) and place on the clear
plastic.
• The plastic with developed image may now be
viewed directly or under the microfiche viewer.
Since the microfiche viewer magnifies X30 be sure
to divide any measured distance by 30.
• Clean the magnetic tape thoroughly using the cloth
dampened with water. Allow it to air dry before
rewinding and returning tape to customer for his
cleaning procedure.
Caution: Any foreign material left on the tape will
damage the drives.
Conclusions: Some of the more common problems
which will be detected by tape developing are:
1. Partially erased records before an ERG. Usually
caused by a glazed capstan.
2. Noise in gap (defective erase head, etc.).
3. Short gaps (indication of tape motion problem)
4. Damaged tape (oxide voids, etc.).
See the following examples.
Note: The use of any other than "low-tack"
transparent tape is discouraged as it may remove oxide
or leave adhesive on tape.
• Lay tape, oxide up, on the flat surface and use a
small piece of transparent tape at each end of
developed area to hold in place.
3803·2/3420
00-011
:}
o o
o o
~
l
\....1
o c o o c c c c c c c c c o co c ceo c c c c c c c c c c o c c c
PERMANENT READ/WRITE ERROR ANALYSIS (Cont'd)
00-012
Examples of problems
found by developing
tape are located on
00-013 and 00-014
No
Yes
Analysis of Damaged Tape Errors
Tape damage at the point of a permanent read error is
not necessarily the only cause of the error read. The
block could have been written over previously damaged
tape, correct machine operation and programming
should have prevented this. Consider the following:
1. Can the machine detect write errors?
2. Does the program handle write errors?
3. Did most or all of the errors occur immediately
following the last SYSGEN?
Analyze the damaged area and its relationship to the
adjacent blocks by developing tape. Try to identify
patterns by analyzing several permanent errors. When
developing tape, look for:
Short Gap: A slightly shortened gap within one block
of the damaged spot indicates a wnte error was
properly detected but no erase record gap (ERG) was
programmed. If backward creep occurred during
several attempts to write at the same spot, the damage
could move outside the block and eliminate the write
error. The previous IBG may now be so short that the
block cannot be read, or part of the preceding block
may have been erased.
Tape Damage in Erased Gap Area: If a Write error
was detected and the tape has properly erased over
the damaged area, check the ability of read routine to
handle nOise blocks.
Tape Damage at End of Block (Block Appears to be
Too Short): A Write error was detected, but tape
liftoff due to tape damage prematurely stopped the
Backspace operation. An Erased gap follows the
remaining partial block. A contaminated Read/Write
head may aggravate this condition.
Tape Damage in Beginning Zeros Burst (PE Onlyj:
An undet~cted write error caused a permanent read
error. ThiS error occurs on emulators where rewrite in
place causes the block to creep forward until the
damage is in the v~ry beginning of the block, which
may prevent detection of the write error.
Tape Damage in Ending Zeros Burst (PE Only):
Occurs less often than preceding problem. The
permanent read error occurs here during a read
backward operation.
Note: Errors in the beginning and ending zeros burst
can be overcome if the program attempts to read the
error block in the opposite direction.
TalJe Damage Consists of Small Spot or Oxide Void
in One or More Tracks: Defect may have occurred
after tape was written. The tape control should be able
to correct for a void within a single track. Run
3803-2/3420 OLTs, section G. Verify single track
correction capability.
Tape Damage in Middle of Data: Check the tape
control ability to detect write errors. Check for
unconventional programming.
All the problems listed under Damaged Tape Errors can
be reduced by convincing the customer to dispose of
bad tapes. Well adjusted tape units, complemented by
good programming, should run with few permanent
read errors, even on damaged tape. Throughput may
be greatly reduced, but failures should be temporary.
Since permanent read errors can also result from
damage after tape is written, emphasize careful tape
handling.
3803-2/3420
00-012
PERMANENT READ/WRITE ERROR ANALYSIS (Cont'd)
Analysis of IBG in Developed Tape
1. A short interblock gap (lBG) is caused by tape
slippage at the capstan, or a problem in the IBG
counter circuits.
2. Tape slip (while stopging tape) can cause problems
other than a short IBG. For example, when
performing a write skip operation, the tape is
backspaced over the defective area on tape, moved
forward during ·an erase record gap operation, then
moved forward again to write the defective record
correctly. If the tape slips during the backspace
operation (goes too far backwarcl. the write head
may partially erase the previous record. (In 6250
moce the IBG is only 0.3 inches (7.6 mm) wide.)
In the event that this problem is suspected, do the
following:
a. Develop a length of tape after ~erforming the above
operation a number of times. The distance from one
record to the next should be 3.9 inches, (99.0 mm).
If the distance is 3.8 inches, (96.5 mm) or less, the
tape has slipped and may have caused the previous
record to be partially erased. This condition might
be seen as a fuzzy area at the end of the previous
record.
b. Run diagnostic section 3420 W (OL Ts). This
diagnostic indicates if tape is slipping: The readings
should be as close to 0.301 inches, \7.6 mm) (6250
mode) or 0.6 inches (15.2 mm) for Models 3, 5, and
7 as possible. Readings very far from this standard
could indicate glazed or dirty capstans. (See 85-004
for cleaning procedure,) Clean capstans and rerun
diagnostics to verify fix. Diagnostic failures on
Mocel 8 drives after cleaning may be caused by the
vacuum hose disconnected from the capstan motor.
3. Information or noise written in 1GB. Several causes
are:
a. Erase head polarity reversed: Polarity is correct
when top wire is a plus voltage with respect to
bottom wire. Incorrect polarity can cause a single
unwanted pattern in the IBG.
b. Tape written on another manufacturers system: If
tape causing errors was written on a non-IBM
system, venfy amp sensors and skew
adjustments.
c. Op'en erase head: If the erase head is open, tape
Will be erased in longitudinal stripes, with a hazy
area between the wnte head tracks.
4. When viewing a tape block on the microfiche viewer,
you may see extreme cases of bit packing, due to
velocity variations while writing.
5. If phase encoded (PEl. examine the zeros bursts (the
grey high frequency area at both ends of the block)
and the ones marker (the first straight dark line
through all tracks). The beginning and ending burst
shoula be the same length. Partial blocks can be
caused by failing IBG detection circuits or excessive
lifting of tape from the read/write head.
©
00-013
B
_
Examine failing area of tape.
Yes
Repair cause of damage.
No
~----------------~-----Scope failing block on line.
Refer to decals on either
3803 or 3420 for possible
scope points.
o o o
d. If amplitude appears lower in some individual
tracks, check the drive that wrote or read this tape
for a possible magnetized cleaner blade. See
08-390 for Cleaner Blade Gauss Check and
Degauss procedure:
e. If skew appears excessive, check the tape unit
that createc the record for faulty capstan tracking
and mechanical skew. If a NRZI tape unit check
electrical skew and make sure that the movable
tape guides are operating correctly. The tape
guides will retract intermittently if the high speed
rewind solenoid is faulty. Also a defective air
regulator can cause air bearing pressure to
fluctuate causing skew.
f. Check the tape unit that created the failing record
for a bad write card.
If the failure cannot be analyzed by offline scoping,
go to
above. DO NOT ERASE TAPE UNTIL THE
CV
ERROR HAS BEEN DEFINED.
c. Signal Dropout: A good technique for locating
single track failures is to ground the read buses
one at a time and observe the error indicators. If
after brounding a read bus the only failure
remaining is a dead track indication, that track is
the one causing the error. If error records read
correctly on other tape controls, the problem may
be track alignment or a faulty card in the failing
tape control.
Figure 1. Signal Envelopes on Read
Signal Dropout
00-013
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976, 1979
o
Scope Failing Block Offline
Scope a permanent read error to locate the failure
within the block and determine the cause. Proceed as
follows with the tape control offline:
1. Locate the failing block.
2. Loop on the failing block:
a. Read forward-backspace on forward read failures.
b. Read backward-forward space on backward read
failures.
Note: The command sequence can be slowed
down by increasing the go down time with the CE
panel. This will reduce customer tape wear.
3. Double sync the scope by arming the sweep with
the failing command and triggering the sweep with
Read Condition. Display the entire block on channel
A by scoping the device Bus In, digital data (any
track).
4. On channel B, observe the error latch turn-on and its
timing relationship to the entire block.
Note: Be sure to observe the first error indication,
and not an error resulting from the initial error.
5. Now that you know approximately where the error
occurs, make a general analysis of the block, looking
at all tracks for the following possible causes:
a. Incorrect block format: Digital read data is
generated in the 3420, so analo~ data must be
scoped at the read card test POints at the front of
the 3420 OV!ode!s 3, 5, and 7 only; and located on
th~. rear of Mod.els 4, 6, and 8). While looping the
falling record With the 3803, scope the failing
recorc using a suitable sync in the 3420.
b. Amplitude variations occurring at the beginning of
the block (bit packing). See 5A-115 or 5B-025.
o
o o o
o o o o o o o o o o o o o o u u o o o
c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c co c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
PERMANENT READ/WRITE ERROR ANALYSIS (Cont'd)
Scope Failing Block On Line
Use the FRIEND program to scope permanent read
errors online:
Note: Don't use channel command word (CCW)
chains. Reading the bad record breaks the chain.
1. Locate the failing block with the control unit offline.
2. Set up a program loop to read-backspace or read
backward-forward space, whichever is applicable.
3. By altering the channel command word (CCW) byte
count. the Command Out response to Service In will
set the Stop trigger in the tape control at any byte
chosen. Sync external on the Stop trigger to
examine any portion of the block in detail.
Note: Detailed observation of a PE block is difficult
due to normal distortion of the PE signal and the
high amount of skew the PE detection circuits can
tolerate. Examine several tracks at comparable
points, looking for noticeable differences in levels
and waveforms. A record containing excessive
Rhase shift is usually indicated by. multi-track error
(MTE) or read write register (R/W Reg) vertical
redundancy checks (VRC). Check the tape unit that
wrote the tape for a possible defective write driver.
Make same observations as stated in Scope Failing
Block Offline, step 5.
00-014
c
D
Scope failing block online.
Refer to decals on either
3803 or 3420 for possible
scope points.
No
Yes
Retain failing tape.
If cause of the permanent read error cannot be
determined, save the tape and any information
gathered for use by branch office or area tape
specialist. A permanent read error can cost the
customer considerable reconstruction and rerun time,
especially if the tape was written a month or more
prior to the time of reading it. There should be no
undefined permanent read errors.
Prepare all reports accurately
© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979
00-014
PERMANENT READ/WRITE ERROR ANALYSIS (Cont'd)
00-015
Figure 2. Tape Lift
From: 00-011
The following pages are a guide to analyze the failing
tape after developing. This page and 00-014 show
some examples of tape related problems, but not all
that could occur.
Load
POint
'--_ _--''-- Note the partially erased bits
Figure 1A. Magnetized R/W Head
IL
5 Track Edge
Load
Point
This tape lift came from a different customer account
with the same tape problem. However, this failure
indicated a permanent read error after the tape had
been used at least once. This could be a big problem
in most accounts if a master file has to be re-created.
The magnetized heads will decrease the signal strength
each time the tape passes over the heads.
w""
H,,' D,,,",,
Magnetlled Read Heads
Early Begin Read·back Check
Figure 3. Tape Lift While Writing A Tape Mark
This error is a result of magnetized read heads. Notice
where the read heads stop and where the write heads
are degaussed. Figure 1A shows a failure that occurred
while the customer was using the drive. If magnetized
tools are used, or a resistance check is made on the
head, be sure to degauss the transport before returning
the tape unit to the customer.
I
I
Tape lift causing a no beginning-of-record (BOR) write
tape mark (WTM) equipment check. Notice the header
label had no tape lift, indicating that the tape must have
been dirty between the label and the tape mark, or
possibly some debris came off the cleaner blade.
Figure 1B.
.
••
;·.'!··!i..•' .•'.
·l·····~··
",."::
L
Figure 4. Tape Slipping (dirty capstan)
Read Head Stop
Load
Point
After identifying the drive, another scratch tape was
mounted and the same characteristics resulted as
shown in Figure 1A.
Load
Point
Figure
40 Zero
=
0.007 in (0.18 mm).
1e.
••
•
II I
Tape slip during turn·
around following a backspace
rewrite. The preamble is good.
I I
Missing last 0.025 in (0.65 mm) of
record. Faint marks where head
wrote over previous record and
postamble.
Customer is not keeping the capstan clean.
Results after the transport was degaussed.
3803-2/3420
©
:\
~Jf
:f\
'-.I
00-015
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976, 1979
.\
V
i"l
'-I
!'\
'-I
I, f"
V
V
f\
V
.1
'. ..1
c,
V
('\
V
r\
V
f~'
V
.f
, . -, .
V
-!
\....1
V
.\
"
,
c c c o c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
00-016
PERMANENT READ/WRITE ERROR ANALYSIS (Cont'd)
Figure 6. Contaminated Tape
From: 00-013
Tape Indicate (TI)
Oxide
VOidSTl
Contamination
Figure 5. Creased Tape Error (237 ABEND Error)
I
--
~Load
=
-
-
--
--
-=
Oxide
Two Write Tape Mark retries
Isome tape cut off in example).
I
11--....,
-237 ABEND-Lost One Record
Point
Crease
. ~
I
~I
:
i
Writing in place,
no BOR Write
•
,--Damage to or foreign
substance on tape.
This IS the only
write skip on tape
Forced Error4th record
J
:
:
-
~ I
1600 bpI
This tape was marginal before this error occurred.
OXide VOids caused by contaminates sticking to the
next wrap, contamination from the cleaner blade
caused the failure illustrated.
'
One record lost when compared to the trailer label
count. This can be mistaken for one write error when
the tape is created. It is actually caused by the tape
crease. If the crease IS smoothed out, the count is
corrected. Tape crease was caused by excessive
capstan to stubby bar clearance.
Figure 7. 7-Track Tape Lift or Defective Write Card
7·track Blls (Faint)
Seven track tape lift, caused faint 7 -track bits. If the
write head card is defective, nothing IS visible in this
track.
00-016
q;z;;z.
END OF CALL
00-030
From all MAPS
Seq
Always check for conditions in the order indicated by the Seq column.
15
Condition/Information
Action
Go to Action column.
A. Recheck symptoms.
Note: If a logic board has been replaced, refer to the following AlD pages to ensure that
the logic board has the correct jumper locations:
B. Reseat suspected FRUs (cables, cards,
etc.) .
• 3420-AlD A6106
• 3803-Start on AlD AA005
C. Review the sense information from
OBR/SDR, OlTs or EREP.
Always start with Seq 1 and follow the procedure in sequence unless directed otherwise.
Remember to END all problem or maintenance calls by going to MAP 00-030.
Condition/Information
Seq
Action
1
Is the problem fixed?
If cleaning the tape path fixed the
problem check the condition of the
cleaner blade (see 08-390). If unit is
fixed return to the customer.
2
Is this the first time through this map on
the original problem?
Go to Seq 4.
3
If not:
Go to Seq 15.
4
Check the voltages and ripple tolerances
(see 08-570). Are they within
specifications?
Go to Seq 6.
5
If not:
Adjust or repair as necessary.
6
Have any of the following ABEND
messages been reported?
Refer to 00-035 and review Possible
Causes. If 00-035 does not fix the
problem, return to Seq 7 on this page.
137
237
413
613
D. Review the following for possible
fixes:
7
Is there a Read/Write problem?
Go to Seq 9.
8
If not:
Execute the failing command(s) using the
tape control unit or OlTs. If this
symptom is different reenter START 1;
otherwise go to Seq 15.
9
Have the Read/Write head and the tape
cleaner blade been degaussed?
Go to Seq 12.
10
If not:
Refer to 08-390 and do the degaussing
procedure.
Field Feedback (00-050)
·• Retain
• Service Aids
• ECA lists
E. If problem still exists call for
assistance.
Return to Seq 11.
11
Did this fix the problem?
Return the unit to the customer.
12
Has tape been developed as described on
00-011?
Go to Seq 14.
13
If not?
Follow the procedures starting on 00-011
and develop the tape.
Return to Seq 14.
14
Run Ol Ts test 3420 BA, BB using Stress
tape PIN 1848621 (Brach office tool).
See 3420 OlT User Guide form number
D99-3420A-6 or later for operating
instructions.
Go to Seq 15.
Does the problem still exist?
©
00-030
Copyright International BUSiness Machines Corporation 1976, 1979. 1983
o o o o o o o a o o o
o
.\
\. I
f\
" ..1
t
\
\.1
t
\. I
c c c o c c c c c c c o c c cc c ceo c c c c c c c c c o c c c c
ABENDS-THEORV
ABEND 137, 237,413,613, and 637 map be caused by
missing tape marks and other conditions. (See charts).
Missing tape marks are caused by:
•
Incorrect forward-backward ratio.
Loss of signal amplitude causing a failure to
recognize the tape mark.
Excessive crosstalk, indicating that data is fed into
a dead zone. Data on any track in a dead zone will
prevent reading a tape mark correctly.
Crosstalk is caused by:
Defective write card
•
Defective read card
00-035
137/637 ABEND
Machine Type
Poor tracking. If tracking is out of specifications go
to Capstan Dynamic Alignment. The drive that
wrote or read the tape, or both, could cause
crosstalk.
If the failing tape is not available, write a tape on a
working tape drive offline, and use that tape to check
for crosstalk on the suspected failing drive.
Possible Causes
Machine Type
Possible Causes
3803
Defective 01 A-A2N2 card.
3420
Defective T-A1C2 MST card.
3803
Defective 01 A-B2F2
3420
Defective T -A 1 H2 card
3420
Capstan tracking
3420
Defective T - A 1 L2 card
3420
\
Reading 6250 tape in 1600 mode.
E/C 443890--not installed, autocieaner
sluggish.
237 ABEND
Machine Type
Possible Causes
3420
Large tape creases detected as gaps (check
stubby bar clearance).
3420
Short records (80 characters) falling within a
tape crease.
3420
Tape edge damage.
3420
E/C 443935 (6250)-Fix for short gap
verification during backspace after a write error
caused by erratic tape motion, not installed.
3420
R/W head forward-to-backward ratio is out of
specifications.
3420
Tape sticking.
3420
Dirty capstan.
3803
Missing Suppress Out, intermittently breaking
channel command word (CCW) chain, updating
the count but not losing a record.
3803
Defective 01A-B3F2 Inbound tag card XC700.
3803
ECA079-Unexpected interrupt with status= '00'
from a non-two channel switch in multiple CPU
2X, 3X, 4X, installation.
Defective R/W head
•
413 ABEND
3420
Models 4, 6, 8
E/C 735817-Delay Ready after rewind to allow
autocleaner to return, is not installed.
3420
Damaged tape at load point.
3420
Contamination on the Read/Write head, or the
capstan is dirty / glazed.
3803
Defective 01A-A2D2 MST card or defective
01A-A2E2 MST card.
3803
Broken CCW chain without Unit Check. Run an
I/O software trace for more problem definition.
3803
ECA079-Prevent busy in middle of CCW chain,
not installed.
3803
ECAs 118 and 123 not installed.
613 ABEND
Machine Type
Possible Causes
3803
Defective 01 A- B2F2
3420
Tape tracking leaves a faint tape mark when
existing files are updated because of overwriting
the old EOF tape mark. The write heads are
erasing the old tape mark.
3420/3803
UCW is plugged incorrectly. It should be
plugged as shared.
3420
E/C 443935-Short gap engineering change not
installed.
3420
Models 4, 6, 8
ECA073-Delay Ready after rewind to allow
autocleaner to return, is not installed.
3420
Contaminated Read/Write head.
3420
Damaged tape at or near load point.
3420
Read /Write head forward-to-backward ratio
not in specifications.
3803
Defective 01A-A2N2 card, extra tape mark.
Defective 3168/2880 card, high speed
buffer-data compare.
OS/VS2 R017
PTF 70751 not installed.
3803-2/3420
© Copyright
International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979. 1983
00-035
NOTES:
00-036
00-036
© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979. 1983
o
o o o o o o
o
o o o
{)
a
o o o o o a
o o o o
c c c
c o c c c c c c c c c c c
C 0 C
c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
SINGLE TAPE UNIT PROBLEMS
00-040
From 00-010
Seq
DANGER
Allow fiber optics lamp to cool before checking, adjusting, or removing.
14
Condition/Instruction
With a write enable ring in place, is the
File Protect light on?
Note: Inspect the fiber optics lamp. If lamp is not clear, clean or replace the lamp. (Turn
lamp off for inspection).
Always start with Seq 1 and follow the procedure in sequence unless directed otherwise.
Remember to END all problem or maintenance calls by going to MAP 00-030.
Condition/Instruction
1
Is this a visual problem? (Visual problems
are defined as power checks, load failures,
tape motion problems, rewind problems,
unload failures, tape runaway, or window
operation.)
Go to Seq 9.
Is this a meter problem:
Go to 18-060.
2
Is the tape unit dropping READY?
Go to 2A-000 for Models 3. 5. or 7.
Go to 2B-000 for Models 4, 6, or 8.
3
Is the tape unit picking or dropping
records?
Go to 15-200.
4
Is there a device selection problem, an
erroneous Device Busy, or an abnormal
system condition?
Go to Seq 16.
lA
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
©
Go to 6A-000 for Models 3, 5, or 7.
Go to 6B-000 for Models 4, 6, or 8.
Does the sense information obtained by
any method (see Seq 5) indicate an error
condition?
Go to Seq 25.
If not:
Go to 5A-000 for Models 3, 5, or 7.
Go to 5B-000 for Models 4, 6, or 8.
Go to Seq 11.
If not:
Go to 1A-OOO for Models 3, 5, or 7.
Go to 1B-OOO for Models 4, 6, or 8.
Go to 2A-000 for Models 3, 5, or 7.
Go to 2B-000 for Models 4, 6, or 8.
Open the main machine door and pull the
door interlock. Mount a tape and watch a
thread and load operation. Also listen for
audible indications of trouble.
Does the tape unit thread, load, and
become ready?
Go to Seq 14.
If not:
Go to 2A-000 for Models 3, 5, or 7.
Go to 2B-000 for Models 4, 6, or 8.
Copyright Int8rnatlona\ BUSiness Machines Corporation 1976, 1979, 1983
Action
29
Is Intervention Required (byte 0, bit 1) on?
Go to Seq 51.
30
Is Not Capable (byte 1, Bit 7) on?
Check that the failing tape was written at
a density that the tape unit can read. If
so go to 14-010 Seq 10.
31
Is 10 Burst Check (byte 5, bit 3) on?
Go to 5A-OOO for Models 3, 5, or 7.
Go to 5B-000 for Models 4, 6, or 8.
32
Is Command Reject (byte 0, bit 0) on?
Go to 15-020.
33
If not:
Other sense bits which turn on Unit
Check in the status byte, such as Bus Out
Check or Overrun, are not single tape unit
problems. Recheck symptoms and sense
information. Go to 00-010.
34
Is Control Status Reject (byte 10, bit 2)
on?
Go to 6A-160 for Models 3, 5, or 7.
Go to 16-210 for Models 4,6, or 8.
Using the field tester, observe forward,
backward, high speed and low speed
rewind, and start/stop operations. Do all
operations appear to be normal?
Go to Seq 18.
17
If not:
Go to 3A-000 for Models 3, 5, or 7.
Go to 3B-000 for Models 4, 6, or 8.
35
Is Command Status Reject (byte 10, bit 0)
on?
Go to 6A-160 for Models 3, 5, or 7.
Go to 16-160 for Models 4, 6, or 8.
18
Are the unload and window down
operations normal?
Go to Seq 20.
36
Is Power Check or Airflow (byte 18, bit 0)
on?
Go to lA-OOO for Models 3, 5, or 7.
Go to 1 B-OOO for Models 4, 6, or 8.
19
If not:
Go to 4A-000 for Models 3, 5, or 7.
Go to 48-000 for Models 4, 6, or 8.
37
Is Reject Tape Unit (byte 4, bit 1) on?
Go to 15-090 for analysis of sense byte
7.
20
Is the reported problem tape runaway?
Go to Seq 22.
38
Are any of the following bits ON?
21
If not:
Recheck symptoms.
This is a tape motion problem.
Go to 6A-000 for Models 3, 5, or 7.
Go to 6B-OOO for Models 4, 6, or 8.
23
With the tape unit unloaded, is the File
Protect light on, and the Power Check
light off?
··
·
·
T -A 1 H2 (Models 3, 5, 7)
T -A 1 M2, K2 (Models 4, 6, 8)
File protect switch
Write enable relay card (located
under right reel motor)
Condition/Instruction
Repair abnormal condition as indicated on
6A-OlD or 6B-150 and go to 00-030.
22
Is there an error from an OLT run
indicating a tach parameter, tach
asymmetry, start/stop, or interblock gap
(lBG) and creep measurement problem?
(OL Ts 3420 T -Z)
Probable causes:
Seq
With the field tester installed, examine the
loops in the stubby columns. Compare
with pictures on 6A-OlD for Models 3, 5,
or 7 or 6B-150 for Models 4, 6, or 8. Are
the loops in the stubby columns
abnormal?
16
Obtain sense information from LOGREC,
OLT run (3420 A-ZL a console printout, or
from manual sense operations at the tape
control. (For manual sense operation, see
12-000.)
Is the Load Check light on?
15
Action
Seq
Action
24
25
26
Description
Scope tape unit 8US IN for all tracks.
See 5A-l00 for Models 3, 5, or 7.
See 5B -100 for Models 4, 6, or 8.
Note: To be done in Write status.
Is data present on tape unit BUS IN for
any track?
Go to 3A-140 for Models 3, 5, or 7.
Go to 38-140 for Models 4, 6, or 8.
If not:
Go to 5A-000 for Models 3, 5, or 7.
Go to 58-000 for Models 4, 6, or 8.
Referring to sense charts on 00-005,
examine sense data to determine its
validity. Look for bits that should always
be on or off, such as tape unit serial
number, EC level, and features. Next, look
for bits that make no sense, such as
end-of-tape (EaT) and load point both
on, 7 -track unit and dual density both on,
etc. Is the sense data valid?
Go to Seq 27.
If not:
Be sure known LOGREC problems have
been corrected with program temporary
fixes (PTFsL then change T -A 1 L2,
T-A1K2, T-A1K6 and T-A1M2. Recheck
the symptoms. If conditions remain
unchanged, examine cables to I/O
tailgate (A2N2 - A2N4) for defects.
27
Is Equipment Check (byte 0, bit 3) on?
Go to Seq 34.
28
Is Data Check (byte 0, bit 4) on?
If tape errors are predominantly on read
backward, go to 85-004 and do capstan
cleaning procedure, then go to 08-240. If
problem persists, go to Seq 47.
Byte
Bit
Early Begin Read
8ack Check
8
3
Dynamic
Reversal Error
10
4
Velocity Check
10
7
39
Is SAGC Check (byte 8, bit 4) on?
Go to 5B-000.
40
Is Tach Start Failure (byte 10, bit 5) on?
Go to 16-170, 6A-000, or 6B-000.
41
Is No Block Detected on Write WTM
(byte 10, bit 3) on?
Go to 5A-000 for Models 3, 5, or 7.
Go to 5B-000 for Models 4, 6, or 8.
42
Is the command in your failing CCW an
Erase Gap or DSE command?
Go to Seq 45.
43
Is ALU Hardware Error (byte 4, bit 0) on?
This is not a single tape unit oriented
failure. Recheck symptoms and go to
00-010.
44
If not:
All Equipment Checks have been
interrogated. Go to 00-030.
45
Is Noise (byte 1, bit 0) on?
Go to 5A-OOO for Models 3, 5, or 7.
Go to 5B-OOO for Models 4, 6, or 8.
46
If not:
Go to Seq 43.
47
Is Velocity Change During Write (byte 9,
bit 1) on?
This is a tape motion problem.
Go to 6A-OOO for Models 3, 5, or 7.
Go to 6B-OOO for Models 4, 6, or 8.
00-040
00-041
SINGLE TAPE UNIT PROBLEMS (Cont'd)
48
Action
Condition/Instruction
Seq
This is a data flow problem in the tape
unit.
Are any of the following bits on?
Description
Byte
Bit
WTM Check
5
2
I BG Detected
8
0
SAGC Check
8
4
R/W VRC
3
0
MTE/LRC
3
1
Skew
3
2
End Data
Check/CRC
3
VRC/ENV Check
Seq
Condition/Instruction
Action
49
Do you have any of the following bits on?
This probably is not a single tape unit
failure.
Recheck symptoms and sense information
on 00-005.
Byte, Bit
4,
3
3,
7
Description
Write Trigger VRC
C or P Compare
Go to 5A-000 for Models 3, 5, or 7.
Go to 5B-000 for Models 4, 6, or 8.
Refer to the description of the sense
information on 00-005.
50
If not:
All Data Checks have been interrogated.
Recheck symptoms and Sense
information on 00-005.
51
Is Tape Unit Status B (byte 1, bit 2) on?
Go to 2A-000 for Models 3, 5, or 7.
Go to 28-000 for Models 4, 6, or 8.
3
52
Is the Online/Offline switch set to the
Offline position?
Set switch to Online and go to 00-030.
3
4
53
6
1
Is the Enable/Disable switch at the tape
control for the failing data path set to the
Disable position?
Set switch to Enable and go to 00-030.
Write Current
Fail
Erase Head Fail
7
5
54
Start Read
Check
5
4
Exchange signal cables with another tape
unit to determine if the problem is in the
tape unit.
55
Early Begin Read
Back Check
8
3
Does the problem stay with the original
tape unit?
Slow Begin Read
Back Check
8
5
Slow End Read
Back Check
8
6
56
If not:
Change in order:
1. T-A1L6
2. T-A1L2
If not fixed, go to ALD FT910 and check
the pick of the online relay.
Check the signal cable to the failing tape
unit for opens or shorts. If no trouble is
found and entry was from 00-010, Seq
1A, return to 00-010, Seq 2. Otherwise,
there is a communicator problem in the
tape control. Go to 18-000 if there is 1x8
(selection logic). Go to 18-015 if this is a
device switching problem.
00-041
© Copynght InternatIonal Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979. 1983
,l
*
\
. .J
t'l
'flo.,;
--
:l 'fl
'"'-"
t
l
~
f\
'-'
(l
'"
t \
"6
'-"
.:
fl
,"",,#
~l
... ,
fl
f:l
'"' "
. ....,
'" "
-!
\
..
'-'
·,i,..
\
:
\
'4;..,1
..
f\
''-.'
~)
.t
...
'4.,.'
("
""
'-'
.
t\
'"
'.I'
7\
'"'
D ,\
.
~
'I..
f""\
U
.•
. a
1ft.J
I)
"
t
\
1ft.'
t'\
,-,
n ,
.f
,-,
4-
I
,",
o c o
o c c c o c c c c c c c
ceo c c c c c c c c c c c c o c
00-050
FIELD FEEDBACK
CONTENTS
3803 Error
3420 Errors
This section contains information which fixed
,3803/3420 problems in the field. The fixes listed have
not been verified and are not eligible tor suggestions.
The data bank may contain other symptom/fix
information not included here.
ALU Address Stops
Adjustment
00-055
ALU1
ALU2
Bobble, Bottoms
000
000
BOT/EOT
7FF
7FF
"Hangs" after Rewind.
Power reset card J 1/ J2/ B2C2.
301
000
Microprogram Check.
A2N2.
Backspace
Capstan
Command Status Reject
3803 Errors
ALU Address Stops
301
Dropping Ready
301
Equipment Checks
File Protect
CE Panel
IBG
Data Checks
Intervention Required
Device Ends
00-051
Meter
File Protect
Power Supply
"Hangs "
Program
00-052
00-058
Microprogram Detected Error
Rewind
Mode Set
Tape Damage
00-053
"Hangs" on Select to any tape unit.
B2E2/B3H2.
C Compare error.
A1S2.
"Hangs" on Select to any tape unit.
B2E2/B2C2.
N RZI read errors.
A2H2.
Cannot access tape unit.
B2C2.
3BO
000
D Bus parity error on reset.
A2T2.
3BO
000
High IC Microprogram Check.
A2H2/B2L2.
B Bus
B Bus parity errors.
A2P4.
Bus Out
Bus Out parity errors.
A-B2C2.
Bus Out Check with parity bit bad.
Loose card at B2S2.
CE Panel
CE Panel ROS Step Mode multiple steps.
Reset/Start or Step switch.
Cannot enter data from CE panel.
A1T2.
Cannot access tape units from CE panel.
A1R2.
Channel Interface
Channel errors on other channel device.
A 1 B2 board connectors have a tendency to
spread causing Intermittent floating interface
lines.
Data Check
Happens on a single tape unit.
A 1 L2 in tape unit.
Reel Flanges
Losing Tape Mark
A2P3, B2K4.
Read Problems
Reel Dnve
Intervention Required
Noise
00-057
Not Capable
Equipment Checks
000
302
Load Checks
Drive Access
000
301
302
303
301
302
303
"Hangs "
Channel Interface
Interface Control Check
00-056
Erase Gap
Bus Out
Diagnostic Errors 3803/3420
Drop/ Pick Records
00-050
B Bus
00-059
Tape Dump
Tape "Runaway"
Overrun
FRU/Fix
Symptom
00-060
Power Supply
Unload
Vacuum Columns
3803 Multi-Track or Envelope Checks. MTE and ENV
Check With ripple on 6v.
6v Bus cable burned.
Program Halts. Abends. Messages
VelOCity Checks
MTE Check.
Clogged air filter.
ENV Check with a 4v ripple.
Bad connection on power supply braided cables.
Read
Reset
Shifting Byte
Tape "Runaway"
Velocity
Write Errors
Write Tape Mark
00-054
Power Window
Write Errors
Write Tape Mark
MTE and ENV Checks with 6v ripple.
Bus cable from output of T1 to 6v supply.
Temporary read or write errors.
MST card gate filter dirty.
00-061
Tools and Test Equipment
Device Ends
Losing Device Ends.
-4v adjustment in 3420.
Losing Device End With noise on voltage.
Meter card, part 0372688. RC network across
RR1. See 3420 logic ZT001.
Lost Device Ends.
01 A-B2F2, 01 A-A2K2.
Lost Device Ends when the tape unit is made ready.
T-A1H2.
Lost Device Ends on multiple tape units.
01A-A2R2.
Lost Device Ends on all tape units.
T-A1L2.
3803-2/3420
00-050
FIELD FEEDBACK (Cont'd)
00-051
Symptom
3803 Error
FRU/Fix
3803 Error
Diagnostic Errors
3803/3420*
See Table Following 3420 Section
Drive Access
Cannot access tape units on Interface B or get CC3.
Without EC733814-B2S2.
With EC733814-B2R2.
Cannot access tape units.
Communicator cables not 48 pin (full pack)
Select wrong device.
A2R2
Cannot access tape units offline.
A1R2.
Cannot access tape units ALU2 at OCB
A2D2.
No Device End from tape units 4-7 after Rewind.
A2T2.
Will not run offline.
A1R2.
Cannot IPL from any tape unit.
01A-A2R2.
When one tape unit of a subsystem gives
Intervention Required (Not Ready) after a multi-reel
tape operation, then that or any other tape unit
accessed by the 3420 receives Equipment Check.
(Take tape units physically offline, one at a time.)
T -A 1J2 in one Model 3, 5, 7 tape unit.
3803 would not perform any command and ends up
in 301.
"Hot" bit 8 in tape unit address. A-A1R2.
3420 Velocity error. One 3420 failed on T3420C,
T3420G, T3420K, etc.
Example: Received message AG213, AG214. Only
one tape unit failed on OL Ts.
A-A2E2.
File Protect
Sense byte indicates file protected, but lamp on tape
unit is off.
Tape switch crosspoint card for failing tape unit.
False file protect and bad sense data.
01A-A2K2, 01A-B2F2.
"Hang"
System "hang" or missing mounts on OS Release
19.0, 19.6, 200, or 20.1.
PTF 44800.
CPU "hangs" in Test I/O loop or system loop on
DOS 27.
APAR D00183.
Channel Bus In Check on IPL.
Service grounds for Channel B on B2 board
missing. See ALD ZV002 and ZV003.
System "hangs" in wait state when uSing 4x 16
configuration. "Hang" is result of continuous
interrupts from 3420 with Unit Check alone in
Status.
A-A2D2 or A-A2P4.
Tape job "hangs". Test I/O from 2860 channels to
each of four 3420s in a 4x16 configuration shows
that on three control units, Busy is received and on
the fourth control unit a Unit Check is received.
Interrupt returns on the second Test I/O to that tape
control.
A-A2P4.
Equipment Check
Symptom
"Hang"
(Conrd)
FRU/Fix
DOS Program "hang".
If caused by Load Check on tape, add wire from
H2U12 to H2U08 to disable Load Check. See
ALD FT116.
If caused by mounting non-compatible or file
protected tape, apply PTF 360N-453-0-0074 if
Release 22, 23, 24, 25, 26 and PTO equal no.
If Release 22, 23, 24 and PTO equal yes, apply
PTF 360N-453-0-006.
If Release 25 and PTO equal yes, you should not
have a problem.
Releases earlier than 22 can get PTF and adapt it
to their specific release.
3803, 3420 with Two Channel Switch, MIS, "hangs"
2065 with 7080 Emulator. After giving a Rewind
Unload, the system "hangs" with a contingent
connection.
Patch Emulator program as follows:
Address - 1630
Label - E10TATTN
Verify 9180 0044 (Patch area)
Replace With 47FO F7AC (Branch to patch).
Address
Enter
1 DBO
9126
0044
1DB4
4710
F7BC
1DB8
9180
0044
lOBC
47FO
F030
1DCO
950F
1006
1 DC4
4770
F7B4
lOC8
100F
9500
lOCC
4770
F7B4
10 DO
D20B F7FC
0040
1DD6
4130
F7F4
1DDA
5030
0048
1DDE
4840
1012
lOE2
9COO
4000
1 DE6
D20B 0040
F7FC
1DEC
9834
0198
1 DFO
47FO
F7B4
1 DF4
0700
0700
1 DF8
0401
EOC
1DFC
2000
0006
The addresses chosen for the patch are a blank
area in storage: they can he "nywhere in storage.
3803-2/3420
©
.'
l
."
,,'"\
,j
00-051
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979. 1983
"\
\,.1
f")
'-,
~')
,J
f\
\~,
"" 0
f"\
,,"\
\.";
r\
'-'
.f)
'-'
3
'"
l
.......,
~
.
~
. t)
\
.... 1
t'l
,.I
""l
\...J
<1",
,-",
.t\
,"J
D
~l
'-'"
a
. fl
'-' '-'
f\
."')
'to.'
!)
.....,
fl
''''
fl
'-.1
a
..
;l
'" - '
a
()
tJ :1
c c c c
c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
c c c c c
00-052
FIELD FEEDBACK (Cont'd)
"Hang"
(Cont'd)
FRU/Fix
Symptom
3803 Error
DOS program "hang up " If tape subsystem
configuration is 2x, 3x, or 4x, Device Switch and
DOS use alternate path. A program loop between
the two paths can occur with each indicating Device
Busy.
APAR D15811
ASP program "hang" or walt with a 2x. 3x or 4x
switch configuration and alternate path.
ASP APAR PA4886
Failure has occurred when tape configuration IS 2x,
3x, or 4x with Two Channel sWitch and program
uses alternate path. The program "hang" or walt
usually occurs during an I PL and tape units are not
Ready. Indications are Device Busy on one channel
and an unexpected Device End Interrupt pending for
the same device (ALU 1 at 302) on the other channel.
Error could also occur in a non-switching
configuration as unexpected Device End interrupts.
A-A2D2.
DOS R260 APAR D17922.
IPL in hard stop mode gets a CPU I/O System
Check light and message "OT121" unrecoverable
channel error.
A-A 1 R2.
Two Channel Switch "hang" on both CPUs when a
Rewind Unload command is issued to one tape on
the first host of the 2x 16.
Non-standard label routine contained a chained
backspace record· NOP which backspaced over
a tape mark and caused Unit Exception to break
the chain.
"Hangs " channel and fails T3420B With invalid
Forward Space File.
A-B2C2.
"Hang" with no response.
B2K4.
"Hangs "
Al R2.
channel Address Out, Select Out.
3803 Error
Loose 4v supply terminal connection. There are
bolts with two nuts. One nut fastens the bolt to
the printed cirCUit board and the second nut
clamps the power cable to the bolt. The first nut
In one case was not tight and the second nut
was tight so the connection appeared tight. but
was not and thus gave highly Intermittent
problems.
3803 "hang" due to nOise.
See 3420 ESD.
"Hang" with Busy - DOS.
APAR DOO183.
"Hang" with ALU 1 loop OD4 - OD8.
A2L2
"Hang" gives Unit Check only.
A2D2 of A2P4.
"Hang" on Mode Set and also fails on open and
close.
EC733834.
"Hang" on IPL.
Tape switch logic card for subject tape unit.
"Hang" ALU1 at 3FF and ALU2 at 1 FF.
A2P4.
FRU/Fix
Symptom
"Hang"
(Cont'd)
I nterface Control
Check
With Device Switch sometimes "hangs" or loops if
one channel has Unit Check or Busy. Other channel
cannot access tape unit.
"Hangs" system.
c
Continuous Interrupts.
A-A2D2 and A-A2E2.
"Hangs" after a mount message.
A-A2D2.
"Hangs" in a software loop.
A-B3H2.
System "hangs" With I FCC.
A-A2K2.
Multiple tape units "hang" busy on a 3x16.
A-A2D2.
Unexpected Interrupts.
T-A1L2.
DISCONNECT IN becoming active causes Interface
Control Checks
Jumper In 3420 was changed from 370 Mode to
360 Mode. See Installation Section.
2x8 SWitch With two CPUs.
A-B3D2.
I FCC and loops.
A-B2E2.
In Tag Checks on a 3155/3168
A-B2S2.
System "hangs".
A-A2K2.
With a NOP command.
A A2D2.
3x16 configuration. System 2 and System 3 both
work correctly with all 16 3420s. System 1 gives
Intervention ReqUired messages for tape units which
to not require intervention.
A-A2E2 In 3420 for System 1.
Cannot disable the 3420 when the meter SWitch IS
turned off. Meter continues to run and customer can
stili access the tape unit.
A-A2R2.
LOSing Tape Mark
LOSing tape mark on multiple data sets with 3x16
configuration. When the second control unit
presented DeVice End and Channel End, the
Command Chain (WTM, WTM, BSB, BSF, FSF) to
the first control unit was broken before FSF.
Therefore, the next Write command erased the tape
marks.
Tape SWitch logic card.
Microprogram
Detected Error
Microprogram detected error - MTE and Envelope
Check.
A-A2T2.
ALU 1 microprogram error light.
01A A2P4.
3803/3420 failing to set N RZI.
A-A2M2 plugged wrong. See Installation
Section.
Intervention ReqUired
Mode Set
.
00-052
4
00-053
FIELD FEEDBACK (Cont'd)
Symptom
FRU/Fix
Noise caused by electrostatic discharge (ESD) may
cause the ALU clock to stop. ALU High and/or Low
IC errors, Bus Out Checks, and false 3420 Machine
Resets. ESD is usually caused by environmental
conditions such as low humidity or type of floor.
1. Close and properly latch all covers. Make sure
cable shield is installed on cable between
3803 and 3420.
3803 Error
Noise
3803 Error
Symptom
Power Supply
(Cont'd)
FRU/Fix
CB17 trips.
Wired for wrong line voltage. -4v supply.
Cannot adjust -4v or -4v low and unregulated.
Remove -4v leads from TB1-6 and TB1-8. If
-4v comes up to good level, when holding dc
Reset switch, Power On Reset card in 6v supply
(part 0375382) is defective.
Trips CP19.
The ac relay board (part 2521483) has a
defective diode or K7 relay coil shorted.
4v missing.
Transformer in dc supply.
2. All covers must be closed and latched.
3. Signal cable between 3803 and 3420 must be
grounded at both ends.
4. EC733819 ECA010 provides a rubber roller
and brass frame door springs.
5. EC733823 3803 ECA013 adds a hinge at
green ground wire between right side cover
and machine frame (serial numbers below
11117).
6. EC733841 3803 ECA036 installs tie down
jumper assembly 2520942 from A2H2S10 to
A2H2S06 and from B2H2S10 to B2H2S06 to
correct high and low IC errors.
Program Halts,
Abends, Messages
7. EC734281 3803 ECA042 prevents false
machine resets due to a noise surge from the
power-on-reset card in the +6v supply.
8. EC733844 3803 ECA047 prevents system
"hang" due to the ALU clocks being stopped
and Bus Out Checks.
Overrun
Overrun and 360 Model 50 Master Check with 3420.
Check ROS retry adjustment on the Model 50.
Power Supply
Cannot adjust the 4v supply.
1. Neutral lead to transformer burned off but
cover held the lead so tight that pulling on it
did not show it to be loose.
2. Poor connection from heat sink to Pin A of 4v
regulator card. Add a jumper between heat
sink and Pin A if unable to locate cause of
high resistance.
Will not power up.
Wiring error. Wire from A3 TB1-6 to A2 TB1-6
was connected to heat sink on A2 instead of
TB1-6.
+6v output at + 12v.
Input to the A2 supply on YF031 had transformer
wires 10 and 11 shorted together.
3803 powers up, powers down, ALU 1 or ALU2
errors, "hangs", clock stops, tripped circuit breakers.
1. Check all power supply components,
capacitors, terminal boards, P.tc. for loose
screws, cables shorting to frame, etc.
Vibration may help.
CP17 trips.
-4v supply.
Cannot adjust the 6v supply.
Defective 6v overcurrent card.
CP14 trips on power up.
Defective capacitor at 01 A-A2A2.
Abend 237, block count incorrect, drop records.
OS Release R207, APAR P60574.
When writing new tapes, volume label is sometimes
written, but HDR1 and HDR2 and tape mark are
missing (aS Release 20.7).
APAR P44800.
as Abend 613, missing mounts or Device End
problems.
These problems can be caused by not having the
CPU UCW plugged properly·.
Getting Not Operational message on 3803 with Two
Channel Switch which has one channel not used and
terminated at CPU.
3803 was SYSGEN as Simulated Tape Adapter
Unit because of previous 2804 on system.
Message prints out for primary path but failure
was on alternate path which was no longer there.
Abend 237, block count error.
Two Channel switch generated in as incorrectly
and two channels were both accessing the same
tape unit.
After a tape is mounted and system tries to write the
label message printed at console (I/O Error) and tape
unloaded when using HASP.
A-B2M2.
as abends with 613, positional errors, when trying
to Space File on a multi-reel file. Abend is a
positional type error. Channel End is missing from
status. Failed only if more than one job was running
on tape.
1. UCW for the 3420 in the 3155 was not
plugged.
2. Channel A - A-B2S2/ R2.
3. Channel B - B2R2 with Two Channel Switch
feature.
4. APAR 56478.
2. Check for defective capacitors, regulator
cards, A 1, A2, power boards.
Block count errors, DOS 27.
APAR AD00186.
Lost bytes or garbled data from tapes.
A-B2L2, A-B2M2.
False End of File, EOF/EOV.
Crosspoint card in tape switch.
3. Shorted capacitors may cause circuit breakers
to trip.
4. Power drop can be caused by a vibration
sensitive K4.
5. Check voltage supply outputs for proper level.
Be very critical of -4v supply.
6. Make sure input voltage matches machine
requirements.
7. Check R2 through R7 leads soldered to power
boards for tips shorted to land patterns.
00-053
©
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976, 1979
o
!l
'-'
o
fl
"-"
o
fl
'-'
!l
"
fl
"-"
fl
"
() (]
c c
c
c
c c c
c c c c c c c c c c c c c o c c
c c c c c c c c
FIELD FEEDBACK (Cont'd)
3803 Error
Program Halts,
Abends, Messages
(Cont'd)
00-054
FRU/Fix
Symptom
Rewind Unload problem.
Rewind Unload Issued to multiple tape units at
load pOint With MIS feature rewinds the first tape
unit and the rest will not rewind either on or
offline when using Model 50 Standalone 1410
Emulator program.
3803 Error
Write Errors
Patch Emulator program
For 360-EU-728 S/A 1410/7010
343C
47FO, 2760
47FO, 2760
3450
2760
9106, 0044
4710,07C2
48EO, 003A
4510,OEBE
47FO, 07C2
47FO, 2760
Write Tape Mark
Symptom
FRU/Fix
Creating bad tapes as If Backspace and Erase are not
working properly.
OS R21.6 APARs P63263 and P60988.
Write errors offline. Constant interrupts from all tape
units that were READY. Device End and Busy on
Initial Selection. Cannot write to tape unit offline.
No error lights.
A2E2.
Write errors.
A2E2.
Loses first byte of data on a Write.
Defective A- B2 L2.
Missing tape marks when the tape is created.
Address of the 3803 was not plugged In the UCW
cards In 3155.
Following patch IS for 360-EU-726 SI A
1410/7010 Emulator on 360 Model 50:
01230
3720
372E
373B
3740
3748
477E, F720
9106,0044,4710, 07CE, D20B,
0670, 0040
D203, 0048, EA44, 48AO, 003A
9COO, AOOO, 472E, F738
9DOO, AOOO, 472E, F740
D20B, 0040, 0670, 47FO, 07CE
This Insures a Sense Op IS issued after every
Unit Check.
Message OP19D, undetermined error
01A-B2E2.
Cannot access any tape units.
01A-B2Q2.
Unexpected interrupts.
T-A1L2.
Read incorrect data to CPU with no errors.
A2R2.
Fails to read backwards.
01A-Y1H2.
Power On Reset 4FF, General Reset 377, ALU1.
Missing feature Jumper on card at 01A B2D2.
See A-A010 and A-A 131.
Power On Reset failing. ALU 1 "hanging " at OAC and
OA3 after power up.
Open wire between 01A A2K4B10 and J12 In 6v
supply.
Reset "hang".
Power On Reset card.
No Power On Reset.
-4v supply.
Shifting Byte
Data on tape shifts one byte from one record to the
next with no error indication.
Noise caused by other equipment manufacturer
display unit.
Tape Runaway
Tape runaway on Write.
A2N2.
All tape units runaway when writing.
01 A-A2L2.
Tape runaway when writing.
01A-Y1F2.
False velocity change during Write.
A1S2.
Read
Reset
Velocity
3803-2/3420
© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976, 1979
00-054
00-055
FIELD FEEDBACK (Cont'd)
Symptom
3420 Error
Adjustment
Cannot make threshold adjustment.
FRU/Fix
1. R/W head skewed.
1.
Leaking right reel piston assembly.
2.
Transfer valve leaking.
Capstan motor.
3.
Vacuum switch failure.
T-A1F2 (Models 3,5, and 7 only.)
4.
Loose hoses to switches.
Tape bottoms in left column when forward, in right
column when backward.
Power interface board regulator card (modified
power supplies only).
5.
Defective air pressure regulator or reel hub
pressure switch.
Bobble in either column.
1. K2-3 relay point.
6.
Faulty air bearing switch.
2. T-A1L2.
Backspace
Tape unit will not do consecutive backspace blocks.
Backspace block failure.
Bobble, Bottoms
FRU/Fix
Symptom
3420 Error
Dropping Ready
(Cont"d)
Caused by vacuum.
2. CR 1 (5214324) on reel motor control board.
7.
Pneumatic pump, hoses, belts, pulley.
8.
Vacuum column manifold leaking.
9.
Vacuum column door leaking. Some known
causes are:
Tape bobbles in right column.
K 1-7 on left reel board.
BOT/EOT
False BOT indication.
Rewind plunger stuck (Models 3, 5, and 7 only).
Capstan
Capstan squaring adjustment has limited range or
appears to drift.
Replace fiber optic lamp.
a. Vacuum column door out of adjustment.
See Section 08-000.
Command Status
Reject
Command Status Reject.
1. T-A1L6.
b. Improperly installed air bearing.
2. T-A1H2 (Models 3,5,7).
c. Reversed door glass. Lower left corner of
door (viewed from vacuum side) should
be sandblasted. If sandblast is on right
side, glass is reversed.
3. T -A 1 M6 (Models 4, 6, 8)
4. +6v power supply capacitors.
Drop or Pick Records
Record count incorrect.
1. Degauss tape cleaner blade.
Miscellaneous
1.
Capstan area. Adjust squaring pulses.
Check solder connections on tach card and
capstan board.
2.
Reel Tach. Check for binding or dragging on
foam rubber filler on top of vacuum column
door.
2. Read amplifier card.
Dropping Ready
Caused by power supply.
1. Loose terminals on power interface board,
fuse detect and EPO cards, power supply
capacitors, and terminal boards.
2. Loose fitting fuse holders. May cause
unloading in middle of job, power checks,
equipment checks, or solenoid chattering.
3.
Dirty EOT /BOT reflective sticker.
4.
Select lamp partially shorted.
3. Fuse detect card. Relay control card (90,000
series tape unit.)
5.
Noisy Online/Offline switch.
6.
Left reel motor.
4. -4v regulator card.
7.
Manual status card.
5. +6v regulator card.
8.
MST Al B2. DROPS READY when going
into high speed rewind.
9.
MST A1G2. DROPS READY on start/stop
writing from tester (Models 3, 5, 7 only).
6. Power interface board.
7. K 1 contactor arcing.
8. Power interface board.
9. Loose fuse 3 on modified power supply.
10. Write driver. Fails on Start/Stop Write.
11. Cable rubbing on solenoid control relay.
12.
Dirty air plenum filter. Gives momentary
power check.
13. One side of 4.5v ac line to fiber optics lamp
grounded.
14. Stubby bar loose.
3803-2/3420
00-055
©
Copyright International Business MachInes Corporation 1976. 1979
-
n
c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
00-056
FIELD FEEDBACK (Cont'd)
Dropping Ready
(Cont'd)
FRU/Fix
Symptom
3420 Error
Miscellaneous
(Cont'd)
15.
MST A1J2. DROPS READY during write
operations.
16.
Faulty ac input power to tape unit. Check all
three phases.
17.
Loose latch assembly at rear of right reel
drive motor. If loose more than a few
degrees, tighten or replace anti-rotation
screw.
3420 Error
Erase Gap
File Protect
"Hangs"
20. T-A1M2.
Equipment Checks
Equipment Checks and Data Checks.
Equipment Check on Mode Set.
Equipment Checks reading header label.
Equipment Check and velocity checks.
Equipment Check on Write Tape Mark.
21
T-A1D2.
1.
Dirty capstan surface.
2.
High speed rewind solenoid leaking (Models
3, 5, 7 only).
3.
BOT voltage.
4.
Power supply interface board (may DROP
READY also).
5.
T-A1L2.
1.
T-A1H2 (Models 3,5,7).
OS ERASE GAP-CONTINUE when customer uses
tape. A block count error occurs.
FRU/Fix
1. Read amplifier. card.
2. Degauss tape cleaner blade.
3. R/W head.
18. Cartridge open switch failed to make.
19. File Protect RelilY defective.
Symptom
File Protect message with ring installed.
PIN 360/S-DM-508-894
P44800-AB-ABEN D-OCX.
False File Protect indication.
T-A1L2.
Solid File Protect failure.
Low air pressure. Tips of hoses were stretched.
Tape will not move.
-4v regulator card.
Intermittent missing mounts. Customer mounts tape
and makes unit ready but nothing happens. When
the unit is varied online, it runs.
-4v out of adjustment.
System hangs in wait state. OS would not Issue
mount message nor rewind unload tape at end of
job.
IBG
Short IBG.
1. T-A 1 K4 (Models 3, 5, 7).
2. T -A 1 K6 (Models 4, 6, 8).
1. T-A1 F2 (Models 3, 5, 7).
2. Capstan motor.
3. Reference plate loose.
Intervention Required
Intervention Required with unit Ready, not File
Protected, Unit Check, and Status A and B off.
1. T-A1G2 (Models 3,5,7).
2. Fuse detect card.
2.
T-Al M2 (Models 4, 6, 8).
1.
T-A1H2 (Models 3,5,7).
Tape hangs across top of columns, then suddenly
loads by itself.
2.
T-A1M2 (Models 4,6,8).
Tape dumps in right column during load.
Adjust vacuum column door.
1.
Fuse 2 holder.
Tape loads in right column only.
Vented left column restrictor out of adjustment.
2.
A-A2E2 in 3420.
Load Check after failing to wrap on left reel.
1.
Capstan motor.
Temporary leader stuck on the end of tape was
wrapped around left reel hub.
2.
Amplifier Sensor adjustment (1600 bpi).
Window goes up and down when loading.
Vacuum switch R4.
3.
T-A1K4 (Models 3,5,7).
4.
T-A1J2.
Tape fails to go down lower restraint thread chute
during load operation.
Cleaning lower restraint may cause static buildup
on plastic. Wipe finger over lower restraint to
discharge static.
5.
T -A 1 K6 (Models 4, 6, 8).
Equipment check, erase head, write current.
File Protect switch.
Tach start failure.
T-A1G2.
Velocity errors.
Loose screws around the air plenum. Low
vacuum in the stubby columns.
Velocity change, MTE
Tape unit signal cables reversed.
Early begin readback check.
Defective R/W head.
Not operational.
T-A1L6.
SAGC and ID Burst Checks.
Defective R/W head or degauss the head.
Erase head failure.
Cable to write head card pinched under a clamp.
Load Checks
Load Check as tape goes into columns.
Belt slipping on vacuum pump.
1. Vacuum switch R4.
2. Transfer valve.
Fails to load tape into columns if file protect ring is
removed.
Clogged filter from pneumatic pump.
Transfer valve stays picked.
Shorted capacitor in RC network around K 1 on
SCRA card. RC network is PIN 1766179;
capacitor is PIN 321412 (0.25 mfd 600 v). If RC
network is temporarily disconnected, customer
can run but may get false Load Checks.
"Reels Loaded" not sense.
Place the hose from the pressure gauge over the
reels loaded port and press LOAD. A reading of
21 is average. For a reading much lower than 21,
look for air leaks. Check around the left reel tach
mounting block for loose screws.
00-056
©
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979
FIELD FEEDBACK (Cont'd)
FRU/Fix
Symptom
3420 Error
Load Checks
(Cont'd)
00-057
Does not load tape into columns.
3420 Error
Air pressure system was restricted. (Clogged air
filter, etc.)
Load Checks
(Cont'd)
Symptom
FRU/Fix
Failed to unload completely.
Rl Vacuum switch shorted.
Fiber optics or light source dirty.
Tape unit loads, but READY light does not turn on
for a few seconds.
Loose vacuum pump drive belt.
Left reel turned counterclockwise at Load.
Load Checks, no Reels Loaded sensed.
Right reel motor board or MSC.
Intermittently fails to load tape into left or right
column.
Attach pressure gauge or manometer to the reel
hub air pressure switch hose and load tape.
Pressure should be about 70 inches. If pressure
stops or goes up slowly, the reel hub is leaking.
Air leak can be fixed by replacing the piston
assembly on back of right reel motor.
Equipment Checks, load problems, window problems,
right reel turning wrong way, and tach start
problems.
Fuse 5 and 15 ohms resistance.
Loads to BOT +2 and stops.
1 . Filter was shorting to modified power supply
board when transfer valve dropped out.
Tape threads correctly, but cartridge does not open.
2. Right reel piston assembly leaking.
T -A 1 E2 (Models 3, 5, 7)
T-A 104 (Models 4, 6, 8).
Tape turns sideways in columns.
Transfer valve.
Tape does not load into columns. Motion erratic.
R4.
Loads wrong, motion erratic.
Dark light source bulb.
Dumps tape in both columns.
08 on capstan board.
Tape dumps in right column or does not load into
right column.
Rl Vacuum switch. Trouble may be caused by a
sensitive switch that looks good in slow
operation.
Load failure - pulls tape out of left column.
Loose pin on left reel paddle card.
Load Check - does not load into columns.
1 . Left reel tach mounting screws loose.
2. Air pressure leak in supply manifold.
Threads to left tach and stops.
Transfer valve.
Low torque on left reel.
R4.
Dumps tape in right column.
L3.
Load failure, vacuum low.
Transfer valve.
Tape unit would not load or unload.
3. Clogged air filter or bad belt.
Unloads on a Load Rewind.
Tighten screws on power supply capacitors.
Load Checks on less than 2400 foot reel.
Check vacuum. Bad transfer valve or other leak
In vacuum system.
Loose screws in power supply.
Load Checks before BOT sense.
Pneumatic filter bad.
Load Check, left reel fast.
Resistor shorted in fan housing.
Load or motion control problems.
Load failure with no reel motion.
Check on reel board K 1, N / C points.
Load Checks and false Load Checks.
Power interface board.
After installing B/ M 1765523 (Models 3, 5, or 7)
or replacing resistor cover assembly, problems
anse. Heavy gauge wire is used on the resistors
to the blower connector plug. When this
assembly IS installed, the male pins may back out
causing poor or intermittent contact.
Load Checks after BOT sense.
Radius sense photocell wires rubbing on reel.
Will not rewind to load point on load.
L4 or R4 Vacuum switch.
Load Checks with mini reel only.
Replace radius sense reflective sticker.
Intermittent Load Check.
L3 Vacuum switch.
Tape flutter around left reel.
Resistor
Tape will not thread onto left reel.
a-ring
Did not load tape into left column and dumped tape
in right column.
Left float plate foam missing.
Left reel does not turn.
MSC card, left reel board connector.
Fails to return tape to load pOint after Load.
Transfer valve.
Dumped tape in right column and transfer valve
dropped.
Transfer valve relay.
Failed to load in left column and would not unload.
Left reel board.
Right reel turns at high speed during load.
Manual status card.
Pluggable resistor on reel board.
Loads into columns correctly, then pulls out of left
column.
T-A1B2.
Left reel turns too fast.
T-A1L2.
Load failure with left reel fast.
In
In
fan housing.
left thread channel missing.
Reels do not turn on Load.
Fuse detect and EPa card.
Loads, but tape does not go to load point.
Vacuum pump leak.
Drops vacuum after Load.
Power interface board.
Power Checks.
Cold solder Joint at center lug of fuse 12.
Vv'iii flot load, pneumatic motor does not run.
Cartndge control SMS card.
Reels will not run, Power On Reset up solid.
CRll on T2 (YF035)
Load Rewind fails.
Pressure pump input filter clogged.
Load failure, no Load Check.
L3 (transferring too quickly).
Tape fails to wrap around the left reel.
Transfer valve leaking.
Meter
Meter stops or reads low.
Jumper between T7 and T8 on meter card loose.
Not Capable
Failing to read PE burst.
Read pre-amp card.
3803-2/3420
©
00-057
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979
fl
....,
.#
"
\
..
c c c
c c c c
c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
c c c c c c c c
FIELD FEEDBACK (Cont'd)
3420 Error
Power Supply
00-058
Symptom
FRU/Fix
Power Checks dUring a load operation.
Bad connector to power resistor panel
-4v low.
Loose screws on transistors on power Interface
board.
Blows R67 on fuse detect card.
J6 cable shorted to frame.
Load Check light flashes.
Loose fuse 3 or F3 holder.
Power Check, Air Flow bit on, and Command Status
Reject.
3420 Error
Power Supply
(Cont'd)
Symptom
FRU/Fix
Power Checks.
Bad fuse detect and EPa card.
Power Checks.
Bad CB1 or loose screws on circuit breaker.
Power Checks.
Defective diode board in 4v supply.
Power Checks.
Frame ground at -12 V
Power Checks.
Reed relay on OV / UV card.
Loose capacitor screws, slip on connector to
power Interface board.
Blowing 6v regulator card and / or F 1
Power interface board.
Power Check light glows dim.
-4v return screws loose.
2v 20 Mhz noise on the power supply voltages
Write head card.
Power Check light flashes.
Phasing bad, TB1-1/2/3 loose or bad air flow
sensor.
No -4v.
Power interface board.
Blows fuse 5.
Blows OV/UV card.
H S-1 transistor on power Interface board.
Power Check, Load Check lights flicker. K1 relay on
reel board points burn, 48v supply drops.
Loose wire from C8 to HS 1 on mounting block
for CR11, 12 or loose TB1-6/7.
No output
+ 12v,
-12v, 4v or 6v.
Power Check when tape unit is selected.
Short from MSC card to cover.
Tighten loose wire on 48v supply heat sink.
6v high or has ripple.
Bad power Interface board.
Fails to write, dumps tape.
Bad 6v supply or bad connection to fuses on
modified supply.
Fails on Write.
Program
Running under as, the operator gets message to
mount tape. As soon as the tape IS mounted, a
message is given to dismount the tape. If the same
tape is remounted, Data Checks may occur. Failure
has occurred under as 20.1 and as 20.6.
Check that tape label IS not password protected.
Read Problems
Tape records with low amplitude.
Degauss read/write head and tape cleaner block.
Data Checks.
Tape deflector on erase head pushing tape away
from head.
Loose wire on power Interface board.
Power Checks.
1 . Shorted write card.
2. Head Inspection lamp contact bent and
shorting to the frame.
Shorted capacitor C11 on transformer.
Rewind Unload in middle of job
Erase head to frame.
Bad power Interface board or loose ground braid
on write card.
Compatibility problems.
Capstan resistor in blower assembly.
Compatibility problem.
T-A1L2.
Unexpected Load point.
T-A1J2.
Intermittent R/W failures.
Adjust vacuum column door.
Equipment Check and Unload in middle of job. Has
ripple on supplies.
Loose fuses on modified supply.
Blows fuse 6 and capacitor 1.
Bad SCR card, SCR1, SCR2.
Select light after Load.
Flat cable from J 1 on reel board pinched and
shorting between frame and power Interface
board.
Equipment Check, Power Check light on dim.
Bad voltage monitor card.
Blows CB12 and 13 on power Interface board.
J7 plugged one position off.
Blows right reel board.
6v varies or blows regulator card.
Bad connection J7-7 to J7-8.
Replaced capstan motor was running too fast
and apparently overdriving reel control board on
high speed rewind.
Right reel binds.
Replaced piston assembly.
Reel Drive
Blows fuse 3 on modified supply.
Bad write driver card.
Blows fuse 10 or 12.
Loose screws on TB5-1.
Blows fuse 6.
MSC card shorted to suppo~t bar or reel Power
Control Board grounded to lower frame.
Blows CP1.
SCR card.
Blows fuse 14.
Shorted write head card.
Blows reel control board.
1. Diodes 13 and 14 In 48v supply.
2. Power reset card.
Reel Flanges
Loss of reel control.
MSC card.
Left reel turns when powering up.
T-A1C2.
Resistor R4 burns on reel board.
A1B2.
Burns out left reel board.
MSC card.
Broken or spread reel flanges.
1 . Reel hub alignment.
2. Binding or old-style reel tachs (see ECA067).
3. Poor tracking.
4. Tape curvature.
Blows write driver card and F14.
Read/Write cable plugged one pin off.
Power Checks.
Bad solder connections at fuses.
Power Checks.
Bad connection on J7 socket. (Power Interface
Board.)
5. Defective reel hubs.
3803-2/3420
©
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976, 1979
00-058
00-059
FIELD FEEDBACK (Cont'd)
Rewind
FRU/Fix
Symptom
3420 Error
Speed varies during high speed rewind.
MSC card.
Unloads after rewind only if file protect ring IS In.
Write head card.
Wide excursions in left column.
Radius sense wire rubs on reel.
Pulls out of right column during high speed rewind.
L1 or L3 connection shorted to cover.
Dumps tape, pulls out, erratic motion.
1 . Dark light source bulb.
3420 Error
Rewind
(Cont'd)
Symptom
High speed rewind problem.
FRU/Fix
1 . Ca ble at T -A 1 A5 loose.
2. Hose to R3 on wrong port.
3. Loose fiber optic tube at the capstan tach.
2. Capstan tachometer.
Tape Damage
(See also Rewind)
Dumps tape in left column on high speed rewind.
Vacuum switch R3.
Tape pulls out of right column In high speed rewind.
6v supply was at 6.6v.
Rewind Unload fails.
A1J2.
Machine was pulling tape between the reel and the
tape on an Unload. Appeared as if reels were turning
in opposite directions and stretching tape.
T-A1C2.
Breaks tape.
Vacuum switch R1 or L 1.
Breaks tape on high speed rewind.
Vacuum switch R2.
Uneven winding.
File reel positioning.
Pulls out of right column when going from high to
low speed.
Capstan squaring cirCUit.
Snaps tape if reset during high speed rewind.
Capstan squaring circuit.
Solid high speed rewind status and load problem.
Capstan bad.
Fails to high speed rewind and pulls tape out of
stubby columns.
Transfer valve.
Does not go Ready after rewind.
Transfer valve.
Pleats across tape width.
Stubby bar clearance.
Drops vacuum on high speed rewind.
Power interface board.
Tape edge damage.
Z bars in stubby columns had loose screws.
Power check at end of high speed rewind.
Power Interface board.
Tape damage on high speed rewind. (Models 3,
5, 7)
Adjust inspection mirror.
No high speed rewind or high speed rewind erratic.
Glazed or binding reel tachometers.
No high speed rewind and dUring Unload left reel
turns clockwise.
Left reel board relay.
Dumps in right column or loss of reel control.
Resistor in fan housing.
Stays in high speed rewind to load point.
Reposition fernte core and voltage cable.
Pulls tape out of left column and may drop READY.
Transfer valve.
Stops in Rewind.
Air pressure switch.
Damages tape on Rewind.
Reel motor board.
Tape rewinds and unloads during Job
Loose fuse clip for F2. Power Interface board. 4v
supply capacitor leads loose.
Reels turn wrong way during Rewind Unload.
Transfer valve pressure manifold cracked.
Tape loop in threading channel on Rewind (Models
3,5,7)
Install ECA 025, EC734395.
Drops from high speed rewind to low speed rewind
at start of Rewind.
Dark light source. Clean lamp per procedure. If
not. replace lamp.
Wide excursions in left column in high speed rewind.
1 . R3 vacuum switch.
Tape Dump
Dumps tape In right column.
3. Capstan motor sticking.
4. R1 and R2 vacuum switch.
5. Loose fuse 3 on the modified Power Interface
Board.
Dumps tape In right column and as tape moves past
lower vacuum switch it blows fuse 10
Capstan control board.
When in high speed and REWIND and RESET keys
are operated, tape pulls out of right column and
dumps in left column.
Capstan tach mirror dirty or capstan squaring
circuit adjustment.
Dumps tape in either column.
1
Tape pulls out of column at end of high speed
rewind.
Capstan squarinq adjustment.
Dumps tape in right column.
Capstan motor sticking. Loose fuse 3 on the
modified power interface board.
R1 and R2 vacuum switch.
Hose pulled off L 1 switch.
Will not rewind completely.
Right reel piston assembly.
Breaks tape as tape unit switches from low to high
speed on high speed rewind.
Replace transfer valve and 3-way valve assembly.
Tape breaks in high speed rewind.
T-A1 E2.
© Copyright International Business Machines
MSC card relay.
2. Capstan motor.
2. A1A5 cable.
Snaps tape in high speed rewind.
1 . Relay control card on power interface board.
2. Relay on right reel board.
Tape "Runaway"
Dumps tape In either column.
Capstan motor.
Tape "runaway" after Load Rewind.
T-A1J2.
Tape
"
runaway " on write.
A1 F2. (ModeJs 3, 5, 7.)
00-059
Corporation 1976. 1979
fl
....,
c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
c c c c c c
FIELD FEEDBACK (Cont'd)
Symptom
3420 Error
Unload
00-060
Unloads on Load Rewind
FRU/Fix
1
Power supply capacitor lead loose.
3420 Error
Power Window
2. EaT/BOT
Rewind Unload without a command
1. 4v supply capacitor leads loose.
2. Power Interface board.
Symptom
FRU/Fix
Delay In READY because Window not clOSing.
Faulty Window gear reduction box.
Blew fuse
Bad power control board, motor, or relay.
Failed to operate.
Broken wire at back of fuse holder.
Failed to lower.
Window up sWitch shorted to power control
board.
3. Fuses on modified supply
Failing to unload without cartridge.
EaT / BOT block
Failed to operate.
Defective, binding, improperly seated motor.
Reels turn wrong way during Rewind Unload.
Transfer valve pressure manifold cracked.
Bind
Bad channel
Left reel fails to turn on unload.
Door glass not sealing at the bottom. Realign
door.
Blows power control board relay
Defective J8 connector In power supply, loose
connection on door cable.
Wraps tape on left reel on unload.
Transfer valve.
Window raises and lowers.
MISSing +6v on A 1 board. May blow fuse.
Vacuum drops too soon.
T-A1E2.
Falls to lower.
Tape stops above R1.
Diode across K 1 (pneumatic motor pick) open.
Hub pressure switch wires pinched under
bracket.
Window will not go down.
1
Broken or defective diode CR 1 across K 1 In
the solenoid control relay assembly.
Falls to raise or lower, oscillates, raises after Unload,
lowers In high speed rewind.
A1 E2 Models 3, 5, 7.
A 1 D4 - Models 4, 6, 8.
2
Broken or defective diode CR 14 across K 1
(motor control relay).
Write aborts, write tape mark errors, velOCity errors,
read errors.
Make sure capstan, tape cleaner block, and
read / write head are cleaned at least once per
shift
3
EC734231 (ECA017) not Installed puts an RC
network around the transfer valve relay.
High temporary write errors on PE only.
Read amp sensor adjustment IS now 23 % . Use
attenuator card, P / N 5861455 for adjustment.
Data Check and multi-track.
Note: Develop tape to see If a partial record has
been written in IBG.
Replace erase head or reverse wires to erase
head. Bad write driver card.
Data Checks
Tape deflector on erase head pushing tape away
from head. Bend deflector out of the way.
+6v miSSing to write driver. Bad write cable.
4. Shorted 'capacitor across the reel pressure
sWitch.
5. Defective air bearing pressure switch.
6. Open diode across the write enable relay.
Write Errors
Tape will not pull out of columns.
Right reel resistor (mounted In the cooling unit)
Tape not completely unloaded.
Reel hub air pressure sWitch.
Write current failure
Tape sideways on the right reel.
T-A1E2.
Postamble Checks on Write.
Read card bad.
Unloads during customer Job
A-B2K4.
Read/Write errors.
Vacuum Columns
Beaded tape worn.
B/M 1848717 IS available from Mechanicsburg to
replace glass beading in vacuum columns.
A 1C2 Defective rewind plunger (Models 3, 5, 7)
Defective autocleaner - Models 4, 6, 8.
SAGC Checks.
Velocity Checks
Tape moves slowly (Models 3, 5, 7)
Capstan resistor on logic ZT051 .
Low column vacuum caused by faulty transfer
valve.
Velocity change during write.
Tape unit Interface cables not plugged light to
dark.
Velocity error.
Start Read Checks.
Capstan control board.
T3420R fails With write errors. (Models 3, 5, 7)
Write errors started after read card was replaced
for another problem. New card was at high EC
level which required new attenuator card to
adjust amp sensors. Adjust with proper
attenuator card and procedure. New read card is
EC734470, PIN 2522936. New threshold card
that should be used is P / N 5861455.
Defective R/W head.
1. Stubby bar clearance to capstan.
2. a-ring missing behind D-bearing.
3. Models 3, 5, 7 only - Install EC734953 on
tape unit.
©
Velocity retry.
Replace capstan motor.
Write card goes bad.
Velocity check, tach start failure.
6v supply or EaT/BOT adjustment.
SAGC and I D burst checks.
Degauss or replace the R/W head.
Velocity change during write.
Align door over vacuum columns to correct bad
seal.
Intermittent R/W errors.
Adjust vacuum column door.
Velocity checks on Model 7 tape units using
back-coated tape.
Raise air bearing pressure to 75 inches. Calibrate
pneumatic gauge with a water manometer before
adjusting air bearing pressure.
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979
00-060
c
00-061
FIELD FEEDBACK (Cont'd)
Write Tape Mark
Tools and Test
Equipment
*Diagnostic Errors
3803/3420
FRU/Fix
Symptom
3420 Error
Equipment checks on Write Tape Mark.
Amp sensor adjustment off.
Erase Gap, Write Tape Mark error.
T -A 1 K4 - Models 3, 5, 7
T -A 1 K6 - Models 4, 6, B
T-A1J2.
No block detected on Write Tape Mark and
intermittent Velocity Checks.
Belt was on wrong pulley on vacuum pump.
Slow end readback.
Read head card.
Field tester causes channel errors.
T-A1L6.
Model 7 writing .3 inch gaps with field tester.
Normal operation.
Messages
FRU/Fix
T3420A
Command status reject.
T-A1K4.
T3420C
Start read check.
Capstan motor board.
Velocity retry error.
Capstan motor. T-A1 E2.
MSG AC0101, AC0102, AC0203.
A-A1C2.
"Hangs", interface control checks.
A-B2C2.
T3420E
MSG AEOB31, AE0931.
A A1S2.
T3420F
MSG AF0501.
A A1C2.
T3420G
Not Capable.
A-A1C2.
R/W, VRC, ENV, SKEW errors.
Erase head.
Velocity retry error.
Capstan motor and T -A 1 E2.
R/W, VRC, ENV, SKEW errors.
Erase head.
T3420H
R/W, VRC, ENV, SKEW errors.
Erase head.
T34201
MSG A1010B.
A A2 H 2 down level.
T3420P
Noise, MSG AP204.
T A1K2.
T3420R
MTE, End data checks, VRC.
Fiber optic lamp.
T3420S
MSG AS0105, wait code 10, unexpected interrupts.
T A1K2.
MSG AS0105, R/W, VRC.
Tachometer cover is rubbing on the capstan.
MSG AS010, Not Capable.
Binding high speed rewind plunger.
Fails on a FWD Space Block command.
A-A2E2.
Tachometer errors.
Open C4 capacitor.
Excessive postamble.
A-A1D2.
T3420U
Velocity retry errors.
Capstan motor and T A 1 E2.
T3420V
MSG AV0102.
A B2C2.
T3420W
MSG AV0105, lost records.
T-A1G2.
Start read check.
Hose at the pressure pump is split.
No tape stop Within 65 tach pulses.
A B2D2.
Short gaps.
Adjust vacuum column door.
00-061
Q
a o
Q
o
{)
o o
{)
o
a
o o
o
o
o
c c c c c c
c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
3420 THEORY-Models 3, 5, and 7
1A-OOO
Modified Power Supply
FILE PROTECT INDICATOR OFF OR POWER
CHECK INDICATOR ON
3420 Power Supplies
Each tape unit has a self-contained power supply, and
receives its input power from the tape control. A
three-phase, 15-amp circuit breaker protects the line
voltage to each tape unit.
F 11
From START 2
A 60-Hz machine requires 200, 208, or 230 volts;
while 50-Hz machines use 200, 220, 235, 380, or
408 volts.
Caution: There are two types of fuse holders in
the field. The first type of fuse holder has the
spring in the cap and the second type has the
spring in the body. If the cap of the second type
is placed on the body of the first type no spring
tension will be on the fuse causing intermittent
contact.
Notes:
1. The +6V is adjusted by measuring between G1E09 and B2D08 and adjusting the
re~ulator for +6±0.05 Vdc with the Drive Ready in Write status and away from load
pOint.
CP2
1tr'----
F10
2. If the 6 volt power supply is adjusted, the following check should be made:
a. The drive must be loaded, Ready, and in Write status, and away from load point.
b. Measure from G2B11 to G2D08 (ground).
c. The reading must not exceed 6.24 volts. If it does, check the file protect circuitry for
possible resistance.
CP1
3. The -48 power supply voltage should be a minimum of -47 V with the machine loaded
and ready with no tape motion. If the voltage is low, suspect the SCR's in the -48 V
supply. Check the SCR's by removing the SCR control card. There should be a 4 V loss
with the card removed.
F12
4. Following problem determination and repair, final power supply checks and/or
adjustments should be made according to the directions included on MLM page 08-570.
F3
IF THE CAP OF THE FIRST TYPE IS PLACED ON
THE BODY OF THE SECOND TYPE A SAFETY
HAZARD WILL EXIST DUE TO EXPOSED METAL
WHICH WILL HAVE A POTENTIAL ON IT.
Left Vacuum Column
Unmodified Power Supply
3420 AIRFLOW AND VOLTAGE
MONITORING SYSTEM
A mercury switch mounted on a movable air vane
below the capstan control board. monitors the
cooling system airflow. If sufficient air is moving
through the plenum, the vane is moved and the
switch closes. If the switch opens, or doesn't close,
the tape unit activates the Power Check indicator
lamp.
The same system monitors dc voltages.. If any
voltage becomes out of tolerance, the output of Loss
of Air, or the Over Voltage/Under Voltage (OV/UV)
detector will activate the Power Check indicator lamp.
This output also activates the Air or OV/UV latch and
sets sense byte 18, bit O.
0
+6V
Voltage
Regulator
Card
i~L1PO"
Seq
1
2
t
Fuse 5 - - - - - - -. .:
Fuse 6 - - - -_ _ _~
Fuse 7 _ _ _ _ _ _ _....
Condition/Instruction
Does tape unit have a modified (piggy
back power supply?
0
Check rear of unit. 0
3
Check rear of unit.
Are CP1, CP2, or CP3 (or CP4-50 hz
only) tripped?
4
Check front of unit.
Are F5, F6, F7, F14, or F15 blown?
4A
Check that all voltages are present.
See Seq 11, 16, and 17A.
G
Go to Seq 35.
Go to Seq 18.
Check components using ALD pages
YB020/5 &. YB030/5. Go to 00-030.
Go to Seq 23.
5
Is File Protect indicator ON?
Go to Seq 7.
6
If not:
···
··
+6V, VR1
Fuse 1 5 - - - - -_ _~---JL~J~
-4V
Possible FRUs
File Protect lamp or socket
File Protect switch plunger
File Protect switch
Defective relay on write
enable board (located below the
right reel motor)
T-A1H2
Go to ALD ZT071 for further analYSis.
·
Voltage
Regulator -------+-----:~
Card
Reference
Action
Are F10, F11, F12, or F13 blown?
~unused
~l2 Port
Fuse 14 _ _ _ _ _ _-!.
Always start with Seq 1 and follow the procedure in sequence unless otherwise directed.
Remember to END all problem or maintenance calls by going to MAP 00-030.
7
Is the cooler blower operating?
Go to Seq 9.
8
If not:
Refer to ALD page YB030/5. Repair or
replace as required. Go to 00-030.
9
Is there sufficient airflow at the logic gate? Go to Seq 11.
(Compare to another drive, if necessary.)
10
If not:
Check the air filter, hoses, ducts, blower
motor fan, and motor direction.
Over Voltage/Under Voltage
(OV/UV) Card
1A-OOO
AM
1A-001
FILE PROTECT INDICATOR OFF OR POWER CHECK INDICATOR ON (Cont'd)
Seq
Condition/Instruction
11
Use a -DIGITEC 201 or DIGITEC 251 for
all voltage measurements.
Action
19
Go to seq 14.
(Continued)
Is +6±0.3 Vdc present between G2B11 and G2DOS? (Do not adjust to
this voltage).
12
Can the +6 Volt regulator card be
adjusted to +-+0.3 V? (This is not the
final adjustment. See Note).
Go to Seq 14.
13
If not:
Replace the +6 V regulator card or
See Notes 1 and 2.
interface board
14
Is the Power Check indicator still On?
Go to Seq 16.
15
If not:
See Notes 1 and 2 on 1A-OOO.
16
Is -4.05+ ±0.05 Vdc present between
N3D02 and N3DOS?
Go to Seq 17A.
17
If not:
Adjust or replace the -4 V regulator card
or interface board.
17A
17B
1S
G.
Are the following voltages out of
tolerance?
-48V:
TB1-9 to TB1-S
+12V: +1.0, -1.0V TB2-1 to TB2-4
-12V: +1.0, -1.0V TB2-5 to TB2-7
TB3-12 to TB2-4
+11V: +2, -1.2V
Replace the OV/UV card. on 1A-OOO)
and the voltage monitor card. See NOTE
3 on 2A-OOO.
Connect a jumper from TB2-3 to TB2-S.
Did the Power Check indicator go off?
Remove the jumper.
Probable causes are:
Mercury switch on air vane eon
1A-OOO).
Insufficient air flow. Repair as
necessary.
.
If not:
Remove jumper. Recheck symptoms.
Turn power off and repldce the blown
fuse.
Restore power and go to Seq 19. (See
C) on 1A-1oo).
F10
4A
10A
F11
8A
F12,1310A
15A
19
medium blow
long blow
medium blow
medium blow
medium blow
(M3 at M5)
(M7)
•
35
This is a tape unit with a modified power
supply.
F131. Left reel board
2. A1B2 (ALD FT45X)
36
Check rear of unit.
Is F10, F11, F12, or F13 blown?
Go to Seq 1S.
37
Check rear of unit.
If F1, F2, or F3 blown (located on the
modified power supply)? These are
nonindicating fuses. See 1A-OOO for
component locations.
Go to Seq 53.
3S
Check rear of unit.
Is CP1, CP2, CP3 (60 Hz), CP4 (SO Hz),
or CP5 tripped?
Check components using ALD YB010/5
for CP1, CP2 (Models 3 and 5 only), and
CP3 ALD YB020/5 for CP4; and ALD
YB04O/5 for CP5.
39
Check front of unit.
Is F5, F6, F7, FS, or F9 blown?
Go to Seq 53.
If not:
Go to ALD YB030/5. Repair
or replace as required.
21
Is problem fixed?
Go to 00-030.
22
If not:
Replace the power supply MSC
card (ALD YB030/5).
Go to 00-030.
23
Turn power off and replace the
blown fuse.
Restore power and go to Seq 24.
24
Does the fuse blow again?
Replace the blown fuse and its
corresponding FRU in the order listed. To
verify the fix, restore power and operate
tape unit.
F10 1. Capstan motor control board
2. A 1F2 (ALD FT39X)
3. A 1G2 (ALD FT35X)
4. Capstan motor assembly
5. Power window circuit
Turn power off.
Disconnect load to blown fusb at
terminal board.
Replace the blown fuse.
TB2-1; TB2-2 (gray wires)
F5
TB2-5; TB2-6 (purple wires)
F6
TB3-1
F7
F14 TB3-3
F15 TB3-2
(dc ground is TB1-S)
Restore power and go to Seq 26.
25
If not:
Refer to ALD YB030/5. Repair or replace
as required.
26
Does the fuse blow again?
Go to Seq 29.
27
Turn power off. Measure from the
removed wire(s) to ground and to other
voltages for shorts. Repair as required.
See ALD ZT031 for 4.5Vac and ALD
ZT051 for dc voltages .
28
Reconnect leads previously removed from
the terminal board. Restore power and
operate tape unit.
29
Does F5, F6, or F7 blow?
Turn power off. There is a wiring
problem in the power supply. See ALD
YB020/5. Repair as required. Restore
power. Go to 00-030.
30
Was F14 or F15 blown?
Turn power off. Remove regulator card
associated with blown fuse. See fuse list
in Seq 24 and ALD YB020/5. Replace
fuse and restore power.
31
Does F14 or F15 blow again?
Turn power off. Check wiring from fuse
to regulator card. Correct wiring problem
and reinstall regulator cards previously
removed. See ALD YB020/5. Restore
power. If fixed, go to 00-030.
(M3 at M5)
(M7)
Does the fuse blow again?
F121. Right reel board
2. A1B2 (ALD FT45X)
20
.
17C
Condition/Instruction
Go to Seq 21.
- Trademark of United Systems Corporation
32
Install new regulator card and adjust the
voltage.
33
Does fuse blow again?
F11 1. Left reel board
2. Right reel board
34
If not:
Turn power off. Replace the associated
capacitor and fuse. Restore power and
go to 00-030.
o
39A
Check that all voltages are present.
See Seq 46, 51, and 52A.
40
Is File Protect indicator On?
Go to Seq 42.
41
If not:
Possible FRUs:
• File Protect lamp or socket
• File Protect switch plunger
• File Protect switch
• Defective relay on write enable board
(located below right reel motor)
• T-A1H2
Go to ALD ZT071 for further analysis.
42
15 the cooling blower operating?
Go to Seq 44.
43
If not:
Refer to ALD YB030/5. Repair or replace
as required.
44
Is there sufficient airflow at the logic
gate? (Compare to another drive, if
necessary).
Go to Seq 46.
45
If not:
Check the air filter, hoses, ducts, blower
motor fan blades, and motor direction.
46
Use a Digitec 201 or 251 for all voltage
measurements. Is +6 ±0.3 Vdc present
between G2B11 and G2DOS? (Do not
adjust to this voltage.)
Go to Seq 49.
47
Can the +6v regulator card be adjusted
to +6 ±0.3 Vdc? (This is not the final
adjustment).
Go to Seq 49.
48
If not:
Replace the +6 V regulator card or power
interface board. See Notes 1 and 2 on
(1A-OOO).
49
Is the Power Check indicator still On?
Go to Seq 51.
SO
If not:
See Notes 1 and 2 on (1A-OOO).
Go to 00-030.
1A-001
© Copyrighllnlernationel Busines. Machines Corporalion 1976. 1979. 1980. 1983
o o o
Action
Seq
Action
Condition/Instruction
Seq
a
t)
\C.
o
J
o
c c
c c c c c c c
C' 0
C C C C C
c c c c c c c c c c
c c c c c c
FILE PROTECT INDICATOR OFF OR POWER CHECK INDICATOR ON (Cont'd)
Seq
Condition/Instruction
Action
51
Is -4,05 ±0.05 Vdc present between
N3D02 and N3D08?
Go to Seq 52A.
52
If not:
Adjust or replace the -4v regulator card
or power interface board.
Are the following voltages out of
tolerance?
Replace OV /UV and the voltage monitor
card. See Note 3 on 1A-000.
52A
+30V:
-48V:
+12V:
-12V:
+11V:
52B
52C
53
±0.5V
+1.0, -1.0V
+1.0, -1.0V
+2, -1.2V
TB2-3
TB1-9
TB3-1
TB3-5
TB2-1
to
to
to
to
to
TB1-8
TB1-8
TB3-4
TB3-4
TB2-4
Connect a jumper from TB3-3 to TB3-8.
Did the Power Check indicator go off?
If not:
Remove the jumper.
Probable causes are:
Mercury switch located on the air
vane. See
on 1A-OOO.
Insufficient air flow .
Repair as necessary.
.
.
Condition/Instruction
57
Turn power off. Measure resistance from
the wire disconnected in Seq 54 to ground
and to other voltages for shorts. Repair as
required. See ALD ZT031 for 4.5 Vac and
ALD ZT051 for dc voltages.
58
Reconnect wires disconnected in Seq 54.
Restore power and operate tape unit.
Go to 00-030.
59
Does F1, F5, or F6 blow?
Turn power off. There is a wiring
problem in the power supply. See ALD
YB020/5 (F5 and F6) or YB040/5 (F1).
Repair as required. Restore power and go
to 00-030.
60
Are fuses F2 and F3 (see figure 1A-OOO)
or F7, F8, or F9 blown?
Turn power off. Remove regulator card
associated with blown fuse. See fuse
specification in Seq 53 and ALD YB040/5
(F2 and F3) or ALD YB020/5 (F7, F8, and
F9). Replace fuse. Turn power on.
G
Does the fuse blow again?
Action
Modified Power Supply
Left Vacuum Column
61
Does fuse blow again?
62
Install new regulator card and adjust the
voltage.
63
Does the fuse blow again?
Turn power off. Replace the associated
capacitor and fuse. Turn power on.
Go to 00-030.
64
If not:
Go to 00-030.
From Seq 37.
Turn power off. Replace the blown fuse.
Fuse
Rating Type Voltage
F1
6A
fast
4.5 Vac
-4 V
F2
15A
med
F3
6A
fast
+6 V
F5
8A
med
+12 V
F6
15A
med
-12 V
F7
2A
inst
+11 V Reg
F8
2A
inst
-12 V*
F9
3/4A
inst
+30 V*
*for OV / UV sense
See ALD YB040/5 for fuses F1-F3 and
ALD YB020/5 for fuses F5--F9. Restore
power and go to Seq 54.
54
Seq
e
Recheck symptoms.
1A-002
Turn power off. Check wiring from fuse
to regulator card. Correct wiring problem.
and reinstall regulator cards previously
removed. See ALD YB020/5 and ALD
YB04O/5. Turn power on. If fixed, go to
00-030.
Fuse 5
Fuse 6
-12V Regulator Card
+30V Regulator Card
Turn power off and disconnect load to
blown fuse at terminal board. Replace the
blown fuse.
F1
B1E3 See Figure on
F2
B1E8 1A-003.
F3
B1E10
F5
TB3-1, TB3-2 (gray wires)
F6
TB3-5, TB3-6 (purple wires)
F7
TB2-1 (yellow wire)
F8
TB2-2 (no external loads)
F9
TB2-3 (no external loads)
(dc ground is TB1-8)
Restore power and go to Seq 56.
+11 V Regulator Card
0
55
If not:
Refer to ALD YB030/5. Repair or replace
as required.
56
Does the fuse blow again?
Go to Seq 59.
Fuse7 ____
--------------1HlTrt-t'E~ik~~
Fuse 8
Fuse 9
Left Column
Right Column
1A-002
.
FILE PROTECT INDICATOR OFF OR POWER CHECK INDICATOR ON (Cont'd)
1A-003
Modified 3420 Power Interface Board, B1.
:::~~~:~~~
Voltage Monitor
Card (OV/UV)
+6; - 4 Vdc
(Do not adjust)
F7fr
::3-__,_~~
B1E1
®
- -
=--
--
~-
®
~!1' [j ~
ii
,,"'
EPO Card
,
'=:1
1
'j
Iml
r
B1E7~_~--' k
I
V--f-=:JBlEB
~~~~
I
j
~
I
1...r:::::::J-o
Bl E9
-
.~ 1 ~
'I
I
--=-.::. - - -
B1E6
-4BVSCR Control Card *
(Do not adjust)
Cable Connector
• =::J
I~
~
!
I~
Is~
IV
B 1 E l 0 - - r :r:J
i~
~
B1El1-----------l.
10
I;L]
B1E12-_
I-
+6 V Regulator Card
I/~
I~
D
1
I~
IU
1\
- --
\
- 4 V Regulator Card
* Not included in power supply part numbers:
1766046
2524645
2515421
2515413
1A-003
© Copyright International Buainea. Machinas Corporation 1976. 1979. 1980. 1983
a o
a
~)
c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
DROPPING READY AND THREAD AND LOAD FAILURE SYMPTOMS
From 00-040, START 2
Seq
Most Probable Cause:
9
•
•
•
•
T-A1C2, 02, E2, J2
Lamp
Capstan adjustment
L4, R4 vacuum switches
Notes:
1. The vacuum column vents (P /N 1846701) require special adjustment if both standard
reels and minireels are used interchangeably on the drive. Refer to 08-800 for the
adjustment procedure.
2. Intermittent dropping ready and thread and load problems can be caused by:
a. BOT / EOT out of adjustment. See 08-580.
b. A loose pressure manifold on the 3-way valve (transfer valve assembly). The manifold
is attached to the 3-way valve with four screws. Overtighening these screws can
fracture or break off the mounting studs causing an air leak. See 08-000.
c. A dirty pressure pump input filter.
d. A leaking transfer valve. See 08-400 for leakage test.
e. Vacuum column door leaking and/or not adjusted. See 08-680.
f. A dirty pressure pump output filter.
g. Damaged or aged vacuum column door foam. See 08-690.
3. If tape bottoms intermittently in either column, the capstan armature could be open.
Unplug the capstan motor from the capstan board and measure across the two wires
going to the motor with an ohmmeter. Watch for a deflection on the meter while rotating
the capstan by hand very slowly.
4. Threading with a cartridge may be a problem if the screw in the left end of the upper
restraint is missing. Some upper restraints do not have a screw in this position.
Always start with Seq 1 and follow the procedure in sequence unless directed otherwise.
Remember to END all problem or maintenance calls by going to MAP 00-030.
Action
Condition/Instruction
Seq
2A-OOO
Condition/Instruction
Action
Does the tape thread past the read/write
head?
Go to Seq 12.
10
Does the tape thread directly into the right
vacuum column?
Go to 2A-130.
11
If not:
Go to 2A-140.
12
Does tape thread onto the left reel?
Go to Seq 14.
13
If not:
There is no vacuum on the left reel hub.
Check transfer valve for proper sealing
during thread status. Check vacuum and
pneumatic belts. See Pneumatic
Pressure/Vacuum checks and Pneumatic
Supply Belt Replacement and Adjustment
08-400 and 08-440.
14
Does a Load Check occur before the BOT
marker has passed BOT sense?
Go to 2A-150.
16
Does tape load into the columns properly?
Go to Seq 18.
17
If not:
Go to Seq 22.
18
Does the tape move backward properly
until it stops at the BOT marker?
Go to Seq 24.
19
Does the tape go forward after loading
into the columns?
Go to 2A-2oo.
20
Does tape bottom, bobble, or pull out of
column?
Go to 2A-170.
21
If not:
Go to 2A-190.
1
Does problem exist only when using
minireels?
Go to 08-800.
22
Does the tape load into either vacuum
column?
Go to 2A-170.
See Note 1.
1A
With the tape unit unloaded, are the
pneumatics on?
Go to 4A-160.
23
If not:
Go to 2A-160.
See Note 1.
1B
Is the tape unit dropping READY?
Go to Seq 29.
24
Is the window up and the Ready lamp on?
Go to 3A-OOO.
25
Does the Ready light turn ON?
Go to Seq 27.
26
If not:
Go to 2A-210.
27
Is the window down and the Ready lamp
On?
Check window-up switch for a shorted
condition.
2
Mount a reel of tape with a properly
crimped and positioned end (see 2A-015)
and with a properly placed BOT reflective
marker. The field tester should not be
plugged into the tape unit. Press the
RESET, LOAD/REWIND buttons and then
the START button.
28
Does Ready lamp fail to stay On?
Go to 3A-OOO.
29
Is the drop ready failure intermittent?
Go to Seq 31.
If a cartridge doesn't open fully, go to
2A-1oo. Otherwise, proceed to the next
Seq.
30
If not:
Approach as a load failure.
Go to Seq 2.
Does the left reel turn clockwise at
threading speed? Compare with another
drive.
Go to Seq 7.
31
Is Sense Byte 7 available?
Go to Chart A. column 3 on this page.
32
Is the drive still in the failing condition?
6
If not:
Go to 2A-110.
Scope logic pins as shown in Chart A,
column 2 with the drive in the failing
condition.
7
Does the right reel turn clockwise at
threading speed? Compare with another
drive.
Go to Seq 9.
33
Is a visible symptom or customer
description available?
Go to Chart A. column 1.
34
If not:
Go to 2A-005 (Drop Ready).
If not:
Go to 2A-120.
Was capstan turning continuously before
load was attempted?
Go to 6A-000.
4
Is a cartridge being used?
5
3
8
© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979. 1980. 1983
Chart A
1
2
3
Error
Description
Drive Error
Condition
Error
Sense
Probable Drive
FRUs
Fiber optic
lamp failure,
not latched
+
at H2S07
Byte 7
Bit 0
Optic lamp,
A1D2
See Logic
FT114
Tape bottoms
(see notes) or
pulls out, left
column
+
at H2U02
Byte 7
Bit 1
L4 vacuum
switch, left reel
board. (Check
reel board EPO
relay for
shorted points).
Capstan Tach.
Go to
3A-110
Could be caused
by OV/UV
detection or
capstan board
cooling sensor.
See Byte 18, Bit
o below.
Tape bottoms
(see note 3) or
pulls out. right
column
+
at H2U05
Byte 7
Bit 2
R4 vacuum
switch, right
reel board.
(Check reel
board EPO
relay for
shorted points).
Capstan Tach.
Go to
3A-ll0
Could be caused
by OV/UV
detection or
capstan board
cooling sensor.
See Byte 18, Bit
o below.
Reset key or
door interlock
- at H2S08
Byte 7
Bit 3
Reset key,
Door Interlock
Switch, TA1C2,
AB3F2,
AA2D2.
See ALD
FT114
Could be operator
caused.
Air bearing
pressure or
right reel hub
air failure
+
Byte 7
Bit 6
Leaking right
reel hub. Air
bearing or hub
switch. Loose,
worn or broken
belt. Air
system leak.
See ALD
FT114
If a solid failure,
tape will not
dump into
columns during a
load operation.
OV /UV (Power
Check) or no
cooling air to
capstan board
- at H2S02
Go to
1A-OOO
These errors
cause reel board
EPO relays to
drop resulting in
loss of motor
control. Tape
bottom will then
drop ready.
Power On
Reset, not
latched
+ at
H2M05
A1C2, A1H2
Fuse detect
card
See ALD
FT112
Intermittent
failures may show
as a drop ready
condition
Safety Bail
Reset, not
latched
+
A1C2, A1E2
See ALD
FT283
Intermittent
failures may show
as a drop ready
condition.
at H2SO4
at E2B09
Byte 18 Check voltages.
Bit 0
Dirty filter,
defective
cooling fan.
Check mercury
switch below
capstan board.
Further
Analysis
Notes
2A-OOO
2A-005
INTERMITTENT DROP READY PROBLEMS
INTERMITTENT DROP READY PROBLEMS
5.
Reel Tachs: Defective reel tachs cause a tape unit
to fail to enter high speed rewind and also cause
dropping Ready while in high speed rewind. Check
tachs for polished surfaces causing them to slip on
the tape. If this condition is found, replace the reel
tach assembly (see OS-550). Also check for binds
in the bearings and tach wobble indicating worn
bearings. Scope tach outputs (ALD FT231) for
pulses of similar frequency, duration, and
amplitude.
6.
Reel Motor Boards: Either board causes
intermittent problems. Check for cold flow solder
joints, cracked land patterns, and loose or pushed
pins in the connectors. If boards are suspect,
interchange them with another tape unit to isolate
the failure. (ALD RMOO1).
7.
Door Interlock: Machine vibration can cause a
badly adjusted Door Interlock switch to open
intermittently. Also check main machine door latch
alignment.
S.
Damaged Tape: Stretched or spliced tape causes
dropping Ready. If the failing tape has been
retained make one complete pass, using the field
tester.
9.
Power Supply: Check for loose terminal
connections and cold flow solder joints. Ask
operator if power check light has been flashing.
(Power check circuit is not latched).
Listed below are several causes of dropping Ready.
Most probable cause is listed first. Examine the list and
do any indicated action. If original failure still exists
(Ready light off and tape still loaded and no sense
Reset has been issued) bits for sense byte 7 can be
scoped. See Chart A on 2A-000.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Vacuum Switches: Defective vacuum switches
cause dropping Ready problems. If sense byte 7 is
available, it can be helpful in determining which
vacuum column is failing. Do procedure on OS-450
to check for failing vaccum switches.
Fiber Optics: Faulty or marginal fiber optics can
cause tape loading problems, tape motion
problems, and dropping Ready. Check the seating
and clean the fiber optic bundles at the light
source. Check the clearness of the lamp and
replace it if questionable. (See OS-620).
Capstan Squaring: If capstan squaring is out of
adjustment it will usually show up first by dropping
Ready (pulls out of left column, or bottoms in the
right column) when going into or coming out of a
high speed rewind. See OS-130 for adjustment
procedure. See OS-14O for cleaning procedure.
Right Reel Slipping On Hub:
Caution: Circuit damage or a blown fuse (F12)
may result if the reel is held for more than five
or six seconds.
Slippage can be determined by loading a tape and
turning the right reel until tape in the column is
above, then below the ports causing the right reel
to drive. Hold the reel to keep the tape and hub
from turning and observe the amount of slippage.
Compare with a known good tape unit. If excessive
slipping is observed, go to OS-470 then OS-520 for
checks and adjustments.
2A-005
© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976, 1979, 1980, 1983
,}
o
t)
a u
{)
:)
c o o c c c c c
c
c o c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
THREAD AND LOAD OPERATIONS
The 3420 threads, loads, and unloads tape
automatically with or without a tape cartridge. Air
pressure automatically secures the reel of tape to the
right reel hub. Any size reel of half-inch magnetic tape
can be automatically loaded, but only full 10 1/2 inch
(26,7 cm) reels can be loaded with a cartridge.
THREAD LOAD WITH CARTRIDGETIMING CHART
A plunger on the tape unit senses that a cartridge is
mounted on the right reel hub. Pressing the Load
Rewind pushbutton (see timing chart line 2) activates
the LOAD OP latch. (timing chart line 2). The Load
Op latch:
2A-010
As tape is wrapped on the left reel, a slight tension
forces the tape against the reels-loaded sensing port.
Sealing this port causes a pressure change which
signals the reels-loaded condition.
The reels continue turning forward until the
beginning-of-tape (BOT) or load point (LP) marker is
sensed at the BOT photocell. The BOT phototransistor
fires the BOT singleshot which:
•
Resets the IBG counter to zero
•
Activates the Load/Rewind line
•
Activates the Rewind Operation line
•
Activates the Backward Status line
•
Activates Power Window Motor, which closes the
window.
•
Activates Thread Status, which energizes the
transfer valve solenoid to switch vacuum and air
pressure to the threading positions.
The IBG counter resumes counting from zero. At a
count of 2, Thread Status is deactivated and the
transfer valve solenoid is de-energized. Air pressure is
now directed to the air bearings, and vacuum is
switched to the vacuum columns, the capstan motor
and the tape cleaner blade.
•
Conditions the reel motors to turn in a clockwise
(forward) direction (Section 3A-020).
Air Bearing Pressure and Not Thread Status reverse
the direction of the left reel motor.
•
Activates Drive Cartridge Motor, which energizes
the cartridge motor and causes the cartridge
opener to rotate 200 degrees to a fully open
position. When the cartridge is fully open, the
cartridge open switch removes power from the
cartridge motor.
With the cartridge open, the right reel starts feeding
tape out the cartridge tape port and into the right
threading channel. The left reel is already moving.
The radius sense photocell drives the IBG (interblock
gap) counter, which clocks the threading and loading
sequences (see Section 6A-130). The IBG counter
receives a pulse for each half turn of the left reel.
Tape moves through the threading channels and the
head area guided by air pressure and vacuum ports.
As tape leaves the left threading channel, vacuum at
the left reel hub draws tape to the reel.
As the left reel turns counterclockwise, the right reel
continues to turn clockwise. The tape lowers into the
vacuum columns until it is below port L2 in the left
column and port R 1 in the right column. With the
tape in this position:
•
Halt Right Reel Load is activated
•
Halt Left Reel Load is activated
•
Columns Loaded is activated which activates Load
Complete and deactivates Manual Status.
With Manual Status Deactivated, normal column
control becomes active. The capstan motor moves
tape backward to the BOT marker.
Pressing the START switch activates Ready Status in
the tape unit.
Thread load With Cartridge Timing Chart
o
1. IBG Counter
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
X
0
2
x
x
FT395
l,ne (11) Resets
the I BG Counter
-..n
2.
load/Rewind Pushbutton
FT263
3.
load Op latch
FT284
.:J~------------------------------------~1~1~6____
4. Window Up (Closes Window)
FT2B1
2J
5. Thread Status
FT284
2J~--------------------------------iLI1~2_______
6. Drive Ctg Motor
FT281
2rl
7. Pick Pneu Supply
FT282
~
8. Pick Transfer Valve
FT283
~
9. left Reel Thread (CW)
FT285
~~----------------------------~1~5~
Reset by Wondow Up SWItch
Reset by Cartfldge Open SWItch
15
_______
I Below R1
3 1
10. Rt. Reel Thread ld (CW)
FT285
11. BOT SS
FT231
12. Load Rewind
FT282
1q
13. Rewind Operation
FT261
121
14. Backward Status
FT134
13 1
15. Left Reel Load (CCW)
FT285
16. Columns Loaded
FT264
17. Manual Status
FT265
18. Go Internal
FT391
1 ms
I
1 ms
I
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~5r__1~3_____
Below l2 and R 1(
1 16
x = Number of I BG counts needed to reach the
BOT marker.
2A-010
• Copyright International Buall1888 Machi..... Corporation 1976. 1979. 1980
t
4WQ%PAZ.,
TAPE CRIMPER PROCEDURE
2A-015
Insert the tape with the oxide side towards the
plunger and in a direction that will produce a rounded
end when cut. See Figure below. Cutting tape with
the oxide side away from the plunger can cause
intermittent thread problems because the tape will
have a tendency to curl the wrong direction.
2A-015
o Copyright International BUlines. Machin•• Corporation 1976. 1979, 1980
:) (J
o o o o u
t)
~}
~)
o
~)
o
,
1 .. )
0 C 0 C 0 C C 0 C
~,
"
c c c
0
c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
2A-020
THREAD LOAD CHECKING WITH CARTRIDGE-TIMING CHART
The thread and load operations are checked at several
points in the cycle. If the first attempt to thread and
load fails, a second attempt is made. If the second
attempt fails, a permanent load check error is set.
On the first attempt, tape must be sensed at BOT fEOT
phototransistors before interblock gap (lBG) count 7.
Failure to meet this condition usually results from the
end of tape being in the wrong place in the cartridge or
a damaged leader on the tape.
A second check is made at IBG count 12. At this point,
the Reels Loaded switch must be transferred. If the
tape doesn't wrap around the left hub, the switch can't
be transferred.
A failure at either IBG count 7 or 12 causes the tape to
be rewound on the file reel. The IBG counter continues
to count as the left reel turns counterclockwise. At IBG
count 20, the second attempt begins, and the Reels
Loaded switch must be transferred before IBG count
28. If a failure occurs at IBG count 28, the tape
rewinds on the file reel, and the thread and load
operation aborts. The Load Check lamp remains on.
After a successful reels loaded sequence, the
beginning-of-tape (BOT) marker must be detected
before IBG count 44 (36 without EC 846437). If BOT
isn't detected before IBG count 44 (36 without EC
846437), the operation stops (Tape isn't loaded into the
columns or rewound on the file reel). An operator must
determine if the BOT marker is in the correct place on
the tape.
A final check is made four IBG counts after the BOT
marker is detected. By this time, the Vacuum Present
switch L4 must be transferred or the operation stops
and the operator must intervene again.
If the BOT marker is not detected before IBG 44 (36
without EC 846437), or the Vacuum Column switch L4
is not transferred, no further attempts are made.
e
COPYright International BUSiness Machines Corporation 1976. 1979. 1980. 1983
THREAD LOAD WITHOUT CARTRIDGE
(DIFFERENCES)
The cartridge opening motor is de-energized to prevent
unnecessary motor travel during thread load without a
cartridge.
THREAD LOAD CHECKING WITHOUT
CARTRIDGE (DIFFERENCES)
Without a cartridge, the first check is made at IBG 12
(9 without EC 846437). At this pOint, the Reels Loaded
switch must be transferred or the operation stops and
there is no further attempt.
If the thread and load operation is successful, the
remaining checks are the same as with a cartridge.
Thread Load Checking With Cartridge Timing Chart
7 or
IBG Counts
4
12
1. Load/Rewi nd Pushbutton
FT263
2. Load Operation
FT284
3. Thread Status
FT284
4. Left Reel Thread (cw)
FT285 2,3
5. Rt. Reel Thr.ead Ld (cw)
FT285
6. Load Check Latch
FT285
7. Set Unload Latch'
FT284
8. Right Reel Unload
FT265
7
9. Left Reel Unload
FT265
7
20
28
I
t
6
7
6
44 (36 without EC 846437)
I
2
2
I
2
I
2
I
I
I
I
2
I
I
6
16
I
j7
1
j7
I
61
31
I
I
71
31
I
I
71
31
'Unload Op (ALD FT265) is not set.
THREAD LOAD CHECK POINTS
IBG
Count
With
Cartridge
Without
Cartridge
not used
7
tape present (BOTIEOT)
9
not used
not used (reels loaded without EC 846437)
12
reels loaded
reels loaded (not used without EC 846437)
28
44 (36 without EC 846437)
reels loaded (second try)
BOT detected
not used
BOT +4
columns loaded
BOT detected
columns loaded
2A-020
C
I
2A-lOO
CARTR1DGE· DOES NOT OPEN
Pressing The' LOADREWINO pushbutton sets Load Op
and causes the cartridge motor to open the cartridge.
The cartridge opener is rotated 200 degrees to a fully
open position. The Cartridge Open switch then
transfers and removes power from the cartridge motor.
The Cartridge Open and Cartridge Closed switches are
inside the cartridge opening mechanism.
0Air
Pressure
Failure
Conditions that prevent setting Load Op and keep the
cartridge motor from operating are:
·1.
2.
The Door Interlock switch is open.
L4 or R4 vacuum switch is indicating a tape bottom
condition.
3.
RESET switch was pressed.
4.
Safety Bail switch is tripped.
5.
Any condition present that deactivates Mechanical
Ready. Mechanical Ready is deactivated by Lamp
Off, Tape Bottomed, or Air Pressure Failure.
[7]
F7
6 amps
YB02015
•
t-
Light
Source
14]
ZT031
n..rt. [6}
B02
nIl.. [6]
002
cit
A1C2
Tape
Bottmd.
FT264
A1D2
-S07
A1H2
Mech.
Ready
-P05
FT231
Power
On
Reset
Door
Interlock
Cart
Open
Switch
ZT031
+P13
FTllX
R4
Vacuum
Switch
e
ZTOll
[1] [2} 005
~U13[8J(3J
-M05
A1C2
Reset
+013
-Jl0
(1) [3] +P07
A1F2
IBG
Counter
FT391
004
,
Cartridge
. Motor
ZT061
+G05
(9) +Ul0
(9) -J12
[3]-M08
[311+J13
~G
FT28X
[1] -M09
Notes:
~e
+
Indicates nominal MST -1 plus (up) level of -0.85
Vdc; go to the up level.
Indicates nominal MST -1 minus (down) level of
- 1.85 Vdc; line should have solid down level or go
to the down level.
[1] -M03
ZTOll
[5] +B05
,
k©
~--""'I(9) +J06
(1) -P09
RESET
PB
Safety
Bail
Switch
ZT021
Cartridge
Open
Cartridge
Closed
Card
ZT061
(3) -U06
L4
Vacuum
Switch
ZTOll
+G05
A1E2
Load Op
.ZT031
-B09
-J06
[1] +004
(1) +P06
ZTOll
LOAD
REWIND
PB
ZTOll
[1] -P04
Write
Card
(at head)
XWOOl
.
G-
I--
Cart. On
Switch
[1] Plus (up) level is 0 Vdc and minus (down) level is
A1E2
-B07
-4 Vdc.
FT26X
[2] Level is plus with cartridge open and minus with
FT283
cartridge closed.
[3] Level is checked with LOAD REWIND switch held
pressed.
[ 4] Replace per "Light Source Replacement", See
08-620. for page number.
[ 5] Plus (up) level is +6 Vdc and minus (down) level is
OVdc.
[6] Pulses from -1.3 Vdc to -1.6 Vdc.
[ 7] For tape units with modified power interface board
and power supply see F1 an ALO page YB040 (60
Hz) or YB045 (SO Hz).
[8] Plus (up) level is +12 Vdc and minus (down) level is
o Vdc.
[9J With EC 846437 either U10 or J06 can be + level
for proper operation and pin J 12 is unused.
2A-100
o Copyright Int8m8tIoneI8uti..... ~ Corponotion 1978.1979,1980.1983
o o o
()
o o o o o o o
t)
o
{}
o
u
o
o
o o o o
()
()
{J
c c c c o o c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
NOTES:
2A-105
3803-1.2.3/3420
2A-105
LEFT REEL DOES NOT TURN CLOCKWISE AT THREADING SPEED
See2A-111
From 2A"()OO
2A-110
0
See2A~111
e
Pressing the LOAD REWIND pushbutton sets the Load
Op latch (ALD FT284). If tape, is not present. Thread
Status is activated. Thread Status and Not Go
Backward (ALD FT331) active causing the left reel to
rotate clockwise at threading speed.
See 2A-.111 '
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Conditions which prevent the left reel from turning
after LOAD REWIND is pressed are:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Door interlock open.
RESET pushbutton activated.
Air pressure failure.
RESET is active.
Tape bottomed.
R4 Vacumm Switch fails.
l4 Vacuum switch fails.
Unload Op active.
left reel binding against frame.
Go to----+.~
Reel turns too slow. Left reel pulses are measured at
T -A 1D2G 10 and should be 180 milliseconds apart.
If Tape Present (ALD FT23l) is active when LOAD
REWIND is pressed, the tape unit attempts a mid-tape
load. The left reel turns counterclockwise and the right
reel turns clockwise to load tape into the columns.
Probable FRUs:
1.
2.
Clean and adjust or change EOT IBOT.
Safety bail operated.
Go to
1.
1.
2.
2.
Open resistor in fan housing.
Resistors in fan housing are unplugged.
Goto---------~------_
-C----+.--..).
(
--
J
Probable causes:
Probable FRUs:
Start A
2A-III
__
If the left reel turns too fa~t. the tape will not wrap on
the left reel. Left reel pulses are measured at
T-A1D2G10 and should be approximately 180
milliseconds apart.
Start B
2A- I II
)
--
-45 volts
threading
The MSC
supplying
During thread and load operations. the armature has
8-12 volts dc applied {depending on the circuit toaa)
and the field has 45 volts applied.
Go to---~t--_
(
A
__
( ....___8_t_ar_t
2A·11I
_
was applied to the reel motors during
and loading.
card and the power supply are not
the correct armature voltage.
-Start B
2A-III
)
2A-110
e Copyright "..tem.tional BUI;"- M.chinet Corporation 1976. 1979. 1980. 1983
()
t)
{)
~,)
'~,)
t
,- )
!
\.
)
o
:)
-
c c c c c o c c c c c c o c c c c c co o c c C
T
LEFT REEL DOES NOT TURN CLOCKWISE AT THREADING SPEED
Safety
Bail
ZT021
LOAD
REWIND
PB
FT231
RESET
PB
~
ZTOll
(7)+B05
Fiber OPtict-_..:.[8;;.:)...;D;.,.;1;.;:;2....
or Tape
~ EOT/BOT
(8) B12
(3)
t-------I
F7 [10)
Samps
-B07
A1E2
YB020/5
-J04
-S07
Reel Hub t-_ _ _ _ _ _[1_S_)_[_l)_+J_0_2;----.
A1E2
[17)
-P05
Air
Air
Pressure
Pressure
Switch
FT2B5
Power
' - - - - - ' [l)-P04
On
Reset
A1C2
See 2A-ll0
Tape
-JOS
Bottomed
FT2S4
Write
+G05
Card
(at head) 1-_ _ _ _ _ _
+P
_1_3.... FT11 X
WBOll
L4
Vacuum
Switch
R4
ZT011
Vacuum
Switch
ZT011
A1G2
r----~ F~2A-110
A 1 E2
Load
Op
+G04 A1F2
1-_;;";;""" Backward
Thread
Status
Reels
Loaded
Switch
WB021
-004
h
Il
Light
Source
ZT031
L3
-U04
Vacuum
Switch 1---[-1)-4
ZT011
A1D2
Tape
Present
+J04
D02
(9)
ru\..
B02
(2)
-MOB (4)
(15) -B07
-rMQg
+M09 (4)
FT28X
-M13 (4)
+G08
-G05
-U13
-BOO
Indicates nominal MST-1 plus (up) level of -0.85
Vdc; line should have solid up level or go to the up
level.
Indicates nominal MST-1 minus (down) level of
-1.85 Vdc; lineshould have solid down level or go
to the down level.
[1] Plus (up) level is +0 Vdc and minus (down) level is
-4 Vdc. Down level should be present with tape
out of columns.
(2]
Level is checked with LOAD REWIND switch held
pressed.
+M12 (4)
Left
Reel
Power
Board
-
[2] -B04
-J02
-Jl0
+M02 (HS FLD) [4)
FT45X
(5) -12 V
[1) -POg
MSCin
(1) -MOO
I
-J02
+G13 [4)
Power
1--.-..;;......;....--------------------1
Supply
YB030/5
FT2SX
Resistor
t - - - - - I in Fan
Housing
[3] Before replacing the phototransistor, unplug the
A 1A3 cable. A voltage shift of approximately 0.1
Vdc at the T -A 102 inputs indicates a good T-A 102
card.
[4] Plus (up) level is + 12 Vdc and minus (down) level
is 0 Vdc.
[5] Measure at lower heat sink with motor plugged in.
Voltage will be from -8 to - 12 Vdc, depending on
circuit load.
Caution: Voltage changes to -48 Vdc when the
columns are loaded.
[6] Replace per "Left Reel Hub and Motor
Replacement" procedures. See 08-560.
r--
EPO
Pick
OV(11)
RMOOl
" •
~Y!B~030~/5~---ln Power Supply
t~
DELAY
FT302
+
~
(12)+G09
(14)
FT23X
UNLOAD~-------J
Notes:
eft
Reel [S)
Motor
RMOOl
(2) +M04
~
.J""L
A1B2
Reel
Motor
Control
+010
FT391
(9)
FT2BX
A1H2
Mech.
Ready
2A-111
_ _...
A1F2
+G05
IBG Counter (18) +Ul0
-J12
FT393
(18)+J06
+013
(13) -MOB
(1) -M03
C C C C C C C C 0
From~-r'11_0
[2) -UOS
t------~-__i
ZTOll
A1D2
Door
Interlock t-_[_l_)_+P_0_S;-A-l-C-2.......
Reset
ZTOll
[1,2) +P07
----------- -_._-----
See 2A-ll0
[7] Plus (up) level is +6 Vdc and minus (down) level is
o Vdc.
[14] If outputs are incorrect, do BOT fEOT adjustments
on 08-580 before going to T -A 102 inputs.
[ 8] Typical voltage is + 1.6 Vdc dark and less than
+ 1.5 Vdc light.
[ 15] Special voltage line is zero (0) volts when the tape
covers the port. It is -4 Vdc when the columns
are loaded.
[9] Pulses from -1.3 Vdc to -1.6 Vdc.
[ 10] For tape units with modified power interface board
and power supply, see F1 on ALD page YB040 (60
Hz) or YB045 (50 Hz).
[11] Measure at Reel Board J2-7.
[ 16] Plus with pneumatic supply running.
[ 17] Minus with pneumatic supply running.
[ 18] With EC 846437 either U 10 or J06 can be + level
for proper operation and pin J 12 is unused.
[ 12] Plus (up) level is +0.4 Vdc and minus (down) level
is -4 Vdc.
[ 13] Look at this before load Check occurs.
2A-111
c
I
2A-115
NOTES:
2A-115
f)
~
)
u
~)
'J
"
:J
c c c o c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
2A-120
RIGHT REEL DOES NOT TURN CLOCKWISE AT THREADING SPEED
If the right reel turns too fast. or turns
counterclockwise with drive unloaded, check K2 on the
manual status control (MSC) in the power supply.
From 2A-000
As the left reel turns, pulses are generated by the
radius sense photocell (ALD FT231). These pulses are
gated to the interblock gap (IBG) counter (ALD FT39X)
to monitor the threading operation.
Cart.
Open
SWitch
ZT031
At IBG count 4, the right reel starts turning clockwise
at half speed.
LOAD
REWIND 12Ji31 -P07
P8
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Tape present
Door interlock open
RESET pushbutton pressed
Safety bail operated
Air pressure failure
6. Reset is active
7. Tape bottomed
8. R4
9. L4
10. Unload Op is active
11. IBG advance trouble
If the right reel slips, check the reel latch diaphragm. A
diaphragm leak may cause the reel to slip on the hub.
A serious diaphragm leak keeps the Latch Manifold
Pressure switch from transferring and the right reel
does not turn.
Unless otherwise instructed, keep the left reel turning
by pressing RESET and then the LOAD REWIND
push buttons for each test point.
UO"P''''''
Cart
FT281
I
Al F2
FT391
Mach
Reset
+U06
-M09
+D13
FT26X
-P05
FT284
A1E2
Reset IBG
Counter
FT282
Reflector
In Left
Reel
Radius
Sense
n..JL Gl0
Photo Cell
SS
lT031
ZT031
FT231
-P06
I
U
IBG
Counter
I
111 J05
Reel Hub
[41
-P07
[41
+M05
[41
Right
Reel
Power
Board
~
Reel [61
Motor
RMOOl
-804
[21181 +J02
FT28X
R2
Vacuum
Switch
MSC
In
Power
Supply
YB030 5
121
-U09
~-
FT45X
Right Motor Speed Control
Resistor
in Fan
Housing
J2·9
[51
-12V
EPa Pick
~
0 Ii
[71
ov
RMOOl
4)
~
I .
I
I
I
'
YB030/5
•
Vdc.
[8) GND
"--
[2 ] Plus (up) level is Ov and minus (down) level is -4
[ 4] Plus level is + 12 Vdc and minus level is 0 Vdc.
+M03
ZT011
[ 1 ] One minus pulse occurs at IBG count 4. To test.
press RESET and LOAD REWIND.
[3] Level is checked without pressing pushbutton.
[41
-P09
lTOll
Indicates nominal MST -1 minus (down) level of
-1.85 Vdc; line should have solid down level or go
to the down level.
-M02
FT39X
Notes:
Indicates nominal MST -1 plus (up) level of -0.85
Vdc; line should have solid up level or go to the up
level.
-G05
r-
A1D2
r1..I1... M05
Right
Reel
Control
-D06
191 +J06
+G08
A 1F2
Air
Pressure
SWitch
+
A 1 E2
A1B2
-G04
I
ZT011
Al E2
Tape
Break
+Dl0
Direction
A1C2
Conditions that prevent the right reel from turning after
the LOAD REWIND pushbutton is pressed are:
Holding the LOAD REWIND pushbutton deactivates the
input to the IBG counter preventing generation of IBG
count 4. If a load check occurs before the reels are
loaded, check for extraneous pulses from the radius
sense photocell. or a defective F2 card.
Al E2
+D05
I
~
~
~
[6] Replace per "Right Reel Hub and Motor Removal
and Replacement". See 08-560.
[ 5] Measure at lower heat sink with motor plugged in.
Voltage will be from -8 Vdc to -12 Vdc depending.
on circuit load.
[7] Measure at Reel Board J2-7.
Caution: Voltage switches to -48 Vdc when
columns are loaded.
[9]
[8] Level is checked with the LOAD REWIND
pushbutton held pressed.
Level is checked before Load Check.
2A-120
TAPE THREADS INTO RIGHT COLUMN
2A-130
(TRANSFER VALVE NOT PICKED OR PNUEMATIC MOTOR NOT RUNNING)
From 2A-OOO
Load Op activates Pick Pneumatic Supply (ALD FT2821,
which energizes a contactor located in the ac power
supply. Picking the contactor supplies power to the
pneumatic motor driving the pressure pump and
vacuum blower.
Thread Status actuates the transfer valve. which
switches vacuum and directs pressure to the threading
channels. preventing vacuum in the columns. Check
transfer valve action by watching the transfer valve
solenoid plunger from the rear of the machine.
•
•
If the transfer valve is operating and there is still
vacuum in the columns (see 08-400 Transfer Valve
leakage test).·
No
A 1 E2
Pneumatic
Contacter
Load Op 1----....;..-----1 DANGER
-J09
Yes
[8)
FT282
Clean
Tape
Present
Mirror
BOT/EDT
Photo
Transistor
[4J
ZT031
If the transfer valve solenoid is not operating. check
CP3 at the rear of the machine.
[5] B12
[5] 012
A102
Tape
Present
FT231
Reels
Loaded
Switch
ZT011
,
[9) [10)
+GOO
[9)
+J04
+807
A1E2
Thread
Status
FT28X
-006 (8)
SCRA
Card
Power
Supply
(7)
YB020/5
e
-
CP3
208V(ac)
0.5 amps
[2]
YB030/5
Transfer
Valve
Solenoid I-YC031
Mechanical Problem
In Transfer Valve
[6)
YB020/5
~
Power Supply
DANGER
Power must be removed completely. Remove the
power cord when servicing inside the AC box.
Notes:
+
Indicates nominal MST -1 plus (up) level of -.85
Vdc; line shouldhave a solid up level or go to the
up level.
Indicates nominal MST-1 minus (down) level of
-1.85 Vdc; line should have solid d~wn level or go
to the down level.
[ 1 ] See ALD page VB030 (60 Hz) or VB035 (50 Hz).
[2] CP3 is nonindicating and is not monitored by power
check circuits.
[ 3] Replace per "Pneumatic Supply Belt replacement
and adjustment". See 08-440.
[ 4] Before replacing the phototransistor assembly.
unplug the T-A1A3 cable. A voltage shift of
approximately 0.1 Vdc at the T -A 102 inputs
indicates a good T -A 102 card.
[ 5] Typical voltage level + 1.6 Vdc dark. less than + 1.5
Vdc light.
[6] Check for leakage. (See "Pneumatic Pressure.
Vacuum Checks" on 08-400).
[7] Unload the tape unit and remove the tape reel.
Press and hold the LOAD REWIND pushbutton to
force and hold thread status. Cover and uncover
the reels loaded port. The reading should be -4
Vdc uncovered and 0.0 Vdc covered.
[8] Plus level is + 12 Vdc; minus level is 0.0 Vdc.
[9] If the level is incorrect. remove the tape. Perform
the BOT / EOT adjustments before checking the
T-A1D2 inputs. See 08-580 for the BOT/EOT
adjustments.
[10]Special voltage level is 0.0 Vdc to -4 Vdc.
Rear View of Machine
2A-130
C) CopfrigIIt .............. Buain_ Mechinn CfII1IONtion 1878. t878, 1880, 1883
~)
o
()
a "£) o o
~)
o o o
~)
:)
o
o c
c c c c c c c c c co c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
TAPE THREADS INTO THREADING CHANNEL AND STOPS
The transfer valve remains actuated by Thread Status
(ALD. FT284) for two revolutions after the
beginning-of-tape (BOT) marker is sensed. Possible
causes are:
1.
Obstructions in the read/write head area.
2.
Left reel turning too fast. Check this condition on
2A-110.
3.
Load check is set when the tape threads to the
read/write head. Check for a defective Reels
Loaded switch. The Reels Loaded switch is in the
left thread channel.
4.
5.
Threading pressure or vacuum may be missing or
low. See "Pneumatic Pressure, Vacuum Checks"
on 08-400.
Tape may stick to lower restraint due to static.
2A-140
Notes:
From 2A{)00
+
Check for obstructions in the R/W
head area.
Indicates nominal MST -1 plus (up) level of -0.85
Vdc; line should have solid up level or go to the up
level.
Indicates nominal MST -1 minus (down) level of
-1.85 Vdc; line should have solid down level or go
to the down level.
[ 1 ] Replace per "Left Reel Hub and Motor Removal
and Replacement". See 08-560.
Yes
[2] Special voltage levels: -4 Vdc to ground. Line is at
A1C2
Reel
Loaded
Switch
ZT011
[2) - S07
Status
FT284
Load
Complete
+M02
FT262
+12 V
Reel
Motor
Power
Soard
ground level only when tape covers the Reels
Loaded switch sensing port. Line is at -4 Vdc
when the tape unit is unloaded, or tape is loaded in
the columns.
RMOO1
Reer view of machine
2A-140
2A-150
LOAD CHECK PRIOR TO BOT SENSE
A Load Check (ALD FT285) is caused by the incorrect
stepping of the interblock gap (lBG) counter or sensor
failure.
Notes:
From 2A'()00
A slight tension develops when tape is firmly w(apped
around the left reel with the right reel turning at half
speed. Tension raises the tape and blocks the left
guide sensing port, signaling a reels-loaded condition.
.Excessive leader length will cause a load check during
a retry.
+
Indicates nominal MST -1 minus (down) level of
-1.85 Vdc; line should have solid down level or go
to the down level.
No
Count Problem:
7
Tape not present at BOT/EDT
photo sensors
12 Reels Loaded switch not active
28 Reel is not loaded on a second
attempt
44 No BOT marker (9)
After BOT reset. columns not
4
loaded
[ 1] Plus (up) level is 0 Vdc and minus (down) level is
-4 Vdc.
Count Problem:
12 Reels Loaded switch not active (10)
44 No BOT marker [9)
4
After BOT reset, columns not
loaded
[ 3 ] If the load check lamp stays on. change A 1E2.
[ 4] Line must go to 0 Vdc during threading operation.
Line goes to -4 Vdc when pneumatics drop.
[5] Special voltage levels: 0 Vdc to + 12 Vdc.
[6] + (plus) If LOAD CHECK indicator lamp is off.
Ensure that the load point marker is
12 to 15 feet (4·5m) from the end of
tape and that the reflective marker in
the left reel is clean and smooth.
•
EDT I
BOT
Photo
Transisto
ZT031
Fiber
Optic
[7) D12
[7) B12
[8) -J04
A1D2
Tape
Present [8) [1) -G09
FT231
A1F2
IBG
Counter
FT395
Reels
Loaded
Switch
ZT011
e
Indicates nominal MST -1 plus (up) level of -0.85
Vdc; line should have solid up level or go to the
up level.
[7] Typical Voltage: + 1.6 Vdc dark. less than + 1.5
Vdc light.
[ 8 ] If the level is incorrect. remove the tape. Perform
the BOT / EOT adjustments before checking the
T-A1D2 inputs. (See 08-580 for the BOT/EOT
adjustments).
A1E2
Load
Check
[31
[9] Without EC 846437 count is 36.
[ 10] Without EC 846437 count is 9.
(5)
+P06
(6)
(11) +U10
-J12
[11) +J06
Load
Check
Indicator
ZT031
[ 11 ] With EC 846437 either U 10 or J06 can be + level
for proper operation and PIN J12 is unused.
[4] [1) 807
FT28X
Rear view of machine
2A-150
~)
o
()
o o o
~)
{)
u
tJ
~)
'}
"
o o
I)
"
o
:}
\
J
c c c c o o c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
TAPE DOES NOT LOAD INTO EITHER COLUMN
Reels continue to turn until the beginning-of-tape
(BOT) marker is sensed. Output from the BOT
phototransistor, along with Reels Loaded Status and
Thread Status (ALO FT284), resets the interblock gap
(lBG) counter to O. The IBG counter resumes counting
from O. At BOT plus 2, Thread Status (ALO FT284) is
reset and the transfer valve solenoid is de-energized,
shifting vacuum to the columns and directing pressure
to the air bearings. Not Thread Status and the Air
Bearing Pressure switch transferred, stop the left reel
from moving clockwise (ALO FT45X) and start it moving
counterclockwise. With the left reel moving
counterclockwise, Load Op sets Left Load Reversal, and
tape loads into the columns.
Power Supply
(
FT283
~'~"
~
~-'
Reel
Loaded
Switch
ZT011
[ 1] Plus (up) level is 0 Vdc and minus (down) level is
-4 Vdc.
Reel Hub
Air
[12] [1] +J02
Pressure
Switch
ZT011
[1] [2] B07
[10]
012
A102
BOT
SS
FT231
Indicates nominal MST -1 plus (up) level of -0.85
Vdc; line should have solid up level or go to the
up level.
Indicates nominal MST -1 minus (down) level of
-1.85 Vdc; line should have solid down level or go
to the down IEwel.
Make sure that the load point marker is clean. properly
poSitioned. and located 12 to 15 feet (4-5 ml from the
end of tape. Resulti will be inconciusilll! if voltages .re
not checked in a failing mode.
[3] -G13
[ 2] Must go plus during threading operations. Goes
minus when pneumatics drop.
A1E2
Thread
Status
-M04
~
-M10
A1B2
Left
Reel
Control
BOT/EaT
Photo
Transistor
[10] 012
[10] B12
[ 4] If the level is incorrect, perform the BOT I EOT
adjustments checking the A 102 inputs. (See
08-580 for BOT IEOT adjustments).
[5] Replace per "Left Reel Hub and Motor removall
Replacementl Adjustment". See 08-560.
[ 6] Transfer valve solenoid should not b& energized. If
the transfer valve solenoid stays picked, the
probable cause is a shorted resistor I capacitor (RC)
network across the K1-5 and K1-9 relay points on
the SCRA card (see YC031). Use improved RC
network (PIN 1766179).
[7] Special voltage level: 0 Vdc to -4 Vdc.
-P10
-P13
[B]
[ 10] Typical voltage level: + 1.6 Vdc dark, less than +
1.5 Vdc light.
+J10
~
P11
~
A1D2
Tape
Present
FT231
[4] [7] -G09
[4]
-J04
Left
Reel
Power
Board
RMOO1
[1] +M03
~
C~
[ 3] When the BOT marker passes the sensor, a
negative pulse is generated. The BOT singleshot
line is plus when the tape is stopped. If the BOT
singleshot line is incorrect, perform the BOT I EOT
adjustment before checking the T -A 102 inputs.
(See 08-580 for BOT IEOT adjustments).
[8] Must pulse minus during thread operation.
A1C2
HS
Rewind
FT261
A1F2
J11 Load Point
complete~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~==~::!!~
or
Status
Step
FT391
A1F2
Down
IBG
FT262
Counter
FT395
Transfer
SCRA
Air
Transfer
+006 +12V Card [1]
Valve
Bearing
Valve.
DANGER Solenoid
Switch
Pressure
~
YB020/5
[6]YC031
ZT011
•
Notes:
From 2A{)OO
Unless otherwise noted, lines are checked
after BOT is sensed and before Load Check.
ZT031
'~
J
Repe.ted .ttempts WIll be reqUired to check some
hnes.
A1C2
Load
A1E2
Start
+
BOT
Photo
Transistor
[9]
ZT031
A1C2
Halt
Left
Reel
Load
FT264
2A-160
A1E2 I-B04
Tape
Present
FT2BX
Ree-I
Motor
[5]
RMOO
KWD
[ 11 ] This is the SCRA card located inside the ac power
supply.
DANGER
Power must be removed completely. Remove
the power cord when servicing inside the AC
box .
[ 12] Check air pressure at the rear of the housing prior
to changing the air pressure switch. (See 08-520).
FT45X
[ 13] Line is plus during a Load or Unload operation.
~
frequency,
suspect a binding or slipping tach.
S09
A1G2
A1D2
Indicates nominal MST-1 minus (down),level of.
- 1.85 Vdc; line should have solid down level or go
to the down level.
FT392
FT354
Left Reel
Tach/Photo
Transistor [5J
Indicates nominal MST-1 plus (up) level of -0.85
Vdc; line should have solid up level or go to the up
evel.
[3] Replace per "Capstan Assembly Replacement".
(See 08-0(0).
[6J -011
A1C2
.<
A1D2
Photo
Detector
FT231
~
[7] If the radius sense does not pulse in the low speed
area, clean the ends of the fiber optic bundle with
a damp cloth (see 08-610 for removal). Also, apply
a felt pad to the handle and lightly dampen with
tape cleaning fluid. Hold the pad to the inside front
of the left reel and spin the reel by hand. This
cleans the reflective strips located on the inside
front of the left reel flange.
3A-170
---..-.,..-"-,-,-,",~
0
I
3A-171
NOTES:
©
.~.)
3A-171
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979
o
o
()
o
o
() {)
I)
'-
"f)
.
()
o
{)
o
()
c c c o o o o c c c o o c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c o c c c c
4A-OOO
UNLOAD SYMPTOMS
This MAP assumes that the tape unit loads correctly.
UNLOAD OPERATION WITH CARTRIDGE AND
WITHOUT EC 734952
An unload operation is started by pressing RESET and
UNLOAD REWIND. If the tape is not at
beginning-of-tape (BOT), it is rewound to BOT before
it is unloaded.
Pressing UNLOAD REWIND activates Manual Status,
Rewind Unload Status, and Unload Operation. Unload
Op and Manual Status cause the right reel to turn
counterclockwise, pulling the tape out of the columns.
When the tape goes above the L 1 vacuum port, the
transfer valve solenoid is energized. The transfer valve
shuts off air and vacuum to the air bearings and
columns. At the same time, the right reel stops and the
left reel turns clockwise. The left reel pulls the
remaining tape out of the columns until the Reels
Loaded switch is transferred. Columns Unloaded is
activated by vacuum column switches R4 and L4 being
deactivated.
When the Reels Loaded switch is transferred, both reels
turn counterclockwise until all the tape is on the right
reel. Tape Present is deactivated when the end of the
tape leader passes the BOT /EOT phototransistors.
Unload Complete is activated by Columns Unloaded
and not Tape Present.
Unload Complete causes the cartridge to close and the
pneumatic supply to turn off.
UNLOAD OPERATION WITHOUT CARTRIDGE
UNLOAD OPERATION WITH CARTRIDGE AND
EC 734952
4A-OOO: UNLOAD SYMPTOMS
From 00-040. START 2
An unload operation is started by pressing RESET and
UNLOAD REWIND. If the tape is not at the
beginning-of-tape (BOT) marker, it is rewound to BOT
before it is unloaded.
Pressing UNLOAD REWIND activates Manual Status,
Rewind Unload Status, and Unload Operation. Unload
Operation and Manual Status cause the right reel to
turn counterclockwise. pulling the tape out of the right
column. When the tape is pulled above R1, pneumatics
drop and the transfer valve solenoid is energized.
Pneumatics turn on again. but the transfer valve shuts
off air and vacuum to the air bearings and columns. At
the same time, the right reel stops and the left reel
turns clockwise. The left reel pulls the remaining tape
out of the columns until the Reels Loaded switch is
transferred. Columns Unloaded is activated when
vacuum column switches R4 and L4 transfer.
Possible Causes:
• BOT fEOT mirror is dirty.
• BOT fEOT adjustments.
• Transfer valve leaking. See 08-400.
• T-A1C2, T-A1E2 defective.
Always start with Seq 1 and follow the procedure in sequence unless directed otherwise.
Remember to END all problem or maintenance calls by going to MAP 00-030.
Seq
Condition/Instruction
1
Does the tape unit unload by using the
UNLOAD REWIND pushbutton, but not by
using the field tester or tape control unit
commands?
Action
Replace:
T-A1K4
T-A1J2
If not fixed, go to ALD FT134 and isolate
to the failing point.
lA
Be sure the tape unit is loaded, at load
point, and ready.
2
Press RESET. Does the Ready indicator
turn off?
Go to Seq 4.
3
If not:
Go to 4A-l00.
4
Press the UNLOAD REWIND pushbutton.
Does the right reel turn counterclockwise?
Go to Seq 6.
5
If not:
Go to 4A-ll0.
Unload Complete causes the cartridge to close.
6
Does tape come out of both columns
properly?
Go to Seq 7A.
UNLOAD OPERATION WITHOUT CARTRIDGE
7
If not:
Go to 4A-120.
If EC 734952 is installed, does pneumatic
motor fail to turn off? If EC 734952 is not
installed, go to Seq 8.
Go to 4A-160.
8
Does tape wind completely onto right
reel?
Go to Seq 10.
9
If not:
Go to 4A-130.
10
Do both reels stop?
If EC 734952 is not installed, go to Seq
12. With EC 734952 installed, go to Seq
14.
11
If not:
Clean the EOT fBOT mirror. Check
BOT fEOT adjustments. Adjust if
necessary. See 08-000. Go to 4A-130.
12
Does the pneumatic motor turn off?
Go to Seq 14.
13
If not:
Go to 4A-160.
14
Is a cartridge in use?
Go to Seq 17.
15
Does power window go down?
Recheck symptoms.
16
If not:
Go to 4A-140.
17
Does cartridge close?
Go to Seq 15.
18
If not:
Go to 4A-150.
When the Reels Loaded switch is transferred,
pneumatics drop. and both reels turn counterclockwise
until all the tape is on the right reel. Not Tape Present
ia activated when the end of the tape leader passes the
BOT /EOT phototransistors. Unload Complete is
activated by Columns Unloaded and not Tape Present.
The unload operation without a cartridge is the same as
with a cartridge except that the cartridge motor does
not operate.
The unload operation without a cartridge is the same as
with a cartridge except that the cartridge motor doesn't
operate.
7A
3803-1.2.3/3420
e
4A-OOO
Copyright International BUSiness Machin•• Corporation 1976, 1979. 1983
""
-
4A-100
READY LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF
Pressing the RESET pushbutton resets Ready Status,
which turns off the Ready latch (ALD FT262) and the
Ready indicator.
From 3A·OOO
Start B
Start A
Operator
Panel
[2] [3] +M03
From 4A-OOO
Ready
Indicator
A1C2
A1K4
-M07
+G10 [1]
A1C2
A1J2
Interface
Decode
-a05
[2] [4]-M04
FT263
ZT011
ZT031
FT102
ftG10 [11
FT261
FT154
Ready
Indicator
ZT031
Notes:
+
Indicates nominal MST-1 plus (up) level of -0.85
Vdc; line should have solid up level or go to the up
level
Indicates nominal MST-1 minus (down) level of
- 1.85 Vdc; line should have solid down level or go
to the down level.
[1] Plus (up) level is + 12 Vdc and minus (down) level
is 0 Vdc.
[2] Plus (up) level is 0 Vdc and minus (down) level is
-4 Vdc.
[3] When the RESET pushbutton is pressed, the
voltage level is 0 Vdc.
[4] Level is -4 Vdc unless the START pushbutton is
pressed.
3I03-U,3/3420
4A-100
{)
o
()
o o o o o o o o
{)
o
() ()
~)
o
o o
o
c c
c c o o o c o c c c c c c c c c c c c c c o c c c c c c c c c c
UNLOAD REWIND PUSHBUTTON (NO RESPONSE)
4A-110
The UNLOAD REWIND pushbutton sets Unload
Operation (ALD FT2651. Unload Rewind. and Manual
Status. The' right reel turns counterclockwise. pulling
tape out of the right column.
From 4A-OOO
UNLOAD
REWIND
PB
FT263
(1) (2)
+P05
A1C2
Unload
Op
A1E2
Load
Op
FT284
A1G2
A1C2
Unload
Delay
Manual
Status
-J02
FT351
FT265
MSC
Card
Power
Supply
+G13 (4)
-JOo
+006
Right
Reel
Power
Board
RMOO1
A1B2
Right
Reel
FT453
(3) +GOS
~.
A1F2
LP
Status
FT391
Power Supply
+G05
-M12
-013
o
FT265
Notes:
+
Indicates nominal MST-1 plus (up) level of -0.85
Vdc; line should have solid up level or go to the up
level.
Indicates nominal MST-1 minus (down) level of
-1.85 Vdc; line should have solid down level or go
to the down level.
[1] Plus (up) level is 0 Vdc and minus (down) level is
-4 Vdc.
[2] Levet is 0 Vdc with UNLOAD REWIND pushbutton
pressed.
[3} Special voltage: -.5 Vdc to -2.5 Vdc.
[4] Plus (up) level is + 12 Vdc and minus (down) level
is 0 Vdc.
4A-110
4A-120
TAPE DOES NOT PULL OUT OF COLUMNS PROPERLY DURING UNLOAD
REWIND
WITHOUT EC 734952 (ALD FT283)
Unload starts the right reel turning counterclockwise
pulling all of the tape out of the right column and then
the left column until the tape loop rises above vacuum
switch L1. At this time, the transfer valve is picked
(ALD FT283). Vacuum is removed from the columns
resulting in Columns Unloaded status which signals the
right reel to stop and the left reel to take up tape by
turning clockwise (ALD FT283). This continues until
Reels Loaded is sensed. This causes both reels to turn
counterclockwise until all of the tape is on the right
reel.
[4] If T -A 1B2 and the reel board have been replaced,
and the trouble still exists, refer to OPER section
for theory.
[5] See 08-400 for transfer valve leakage test.
[6] Line is minus until tape is out of the right column.
Then the line goes plus until tape is out of the left
column.
Caution: If the right reel does not stop, tape
damage may result.
C
Start
)
From 4A-000
WITH EC 734952 (ALD FT283)
Unload starts the right reel turning counterclockwise,
pulling tape out of the right column. As vacuum switch
R1 transfers, vacuum drops as pneumatics drop, L4 and
R4 vacuum switches transfer. When L4 and R4
transfer, this signals Columns Unloaded status which:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Condition for test:
Hold right reel after tape IS out of right column, turn left
reel clockWise until tape loop IS just above L 1 vacuum
sWitch port,
Activates the transfer valve.
Activates the pneumatics motor.
Stops the right reel motor see CAUTION above).
Activates the left reel motor in a clockwise direction
(ALD FT283) taking tape out of the left column.
A1C2
Unload
Op
FT265
A1E2
+Jll
L1
Vacuum
A1B2
Check for
[5]
Proper
Mechanical
Operation of
Transfer Valve
Transfer
Valve
Solenoid
YB031
SCRA
Card
YB020/5
FT283
111 +502
SWitch
Notes:
FT451
lTOll
Indicates nominal MST -1 plus (up) level of -0.85
Vdc; line should have solid up level or go to the up
level.
R4
Vacuum
SWitch
lT011
Indicates nominal MST -1 minus (down) level of
-1.85 Vdc; line should have solid down level or go
to the down level.
A1B2
111 -M09
A1C2
[1] -P09
L4
Vacuum
SWitch
lT011
[2] Plus level is + 12 Vdc and minus level is 0 Vdc.
[ 3] If the right reel does not stop, tape damage may
occur.
+M04
A1E2
Columns
Unloaded
[ 1 ] Plus level is 0 Vdc and minus level is -4 Vdc. With
vacuum present and tape above the port, the level
will be plus.
e
+M12
-D06121
When Reels Loaded is sensed, the pneumatics motor is
dropped and both reels turn counterclockwise until all
the tape is on the right reel.
+
~
FT263
FT264
Reel
Control
-
Left
Reel
Power
Board
[4]
J
\
RM001
+J13
A1C2
+P09
FT283
[6]
D02
~
FT452
FT453
FT262
Right
Reel
Power
Board
[3] [4]
-
Left
Reel
Motor
(cw)
-
,
I
Right
Reel
)
Motor
(Stopped)
RMOOl
4A-120
Copyright Intarnational BUlin... Machina. Corporation 1978, 1979, 1983
o o o o
()
o
o o o
{)
()
{)
~)
[)
~)
o o o
D
o
:)
o c o c o c c c c o c c c c co c c c c c o c c
TAPE DOES NOT WIND COMPLETELY ONTO RIGHT REEL OR REELS DO NOT
STOP
As tape is removed from the columns, tape tightens
over the 'Reels-Loaded switch, located in the left
threading channel. Then both reels turn
counterclockwise, taking up tape until the end of the
tape passes the beginning-of-tape / end-of-tape
(BOT /EOT) phototransistors. This deactivates Tape
Present (ALD FT281). Delay in the Tape Present circuits
causes the right reel to continue turning until the tape
is completely restored to the right reel. If reels do not
stop, use Start A. If tape does not wind completely
onto the right reel, use Start B',
From 4A'()OO
In case of intermittent tape
break or stretching, replace
the Reels Loaded switch.
Photo
Transistor
(3)
012
A1D2
A1E2
(4) +G09
EOT/
BOT
1-
(3)
B12
Tape
Present
(5) J10
-S08
A1C2
Reel
Control
I
I
I
+B07
[4 J Special voltage levels: 0 Vdc to -4 Vdc.
G
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-M04
(2)
[5)
I
I
i
If tape does not completely
wind onto the right reel, use
this entry.
I
[2] Plus (up) level is 0 Vdc and minus (down) level is
-4 Vdc.
I
I
FT341
I
Indicates nominal MST -1 minus (down) level of
-1.S5 Vdc; line should have solid down level or go
to the down level.
I
-J13 I
I
Reels
Loaded
Switch
Left
Ree' Motor
(6)
RM001
-G05
A1F2
I
I
[3] Typical voltage levels: + 1.6 Vdc dark and less than
+ 1.5 Vdc light.
A1B2
-006
FT266
FT231
ZT031
Indicates nominal MST -1 plus (up) level of -0.85
Vdc; line should have solid up level or go to the up
level.
[ 6 J Drives counterclockwise when Reels Loaded is
active.
Left
Reel
Power
Board
(7)
Notes:
[ 5 J Positive when tape is taut across left threading
channel and vacuum is present.
4A-130
If reels cio not stop, use this entry.
I
+
o c c c o c c o c
-P09
FT28X
Right
Reel
Power
Board
FT45X
RMOO1
ZT011
[ 7 J If this level is incorrect, perform the BOT / EOT
adjustment before checking the T -A 102 card
inputs. See OS-580.
© Copyright IntemaliOnel Busin..s Machin.. Corporation 1976, 1979, 1980, 1983
4A-130
POWER WINDOW DOES NOT GO DOWN
START
The power window provides access to the right reel
for loading and unloading. The window is raised only
when either the LOAD REWIND or RESET pushbuttons
are pressed. It is lowered when an Unload operation
has been completed.
Power Window
Safety Bail Switch
The motor is controlled by a relay. the Window-Up
switch. and the Window-Down switch. Motor
direction is determined by the direction of motor
current. When either the LOAD REWIND or RESET
pushbuttons are pressed. the relay is picked to drive
the motor. The motor continues to drive until the
Window-Up switch opens. removing voltage from the
motor. The relay remains picked while the window is
up. The window is lowered by dropping the relay.
which reverses the direction of motor current and
bypasses the Window-Up switch. Voltage is removed
from the motor when the Window-Down switch
opens.
No
I
(START A )
A1E2
Tape
Present
FT281
START B
Unload
Rewind
PushButton
ZTOll
Power Window Fuse
or CB
[71 +P05
-P12
I--
Window
Closed
Switch
WB022
B.
Power
Window
Power
Board
and
Relay.
Check
Window
Up and
Down
switches
and fuse.
[4]
[5] +M07
FT263
Window
Closed
Switch
WB022
[7]-B02
[2] +B05
[3] -J02
--FT283
I
I
I
I
---
I
A1E2
Window
Down
I
+B04 [1]
-B13
I
A1E2
Load Op
FT284
B03
ZT021
-505
[7]
B02
FT283
Notes:
+
l
+B04 [1]
A1C2
Reel Hub
Pressure
Switch
[6]
ZTOll
A1C2
Cartridge
Interlock
FT266
Power Window
Down Switch
A1E2
Window
Down
[3] -M03
Power Window PCB
If the window fails to go down when the
UNLOAD REWIND pushbutton is pressed. start
testing at Start A.
+M08
Safety
Bail
Switch
WB022
FT285
Air
Bearing
Pressure
Switch
ZTOll
If the window fails to go down on a programmed
Unload/Rewind. or from the 3803. start at Start
A1C2
Unload
Complete
FT266
-S08
A1E2
Power Window
Up Switch
SET UP:
2.
With reels unloaded, press the UNLOAD REWIND button.
Does window go down 7
Yes
The door contains a safety bail. The safety bail is a
cable. enclosed in a hollow gasket. stretched across
the top of the window. Any object applying sufficient
pressure to the safety bail transfers the safety bail
switch thereby deactivating the relay. The window
drive motor reverses and lowers the window.
1.
4A-140
From 4A-000
Pressing UNLOAD REWIND or issuing a Rewind!
Unload command drops the relay located on
power window board. and applies motor current
to lower the window after the unload sequence
is completed. When the window opens, the
Window Down switch transfers and removes
power from the motor. The relay remains
dropped.
Power Window
Safety Bai I Cable
The window is raised by a motor-driven rack and gear
assembly. It is counterbalanced by springs. To
maintain window alignment. an idler roller on each
side of the window rolls in guides.
)
Indicates nominal MST -1 plus (up) level of -0.85
Vdc; line should have solid up level or go to the up
level.
[3) Plus level is 0 Vdc and minus level is -4 Vdc.
Level is minus when pneumatics are off.
[4) Verify that the window motor retaining screws are
tight.
Indicates nominal MST-1 minus (down) level of
- 1.85 Vdc; line should have solid down level or go
to the down level.
[5) Line level should be plus with the UNLOAD
REWIND pushbutton pressed. or safety bail
activated.
[1)
Plus level is + 12 Vdc and minus level is 0 Vdc.
[2)
Special voltage: 0 Vdc to +6 Vdc if the switch is
activated.
[6) If EC 734952 is installed. the pneumatics drop
when the Reels Loaded switch makes.
[7) Special voltage: 0 Vdc to -4 Vdc.
4A-140
o o o u
()
o
{)
o o
{)
{)
~)
o o
~)
\
~)
o
c o c c o
c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
CARTRIDGE OPENER DOES NOT CLOSE
4A-150
Deactivating Tape Present turns on Unload Complete
(ALD FT2661. which resets the Cartridge Hold latch
(ALD FT282). This starts the cartridge motor and
closes the cartridge. When the Cartridge Closed switch
transfers, the cartridge motor stops.
Cartridge
Closed
SWitch
WB021
0
A1D2
BOT/EOT
FT231
+G09
[21
+ J04
A1E2
Tape
Present
FT281
-SOB
A1C2
Unload
Complete
FT266
Cartridge
Open
Switch
WB021
[4J
[2J-002
----:r
A1E2
Cartndge
-U13 [1 I
Opener
Drive
t---""""'-"""'"----I Control
Cartridge
Card
ZT061
Notes:
+
Indicates nominal MST -1 plus (up) level of -0.85
Vdc; line should have solid up level or go to the up
level.
Indicates nominal MST -1 minus (down) level of
+MOB
-1.85 Vdc; line should have solid down level or go
-U07
-005
''Om 4A-ooO
to the down level.
FT28X
[ 1 ] Plus (up) level is + 12 Vdc and minus (down) level is
o Vdc.
[ 2] Special voltage: 0 Vdc to -4 Vdc.
[3] Cartridge open switch is plus (0 volts) when the
cartridge is fully open.
[ 4 ] Cartridge closed switch is plus (0 volts) when the
cartridge is fully closed.
o
Switches are
part of the
cartridge motor
assembly.
4A-150
.d"
,)#Q1!
c
4A-160
PNEUMATIC MOTOR DOES NOT TURN OFF
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM - THEORY
PNEUMATIC SWITCHES
Two pneumatic pumps supply all vacuum and air
pressure required for machine operation.
Pneumatic switches sense the absence or presence of
air pressure and vacuum throughout the pneumatic
system. The switches indicate the position of tape in
the vacuum columns. the reels-loaded condition. air
bearing pressure. automatic reel latch pressure. and file
protect status.
The distribution of air and vacuum is controlled by a
transfer valve and a three-way valve.
Vacuum is used for:
From 4A-OOO or 2A-OOO
When Unload Op is set, the pneumatic motor runs
until Unload Complete resets Unload Op. Unload
Complete is set by the drop of Tape Present.
•
•
Tape threading
AIR BEARINGS
Reel loading
•
Column loading
Air bearings are positioned at three places in the tape
path:
•
Tape in column sensing
1.
•
Capstan motor cooling
2.
At the bottom of the right tapered column.
•
Tape cleaning
3.
At the bottom of the left tapered column.
At the top of the right tapered column.
Al 2
Pick
Pneumatic
FT264
-G07
-G12
A1E2
Pneumatic
Motor
+J09 [2) _ _~Control
I-:..;;,;;~~
Contactor
FT282
Air is forced through holes in the bearings to produce a
thin film of air on which the tape rides.
Air pressure is used for:
•
Without EC 734952
YB030/5
OR
YB010/5
A1C2
Tape threading
A1E2
Tape
Present
FT281
•
Reels loaded sensing
•
Holding the file protect plunger retracted
Notes:
•
Retracting the tape guides
+
•
Forcing tape away from the heads during high
speed rewind
•
Air bearings
•
Automatic reel latch
•
General machine cooling
[1] Refer to ALD YB030/5 or YB010/5.
•
High speed rewind plunger
[2] Plus level is + 12 Vdc and minus level is 0 Vdc.
-S08
FT265
Indicates nominal MST-1 plus (up) level of -0.85
Vdc; line should have solid up level or go to the up
level.
With EC 734952
Indicates nominal MST-1 minus (down) level of
-1.85 Vdc; line should have solid down level or go
the the down level.
From 4A-OOO or 2A-OOO
When Unload Op is set, the pneumatics motor will stop
when the R 1 vacuum switch transfers; starts again when
the vacuum decreases and the R4 and L4 vacuum switch
transfers; then stops when the Reels Loaded switch transfers.
[3] Special voltage: 0 Vdc to -4 Vdc.
TRANSFER VALVE
Unload
Op
Note: There is less than a second between the stop and
restart of the pneumatic motor.
The transfer valve controls the distribution of vacuum.
which is different for a threading operation than for all
other operations.
Reels
Loaded
Switch
WB021
THREE-WAY VALVE
The three-way valve is spring-loaded to the normal.
Thread Status Inactive position. Durind Thread Status
Active. the three-way valve is actuated by the transfer
valve solenoid. See the diagram on 4A-161.
[3)-B07
Al E2
Stop nght
Reel
Unload
FT283/4
7
A1E2
+J09 [2)
A1C2
-
12
Pneumatics
Motor
Control
Contactor
FT282
Load
Complete
YB030/5
OR
YB010/5
FT262
4A-160
o o
()
o o o
.f)
\.
.~)
\.
u
:J
G
o
,f}
c c 0 c
c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
0
,
,
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
THREAD STATUS ACTIVE
4A-161
F lie Protect
Sensing
File Protect
THREAD STATUS INACTIVE
I nd,cate SWitch
Latch Pressure
Latch Pressure
Sensing SWitch
Reel Motor
SenSing SWitch
Reel Motor
Automatic Latch
Automatic Latch
Upper Restraint
Upper Restraint
(Cartridge Pressure)
(Cartrrdge Pressurel
Lower Restraint
Lower Restraint
(Threading Chute)
!Threading Chutel
Left Threading
Left. Threading
(Channel (Upper)
Tap e red Col u m n 5
12:::::E:3iE:::::::::::f'IE'fl:=J
Channel (Upperl
Right Threading
Channel (U pped
Channel (Upper)
Right Retractor
Right Retractor
Cleaner Blade
Cleaner Blade
Cap::.tan Motor
Capstan Motor
Air
Beanng
Plenum
Right Threading
Right Threading
Channel (Lower)
Channel (Lower)
Transfer Valve Assemhly
Transfer Valv£' Assembly
(Actuated for Threading)
L - - - - I....
JI--I_I---@CO"'"
Vacuum Columns
Vacuum Columns
Pressure Pump
Pressure Pump
~
From Cooling Distribution Box
From Cooling Distribution Box
Hub
~
4A-161
(0 Copyright International BUSiness Machmes Corporation 1976, 1979
,-
C
I
4A-162
NOTES:
4A-162
©
t}
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979
o
()
o o o o
t)
o o
t)
{)
o
f}
'-
o
.* ,
, j
eeoo o o o o o c o
()
o c c c c co c c c c c c c c c
c c c c
SA-OOO
ENVELOPE FAILURE, RUNAWAY, OR READ/WRITE PROBLEMS
Error Description: This MAP helps diagnose problems involving the Write Card, the Read
Card, the Read Write Head, the Erase Head, and the Read, Write, and Erase controls. Use
this MAP with diagram 5A-100. If the problem is permanent read/write errors, refer to
00-011 for further assistance.
Most Probable Causes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Read head card defective.
Write head card defective.
T-A1L2, T-A1J2, T-A1M2 (NRZI) defective.
R/W head defective.
Erase head defective.
Capstan motor.
Initial Checks:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Air pressure and vacuum. See 08-400.
-4 Vdc and +6 Vdc supply in tolerance. See 08-570.
R/W head and cleaner blade must be clean.
Capstan squaring. See 08-130.
NRZI skew.
Always start with Seq 1 and follow the prodecure in sequence unless directed otherwise.
Remember to END all problem or maintenance calls by going to MAP 00-030.
Action
Condition/Instruction
Seq
1
Is this the first time through this MAP?
Go to Seq 3.
2
If not:
Go to 5A-105.
3
Field tester setup:
Go to Seq 20.
1. Load a scratch tape a Write Enable
ring and make the drive READY.
2. Is File Protect light on?
1. Set to Write.
2. Set the 8/16/32 switch to 32 for
phase encode or 8 for N RZI.
3. Sync scope on +Go atT-A1F2J12.
4. Set scope Horiz to 1.0 ms and vertical
to .5V/cm.
5. Set tester to Fwd and St/Stp. Move
Go Up and Go Down to display a
complete envelope.
6. Scope analog test points at point
on 5A-100.
Go to Seq 4.
4
Are all tracks missing?
Go to Seq 12.
5
Are any tracks missing?
Go to Seq 22.
6
Are all tracks within 20 % of each other in
amplitude?
Go to Seq 25.
7
Is failing mode NRZI?
Go to Seq 30.
Action
11
If not:
Change the R/W head and readjust the
amp sensors. Go to 00-030.
12
Is the High Speed rewind plunger
operating correctly? See Operational
Check on 08-000.
Go to Seq 15.
13
Repair or replace as necessary. Is the
drive operating correctly?
Go to 00-030.
14
Is the line at T -A 1H2M09 plus?
Go to Seq 20.
15
Scope the Write Data lines starting at
entry C on 5A-l00. Are all pulsing?
Change the Write head card. If not fixed,
go to Seq 34.
16
If any of the Initial Checks indicate a problem, take the action necessary but verify that the
original problem still exists before continuing with this MAP (run OLTEP, 3420 A to Z, etc).
Condition/Instruction
Seq
If not:
Seq
Replace the R/W head. Is the drive fixed?
Go to 00-030.
18
Check the cables from the Read head to
the A 1 logic panel for shorts, opens, or
loose cables. Was the trouble found?
Go to 00-030.
19
If not:
Recheck symptoms. Go to 00-030.
20
Is the line at T-A1H2Ml0 plus?
Change T -A 1 H2. Go to 00-030.
21
If not:
Go to ALD WB021 and follow line to the
failing pOint. Components include the File
Protect mechanism and the NFP relay and
card. See ALD ZT07l.
22
Scope the Write Data lines for missing
tracks, starting at entry C on 5A-100.
Are they pulsing?
Change the Write head card. If not fixed,
go to Seq 34.
23
Scope Bus Out lines at input to T -A 1J2
(see 5A-100). Are the inputs pulsing?
Replace T-A1J2. Go to 00-030.
24
If not:
Go to Seq 29.
e
25
Scope inputs at points
Are they pulsing?
26
If not:
Replace the read head card (see 08-260).
Go to 00-030.
27
Disconnect the interface cable. Put the
drive Online/Offline switch to Online.
Scope pins at point
on 5A-100. Are
the signals pulsing?
If fixed, go to 00-030. If not fixed, go to
5A-l05.
on 5A-100.
28
If not:
Replace T-A1L2. Go to 00-030.
29
Check the field tester and cabling for
operation. Look for pOSSible opens or
shorts in the cable wiring.
Go to 00-030.
30
Are the inputs to T -A 1 L2 at points
5A-100 pulsing?
31
Scope inputs at POints
Inputs pulsing?
32
Scope the outputs of T-A 1 K2. Are they
pulsing?
Change T-A1J2
33
If not:
Change T -A 1 K2, Go to 00-030.
34
Replace the Read head card. Is the drive
fixed?
Go to 00-030.
35
If not:
Go to Seq 17.
0
Change T-A1J2. Go to 00-030.
17
Action
Condition/Instruction
e
CD on
Go to Seq 27.
Go to Seq 27.
on 5A-100. Are Change T-A1M2 or T-A1L2. Go to
00-030.
Go to 00-030.
0
8
Adjust the amp sensors. See 08-000.
Go to Seq 9.
9
Are all the tracks within 20% of each
other in amplitude?
Go to 00-030.
10
Change the Read head card. Are all the
tracks now within 20% of each other in
amplitude?
Go to 00-030.
Read/Write Head
3803-2/3420
©
SA-OOO
Copyright International BUSiness Machines Corporation 1976. 1979. 1983
_u. -swa
#4
5A-100
ENVELOPE CIRCUITS
Notes:
Indicates nominal MST-1 plus (up) level of -0.85
Vdc; line should have solid up level or go to the up
level.
+
9 TRACK
L
7 TRACK
1
MOUNTING PLATE
I
~
4
6
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
w
en
en
u
-
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
p
0
2
P
0
3
0
7
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
0
0
0
!;
0
0
0
0
4
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
J:
0
0
5
oJ
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
~
0
0
0
2
P
3
!;
0
I
MOUNTING PLATE
~
~
~
~
~
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
oJ
w
J:
en
If!?
u
~
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
p
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Indicates nominal MST-1 minus (down) level of
-1.85 Vdc; line should have solid down level or go
to the down level.
2
3
4
5
6
7
[1] Test points P through 7 are under the decorative
cover on the front of the tape unit. Refer to the
decal inside the cover.
[2] Input is from ALD FT101.
~
~
[3] If offline. these pins are degated.
~
WRITE SECTION
READ SECTION
WRITE SECTION
READ SECTION
[4] Special voltage: +6 Vdc to ground.
File Protect
Lamp
NOTE: The center tap
is the middle pin
on each track
A1H2
+MlO
+NFP
(
FTll1
(
"C
)
[ Scope Analog
Test PointsB
Read/Write
A1K2
+Force NRZI
J02
013
Wrrte
Card
FT604
-Wnte 5t.tus
P
M12
Bus Out
GaS
o
(2J
011
G04
M04
509
507
MOB
Ml0
M07
2
3
..
5
6
7
Wrrte
Driver
Degauss
D06
J06
NRZI Select
Wrote Select
J04
Jll
J13
Jl0
+011
+012
A1K2
NRZI
Wrote
Deskew
IB05
B12
B13
I G02
J05
J02
U05
U09
G04
Gal
G09
J07
505
MOS
Mag
P06
FT604
File
Protect
WB021
t-PE
1
[lJI
-.
503 WroteDataP
G13WroteDataO
Jll Write Data I
r::t
Read
P·PE
Cable
and
Preamp
O·PE
&!I
r.:oI
I!i
D·
3·PE
4·PE
[BI
Jl0
PE
[BI
J02
[Din
005" Bus tn 2
~
[BI
D13
D06~
I!I
r.!lI
[BI
J04
007 . . Bus In 4
I!l
[BI
J06
[DI r.I
D09" Busln5
I!!II
[BI
[01 r::I
iii
[DI
Dll
II Bu. In 7
a!.
Head
~r-:7~--~GgO~4~0~'~N~R!ZI~~GI!-__JBgl~0~
~
006
"tof
~
'-tiS
B02
~
A1H2
P02
P06
U02
U06
G02
weOll
+ Backward Status
-M09 141
Al M2
Interface cable disconnected
[3J
Bus in 6
[DI ...
D121i1 Bus In P-
[BI
G12
Erase
•
I
I
f+- 1.5!J. s at 3200
[01 ...
at
m
I
I
--i
Bus In 3
010
HE
•
Horizontal to 1 ps
Vertical to 10v scale
1 volt
[DI ~
5·P~ ~ G05
I,
7
II Set Up Scope
lps
1----=ru1---
[DI P!!I
002li1 Bus In 0 -
~
[BI
6.PE'" Gl0
.
II Set Up Scope
Horizontal to
Vertical to 5v
A1L2
[01 r.I
D04" Bus In 1
2·PE ~
~2
From 5A·OOO
[BI
B13
I·PE ~
J12 Write Data 2
FT133
+M10 (4J
i---
~
_
+NRZI
Gl2 Wrote Data 3
M13WrrteData4
Pl0 WrrteOata 5
PI 2 Wrote Data'S
P13 Write Data 7
~r-~~--l!B[03L-__~G~0~2~
~
~
)
B
~O~I~l____________________~~______________-4_H_e_a_d____________-L________________________________________G~13~
-PE _ - - _ .
+NRZI
A1J2
~
J04
-
+ 12v
IScope Digi~
ITest Points(gF'om 5A·OOO
From 5A·OOO
'--"""T""--/
.........--------00,..
..,
-509
J04
J09
J13
U13
INRZI
G02
2·NRZI
B12
3·NRZI
G04
~:.~I
P.NRZI
G07
Deskew. ~PO;.,4;-..;;4;.;.N.:;R~Z~I____...........::J::::0.::..j5
504
5·NRZI
G03
6 N RZI
GOB
U04
U09
7 NAZI
POg
FT70X
+6.
(Differential A·B)
Phys Pos •
Trk
g·Trk
7·Trk
A
B
P
4
7
J2D10
J2B10
7
J2D04
J2B04
1
6
J2D05
J2B05
13
12
11
10
2
5
6
J2D06
J2B06
3
3
5
J2D11
J2Bl1
4
9
4
J2D02
J2B02
9
5
1
3
J2D13
J2B13
6
B
2
J2D03
J2B03
7
2
1
J2D12
J2B12
8
7
6
FTlll
A1J2
D
0
B
050
070
030
5
4
+G07
Read Gate + P04
FTl34
3
2
FT14X
·Front to back on head J2D08 is dc common
J2 Front View
5A-100
~
Copyright International Busln ••• Machin•• Corporation 1976. 1979. 1983
()
o o o o o
o
~)
~)
o
o o
~)
.'f }.
"
{}
c c c
0
c
() ()
0
0 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
<
5A-105
PERMANENT DATA CHECKS
This MAP covers adjustments and service checks not previously covered.
Condition / Instruction
Seq
Action
12
Unplug the head cable from the write
card and check the erase head for an
open or short, Resistance should be
approximately 22 ohms. Is the erase
head open or shorted?
Change the erase head and go to
00-030.
13
Is the resistance correct?
Change the write head card and go to
00-030.
14
Perform the erase head polarity check on
08-320. Is polarity correct?
Go to Seq 16,
15
If not:
Correct erase head polarity and go to
00-030.
Always start with Seq 1 and follow the procedure in sequence unless directed otherwise.
Remember to END all problem or maintenance calls by going to MAP 00-030.
16
Check and degauss cleaner blade, See
08-390. Is cleaner blade ok?
Go to Seq 18,
Seq
Condition / Instruction
17
If not:
Replace cleaner blade and go to
00-030.
1
Does error occur on more than one tape?
Go to Seq 3.
2
Is the failing tape available for analysis?
Go to 00-011 Permanent Read/Write
Error Anaylsis.
3
Problem may be Media related. Perform
the following procedures to assure tape
unit meets criteria. For highly intermittant
errors do all checks and adjustments in
this map before returning tape unit to
customer.
Most Probable Causes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
4
Media, see 00-011.
Read Head card.
R/W head (head may be dirty)
Write head card.
Capstan motor.
T-A 1L2, T-A 1J2, T-A 1 H2.
Vacuum column door adjustment.
Transfer valve.
Loose pneumatic hoses.
Erase Head.
Worn or dirty cleaner blade.
Action
Perform power supply checks on 08-570
check with the tape unit loaded and in
write status. Make sure ripple is within
tolerance.
5
Is power supply within tolerance?
Go to Seq 7.
6
If not:
Adjust/Repair /Replace as necessary
7
Set up tester for a Write. Ensure that
tape is at load point. Bring up GO at the
tester and move tape away from LOAD
point. Set switch to STOP. The erase
head should now be ON.
8
Is -Erase Head On (T-A 1H2P 13) minus?
Leave the tester in write stop mode for
2-3 minutes more, then go to Seq 11.
9
Is -Write Status Drive (T-A 1H2M09)
minus?
Go to Seq 12.
10
If not:
Change T-A 1H2 and go to 00-030.
11
Unload the tape unit, open the vacuum
column door and feel the erase head. Is
the erase head warm?
Go to Seq 16.
18
Seq
Condition / Instruction
Action
32
Disconnect the tape interface cable, Put
the ONLINE/OFFLINE switch to ONLINE,
Set the field tester to Write, Fwd,
St/stp, and the density to 32, Check
Bus In to the control unit at point F on
5A-100. Do any of the tracks have
noise in the IBG? See 5A-115.
Go to Seq 41.
33
All major adjustments have been
performed, Run all read/write diagnostic
procedures then return machine to
customer,
Go to 00-030.
34
Does the drive fail in PE mode only?
Go to Seq 25.
35
Check NRZI amp sensors, See 08-300,
Are the NRZI amp sensors operating
properly?
Go to Seq 37.
36
If not:
Adjust/Replace as necessary and go to
00-030.
37
Check the NRZI read skew. See 08-190.
Is the skew within tolerance.
Go to Seq 39.
Perform the tape guide check on NRZI
featured machines. See 08-230. Check
performed OK or PE only machine,
Go to Seq 20.
19
If not:
Adjust/Repair/Replace as necessary,
38
If not:
Adjust as necessary
20
Check the capstan dynamic alignment.
See 08-150 or 08-160, Is alignment
good?
Go to Seq 22,
39
Check the NRZI write skew. See
08-200, Is the skew within tolerance?
Go to Seq 27,
40
Adjust as necessary
Go to 00-030,
21
If not:
Adjust as required. Go to 00-030.
41
Go to Seq 43,
22
Check the drive mechanical skew. See
08-170 or 08-180, Is the mechanical
skew within tolerance,
Go to Seq 24,
Is there noise in the IBG at point 0 on
5A-l0C?
42
If not:
Change T-A 1L2 and go to 00-030.
If not:
Adjust/Repair as necessary.
43
Is -Zero threshold minus for the track
that has the noise in the IBG?
Change T-A 1K2 and go to 00-030,
24
Does the tape unit have NRZI feature?
Go to Seq 34.
44
Is there noise at entry C on 5A-100?
Go to Seq 46,
25
Check the PE Amp sensors. See
08-290. Are Amp sensors operating
correctly?
Go to Seq 27,
45
If not:
Change
26
If not:
Adjust as necessary and go to 00-030.
27
Check the Forward to Backward ratio.
See 08-240. Is the ratio within
tolerance?
Go to Seq 29,
28
If not:
Replace read/write head and go to
00-030,
29
Check feedthrough, See 08-330, Is
feedthrough within tolerance?
Go to Seq 31.
30
If not:
Replace read/write head and go to
00-030.
31
Do procedure on 6A-0 10 and return,
23
1. Read head card
2. Write head card
3. Read/write head
46
Is there noise at the input to T-A 1L2 on
5A-100?
Check tester and go to 00-030.
47
If not:
Change T-A 1J2 and go to 00-030.
5A-105
@ Copyright International BUSiness Machines Corporation 1976, 1979, 1980, 1983
oz.
5A-110
READ FORWARD TO BACKWARD RATIO TEST
(MODELS 3, 5, 7)
BACKWARD
SIGNAL DROPOUT
Use this test to help determine if a read/write head
needs replacement.
Verify that the tape is tracking correctly before any
head replacment because of the above criteria.
Perform Field Tester Accuracy check on 08-290
before proceeding.
1.
2.
I
Obtain a customer good quality representative
tape and write it at 1600 bpi on the unit being
checked. Write it from the field tester with
frequency switch set to 32. Rewind.
3.
Read forward to the middle of the reel of tape
and stop tape.
4.
Set the Field Tester as follows:
ALT DIR
SLOW
READ
UP/FWD DN/BKWD. potentiometers all the
way to the back of tester.
(Adjust DN/BKWD. so tape has a forward
creep rather than a backward creep).
5.
Less than 50%
of forward
Degauss the head (08-280) and the cleaner blade
(08-390).
Sync and Scope the Read card test points to
determine the fwd to bkwd ratio. Display 3 or 4
cycles of read signal and use as much of the
scope display as possible for measurements
(.2v/cm). For ease of recording, scope J2B 13
with another probe, this line will go positive when
reading backwards.
6.
If possible, scope the failing record and other records
on the failing customer tape. Compare envelopes of
each track with the waveforms on this page. Review
the explanations and Possible Causes. This test
requires the use of the tape control unit. If the tape
control unit is not available, return to the MAP that
sent you here.
1.
Set up the tape control unit to read forward and
backward over the failing record in the correct
density and mode. The Stop On switches should
be in the off position.
2.
Sync Scope on -Go Forward (see decal on the
drive) in the tape drive and display signal at the
output of read card (See 5A-100
Scope each
track and look for signal dropout after the
beginning of the envelope.
e).
If there is a read backward problem, and the
amplitude in the backward direction is less than
that of the forward direction by 50% on anyone
track, or 60% on the remaining tracks, the
read/write head should be replaced. If head
replacement is required, perform the
removal/replacement procedure on 08-250, do
required adjustments and return to the MAP that
sent you here or 00-030. If replacement is not
required return to the MAP that sent you here.
Time/Div
1 ms
TAPE EDGE DAMAGE
Scope the outside tracks (4 and 5 on 9-track drives or
P and 7 on 7-track drives) on the failing record. Look
at the amplitude changes.
8
FORWARD
' - - - See item 3 for explanation
of this area of envelope
Tape end view
showing crease
Developing the tape shows that the bits were written
on the tape and then the tape was damaged. This type
of damage is usually caused by improper tape handling.
Example: The tape reel has uneven wraps and the
sides of the reel were squeezed, creasing the tape.
5A-110
J
{J o o
o o o
{)
o ,-f".).
{)
t)
{)
f)
o
c o o c o
c o c o c o c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
NOISE OR BITS IN THE INTERBLOCK GAP
To detect interblock gap (IBG) errors, sync scope on
-Go Forward. Read forward and backward over the
failing record. Display the record in both directions and
look for noise in the gap. See the diagrams below.
5A-115
Developing the tape with noise in the IBG shows bits
written In the area between two records. These are
sometimes faintly recorded.
Record
Read
Record
Forward
Read
Record
Backward
Record
Record
.,illlllllllllllllllill" 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ~1I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Read
Record
Forward
Load Point
record.
Bit Packing
Sync the scope on End Data and scope one of the data
tracks at the tape drive or control unit. Measure the
length of the postamble in microseconds. Then enter
the following commands:
Bit packing is due to varying capstan speed or tape
slipping.
Set the scope for delayed sweep and look at 1 bit early
in the beginning all ones burst of the failing record.
Sync scope on a read card test point and look at the
digital data on the same track as the sync. Mount the
failing tape on a known good drive.
Increase the delay to display the ending all ones burst.
The width of the digital data bit in the preamble should
be within + 20
""
....,1
;~
.
1
}
,
c c c c c o
o o c c o c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c o
28-000
DROPPING READY AND THREAD AND LOAD FAILURE SYMPTOMS
Seq
Froin 00-040, Start 2
10
If not:
Go to 28-120.
Does the tape thread past the read/write
head?
Go to Seq 14.
12
Does the tape thread directly into the right
vacuum column?
Go to 28-130.
13
If not:
Go to 28-140.
14
Does the tape thread onto the left reel?
Go to Seq 16.
15
If n,
There may be no vacuum at the left reel
hub. Check the vacuum and pneumatic
belts. Check transfer valve for proper
operation during thread status. If
pneumatics appear OK, change T -A 1F2.
See Pneumatic Pressure, Vacuum Checks
on 08-400.
16
Does a Load Check occur before the 80T
marker has passed the 80T /EOT block?
Go to 28-150.
18
Does tape load into the columns. As long
as tape enters into both columns properly,
the answer to this is yes, even if tape
bottoms in one or both columns.
Go to Seq 20. See Note 1
19
If not:
Go to Seq 26. See Note 1
20
Does the tape move backwards properly
until it stops at the 80T marker?
Go to Seq 28.
21
Does the tape bottom, bobble, or pull out
of either vacuum column?
Go to 28-170.
22
Does the tape rewind off the left reel or
does the tape unit perform a normal
unload/rewind?
Go to 28-190.
23
Does the tape go forward at normal speed
after loading into vacuum column?
Go to 28-200.
24
Does the capstan move tape at all?
Go to 28-170.
25
If not:
Go to 28-175.
26
Does tape load into one column, but not
the other?
See Note 2.e, then go to 28-180.
27
If not:
Go to 28-160.
Cards at T-A1C2, T-A1D4, T-A182
Optic Lamp
Capstan Tach Adjustment
Vacuum switches L4 and R4
1.
Notes:
The vacuum column vents (P / N 1846701) require special adjustments if both standard
1.
and minireels are used interchangeably on the drive. See 08-800 for vacuum
adjustment procedures.
Intermittent Dropping Ready and thread and load problems can be caused by:
2.
a. 80T /EOT out of adjustment.
b. A loose pressure manifold on the 3-way valve (transfer valve assembly). The
manifold is attached to the 3-way valve with four screws. Overtightening these
screws can fracture or break off the mounting studs causing an air leak.
c. A dirty pressure pump input filter element.
d. A leaking transfer valve. See 08-400 for leakage test.
e. Vacuum column door leaking or out of adjustment.
f. A dirty pressure pump output filter element.
g. Damaged or aged vacuum column door foam. (See 08-690).
Always start with Seq 1 and follow the procedure in sequence unless directed otherwise.
Aemember to. END all problems or maintenance calls by going to MAP 00-030.
Action
Condition/Instruction
Seq
Does problem exist only when using
minireels?
Go to 08-800.
With the tape unit unloaded, and before
depression of the load button, is the
pneumatic motor running?
Go to 48-160.
3
Is the tape unit dropping READY?
Go to Seq 32.
4
With the tape unit unloaded is the capstan
turning continuously?
Go to 68-000.
5
Mount a reel of tape with a properly
crimped and positioned end (see 28-006)
and a properly placed 80T reflective
marker. The field tester should not be
plugged into the tape unit. Press the
LOAD REWIND pushbutton, then the
START pushbutton. Approach any unusual
symptoms not specifically asked (that is,
reels turning with no buttons pressed,
etc.) as a load failure.
1
2
Action
11
Most Probable Causes:
2.
3.
4.
Condition/Instruction
6
Is a cartridge being used?
If the cartridge doesn't open fully, go to
28-100. Otherwise, proceed to Seq 7.
28
Is the window up and the READY
indicator On?
Go to Seq 31.
7
Does the left reel turn clockwise at
threading speed? Compare with another
drive.
Go to Seq 9.
29
Does the Ready indicator fail to turn on
and stay on?
Go to 28-210.
30
8
If not:
Go to 28-110.
Is the window down and the READY
indicator On?
Check the Window-up switch
on the
window printed circuit board for a shorted
condition.
9
Does the right reel turn clockwise at
threading speed? Compare with another
drive.
Go to Seq 11.
0
28-000
51
DROPPING READY AND THREAD AND LOAD FAILURE SYMPTOMS
(Cont'd)
Seq
31
Condition / Instruction
28-001
Action
Go to 38-000.
If not:
32
Is Drop Ready failure intermittent?
See Note 2. then go to Seq 38.
33
If not:
Approach as a load failure.
Go to Seq 5.
34
Is tape bobbling in either column?
Go to Seq 36.
35
If not:
Go to 38-000.
36
Is tape bobbling in one column only?
Interchange reel motor boards. Part
numbers must be the same. If trouble
follows. replace the bad board.
If not. go to Seq 37.
37
If not:
Check for -12 Vdc at J2-2 (ALD
RM001) of each reel board. If defective.
check relay points K2-3 on MSC card
(ALD VC021). If tape unit still fails.
change:
1. T-A1G6
2. T-A182
3. MSC Card
38
Is sense byte 7 available?
Go to 28-005. Chart A. column 3.
39
Is a visual symptom or customer
description available?
Go to 28-005. Chart A. column 1.
40
Does the failure still exist?
Scope tape logic pins in Chart A. column
2. on 28-005. If problem still exists.
refer to intermittent Drop Ready
Problems on 28-005.
41
If not:
Go to 00-030.
28-001
© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979. 1980. 1983
o
t\
tl
f) nV
,(
"
\
l
J
o c o c c c o c o o o c c c c c
c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
28-005
INTERMITTENT DROP READY PROBLEMS
Listed below are several causes of dropping Ready.
Most probable cause is listed first. Examine the list and
do any indicated action. Using Chart A.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Vacuum Switches: Defective vacuum switches
cause dropping Ready problems. If sense byte 7 is
available, it can be helpful in determining which
vacuum column is failing. Go to OS-450 to check
vacuum switches.
Fiber Optics: Faulty or marginal fiber optics can
cause tape loading problems, tape motion
problems, and dropping Ready. Check seating and
clean the fiber optic bundles at the light source.
Assure that the lamp is clear and replace it if
questionable. (See OS-620.)
Capstan Squaring: If capstan squaring is out of
adjustment it will usually show up first by dropping
Ready (pulls out of left column, or bottoms in right
column) when going into or coming out of a high
speed rewind, or dropping out of high speed
rewind early on machines with EC S47234. See
OS-120 for Model 4, 6, or S adjustment procedure.
See OS-140 for cleaning procedure on Models 4
and 6.
Right Reel Slipping on Hub:
Caution: Circuit damage or a blown fuse (F12)
may result if the reel is held for more than five
or six seconds.
Slippage can be determined by loading a tape and
turning the right reel until tape in the column is
above, then below the ports causing the right reel
to drive. Hold the reel to keep the tape and hub
from turning and observe the amount of slippage.
Compare with a known good tape unit. If excessive
slipping is observed, go to OS-470 through OS-520
for checks and adjustments.
5.
6.
7.
S.
9.
Reel Motor Boards: Either board causes
intermittent problems. Check for cold flow solder
joints, cracked land patterns, and loose or pushed
in pins in the connectors. If boards are suspect,
interchange them with another tape unit to isolate
the failure. (ALD RM001).
Door Interlock: Machine vibration can cause a
badly adjusted Door Interlock switch to open
intermittently. Also check main machine door latch
alignment.
Damaged Tape: Stretched or spliced tape causes
dropping Ready. If the failing tape has been
retained make one complete pass, using the field
tester.
Power Supply: Check for loose terminal
connections and cold flow solder joints. Ask
operator if power check light has been flashing.
(Power check circuit is not latched.)
Note: If tape bottoms intermittently in either
column, the capstan armature could be open.
Unplug the capstan motor plug from the capstan
board and measure across the two wires going to
the motor with an ohm meter. Watch for a
deflection on the meter while rotating the capstan
very slowly by hand.
Chart A
1
2
3
Error Decsription
Drive Error
Condition
Error
Sense
Fiber optic lamp failure not
latched
+ at TA1M2S07
Byte 7
Bit 0
Fiber optic lamp, T -A 1 D2
See ALD
FT114
Tape Bottoms (See Notel or
pulls out of left column
+ at TA1M2U02
Byte7
Bit 1
T-A1C2, T-A1M2 L-4 vacuum
switch, left reel board. (Check
reel board EPa relay for
shorted points.) Capstan Tach.
Go to 3B-1 10 Could be caused by OV / UV
detection or capstan board cooling
sensor. See Byte 18, Bit O. Model
wiring ALD 6106 (4 & 6).
Tape bottoms (see Note) or
pulls out of right column
+ at TA1M2U05
Byte 7
Bit 2
R4 vacuum switch, right reel
board. (Check reel board EPa
relay for shorted points.)
Capstan Tach.
Got03B-110 Could be caused by OV /UV
detection or capstan board cooling
sensor. See Byte 18, Bit O. Model
wiring ALD 6106 (4 & 6).
Reset key or door interlock
- at TA1M2S08
Byte 7
Bit 3
Reset key, door interlock
switch, T-A1C2, A-B3F2,
A-A2D2
See ALD
FT1 14
Could be operator caused.
Air bearing pressure or right
reel hub air failure
+ at TA1M2S04
Byte 7
Bit 6
Leaking file hub. Air bearing or
hub switch. Loose/worn belt.
Air system leak.
See ALD
FT114
If a solid failure, tape will not dump
into columns during a load operation.
OV /UV (power check) or no
cooling air to capstan board
- at TA1M2S02
Byte 18 Check voltages. Dirty filter,
Bit 0
defective cooling fan. Check
mercury switch below capstan
board.
Power On Reset not latched
+ at TA1M2M05
T -A 1C2, T -A 1 D4 Fuse Detect
Card
See ALD
FT112
This is not a normal drop Ready
condition. However, intermittent
failure may appear as a drop Ready.
Safety Bail reset not latched
+ at TA1D4B09
T-A1C2, T-A1D4 T-A1K2
See ALD
FT283
This is not a normal drop Ready
condition. However, intermittent
failure may appear as a drop Ready.
Erase Unit Check
+ at TA1M2S05
Byte 7
Bit 5
Erase head, Write card
T-A1M2
See ALD
FT1 1 1
Check for loose write cable at board
and card
Write Current Unit Check
+ at TA1M2P10
Byte 6
Bit1
R/W head, Write card at
T-A1M2
See ALD
FT1 1 1
Check for loose write cable at board
and card
Probable Drive FRUs
Further
Analysis
Notes
Go to 1 B-Ooo These errors cause reel board EPa
relays to drop resulting in loss of
motor control. Tape bottoming will
then drop ready.
Reel Tachs: Defective reel tachs cause a tape un.it
to fail to enter high speed rewind and also cause
dropping Ready while in high speed rewind. Check
tachs for polished surfaces causing them to slip on
the tape. If this condition is found, replace the reel
tach assembly (OS-550). Also check for binds in
the bearings and tach wobble indicating worn
bearings. Scope tach outputs (ALD FT231) for
pulses of similar frequency, duration, and
amplitude.
f) Copynght In1arnatlonal Business Macl"un.! CorporatIon 1976, 1979. 1980, 1983
28-005
TAPE CRIMPER PROCEDURE
28-006
Insert the tape with the oxide side towards the
plunger and in a direction that will produce a rounded
end when cut. See figure below. Cutting tape with
the oxide side away from the plunger can cause
intermittant thread problems because the tape will
have a tendency to curl the wrong direction.
28-006
l
, #
n
o
()
o o
o
o
o o
00
o o o c c o c o c c c c c ceo c c o,e c c c c c c c c o
28-020
THREAD AND LOAD OPERATIONS
The reels continue turning forward until the
beginning-ot-tape (BOT) marker or Load Point marker is
sensed at the BOT photocell. The BOT phototransistor
activates the BOT singleshot which:
The 3420 threads, loads, and unloads tape
automatically with or without a tape cartridge. Air
pressure automatically secures the reel of tape to the
right reel hub. Any size reel of half-inch (1.27 mm)
magnetic tape can be automatically loaded, but only full
10 1 /2-inch (26.67 mm) reels can be loaded with a
cartridge.
0
I
N
t;;
~
~
-
0
N
N
Copyright Intemltionll Bus,ness Mach,nes Corporl"on
1976, 1979, 1980, 1983
48-150
PNEUMATIC MOTOR DOES NOT TURN OFF
48-160
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM-THEORY
PNEUMATIC SWITCHES
Two pneumatic pumps supply all vacuum and air
pressure required for machine operation.
Pneumatic switches sense the absence or presence of
air pressure and vacuum throughout the pneumatic
system. The switches indicate the position of tape in
the vacuum columns (for reel motor control), the reels
loaded condition, air bearing pressure, automatic reel
latch pressure, and file protect status.
The distribution of air and vacuum is controlled by a
transfer valve, a three-way valve, and an autocleaner
solenoid.
Vacuum is used for:
•
Tape threading
•
Reel loading
•
Column loading
Tape-in-column sensing
•
Capstan motor cooling
•
Capstan (Model 8 only)
•
Tape cleaning
AIR BEARINGS
Air bearings are positioned at three places in the tape
path:
1.
At the top of the right tapered column.
2.
At the bottom of the right tapered column.
3.
At the bottom of the left tapered column.
Air is forced through holes in the bearings producing a
thin film of air on which tape moves.
Air pressure is used for:
Tape threading
•
Reels-loaded sensing
•
Retracting the tape guides
From 48-000 or 28-000
Air bearings
Automatic reel latch
•
POWER SUPPLY
When Unload Op is set, the pneumatic motor will run
until Unload Complete resets Unload OP.
General machine cooling
TRANSFER VALVE
The transfer valve controls the distribution of vacuum,
which is different for a thread/load operation than for
all other operations.
A1C2
Pick
Pneumatic
FT26X
-G07
-G12
A1D4
DANGER
1
+J09 (+12V)
t--";"'-~--4
FT28X
Pneumatic
Motor
Control
Contactor
YF030/5
OR
YF010f5
THREE-WAY VALVE
The three-way valve is spring-loaded to the normal
Thread Status Inactive position. During Thread Status
Active the three-way valve is actuated by the transfer
valve solenoid. (See diagram on page 48-161.)
Notes:
AUTOCLEANER SOLENOID
+
The autocleaner solenoid controls air pressure to the
autocleaner.
Indicates nominal MST-1 plus (up) level of -0.85
Vdc; line should have solid up level or go to the up
level.
Indicates nominal MST -1 minus (down) level of
-1.85 Vdc; line should have solid down level or go
to the down level.
Power must be removed completely. Remove the
power cord when servicing inside the AC box.
[1)
Refer to ALD YF030/5 or ALD YF010/5.
48-160
C Copyright International Bustnas8 Machines Corporation 1976. 1979. 1980, 1983
o o o o o o o o o
""'"
U
o
r)
'-
1\
,I
t
l
" J
c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c o c c c c c c c c o o
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
48-161
THREAD STATUS
ACTIVE
File Protect
Sensing
THREAD STATUS INACTIVE
File Protect
I ndicate Switch
Note: Shaded areas in the
diagrams show pneumatic
distribution in the status
identified.
Latch Pressure
Sensing Switch
File Protect
Sensing
File Protect
I ndicate Switch
Reel Motor
Latch Pressure
Sensing Switch
Reel Motor
Automatic Latch
Automatic Latch
Upper Restraint
(Cartridge Pressure)
Upper Restraint
(Cartridge Pressure)
Lower Restraint
(Threading Chute)
Lower Restraint
(Threading Chute)
Left Threading
Channe.l (Upper)
Left Threadi ng
Channel (Upper)
Right Threading
Channel I Upper)
Right Threading
Channel (Upper)
Cleaner Blade
Cleaner Blade
Capstan Motor
Capstan Motor
Air Bearings
Air
Bearing
Plenum
Auto·
Cleaner
.,.---IIIIOOleI8 only
Right Threading
Channel (Lower)
[ ] 4 - - Model 8 only
Right Threading
Channel (Lower)
Transfer Valve Assembly
(Actuated For Threading)
Transfer Valve Assembly
/thread status inactive)
Left Reel Hub
Left Reel Hub
Vacuum Columns
Vacuum Columns
~~6m'
Pressure
~
From Cooling Distribution Box
From Cooling Distribution Box
48-161
__ C. _ $
is
-
NOTES:
48-162
48-162
@ Copyright International Busines. Machines Corporation 1976. 1979
I·~
\J
0
..
o 0
r~
lJ
~
lJ
o
t '\
~;
o
o o
()
o o c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
o
58-000
ENVELOPE FAILURE, RUNAWAY, OR READ/WRITE PROBLEMS
This map helps sort out possible problems involving the write card, the read/write head, the
read card and the erase head, or the read, write, and erase controls in the tape unit logic.
Seq
7
These parts are required for use in the following MAP:
Action
Condition/Instruction
Scope digital data at entry point B. Are
any tracks missing?
Change in order:
Does SAGC fail to set up on any track?
Do procedure on 08-315.
Go to Seq 11.
Go to Seq 14.
Read card, Write card, Read/Write head (08-240).
8
Most Probable Causes:
9
If not:
10
Reserved
11
Is -6250 (T-A1K2U06) plus?
Change T -A 1 K2 and go to 00-030.
12
Is +Initiate SAGC (T -A 1 K2Pl 2) pulsing?
Go to Seq 51.
13
If not:
Change T -A 1 K2 and go to 00-030.
14
Does the tape unit have PE (1600 BPI)
capability?
Rewind tape and remove jumper
(K2P02-M2D06). Go to Seq 16.
15
If not:
Go to Seq 22.
16
Set the Field Tester for a Write, FWd,
Fast, and St/ stp. Put the density switch
to 32 (middle position).
17
Scope entry point A on 5B- 100. Are all
tracks 2V +.3V peak to peak?
Go to Seq 20.
18
Do amp sensor adjustment procedure on
08-310. Are amp sensors within
tolerance?
Go to 00-030.
19
If not:
Change in order:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Read Head card defective
Write Head card defective
T-A1K2, T-A1L2, T-A1J2, T-A1H2 cards defective
R/W head defective
Erase head defective
Capstan motor
Initial Checks:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Air pressure and vacuum (see 08-400).
-4 Vdc and +6 Vdc power supplies in tolerance (see 08-570).
R/W head and cleaner blade must be clean (see Note 1 on 5B-001).
Capstan squaring (see 08- 120).
If any of the Initial Checks indicate a problem, take action necessary but verify that the
original problem still exists before continuing with this MAP (run OLTEP, etc.).
Always start with Seq 1 and follow the procedure in sequence unless directed otherwise.
Remember to END all problems or maintenance calls by going to MAP 00-030.
Seq
Condition/Instruction
1
If the problem is permanent data errors or
significant temporary errors, go through
this map once, then go to 5B-002.
2
Install the Field Tester. Load the tape unit
with a Master Output tape with a write
enable ring installed. Make the tape unit
ready. Is the File Protect lamp on?
Action
1.
2.
3.
4.
T-A1J2
Write head card
Write card cable
Go to 00-030.
3
Install a jumper from K2P02-M2D06. Set
the tester for a Write, Fwd, Fast, and
St/stp. Put the density switch to 64.
4
Scope point A on 5B- 100. Are all tracks
missing or amp low? See note.
5
Are any tracks missing?
Go to Seq 28.
Is the amplitude low or distorted on any
track? See examples on 5B-004.
Go to Seq 44.
6
1.
2.
3.
4.
Change in order:
Go to Seq 32.
20
Scope digital signal at entry point B on
5B-l00.
21
Are any tracks missing?
22
Scope pOint A on 5B- 100. Is the
envelope fluctuating on tracks 4 or 5?
Shifting due to tape edge damage or
wrinkles.
23
Write a tape in the same failing density on
a working tape unit, or use a CE work
tape that has been prewritten at the
proper density. This tape may be written
on any speed tape unit using the Field
Tester as described in Seq 3 (6250) or
Seq 16 (1600).
24
Read this prewritten tape on the failing
tape unit. Set the Field Tester to Read,
Fwd, and St/Stp. Scope entry point A on
5B-l00. Is the amplitude low, distorted,
or missing for any track?
Note:
Sync minus on MOVE COMMAND Bat T-A1F2P12.
Set horizontal at 5ms/em.
Set vertical at 0.5v /em.
25
T-A1K2
Read head card
Write head card
Go to 00-030.
Action
Scope entry point B on 5B- 100. Are any
tracks missing?
Change in order:
26
Disconnect the interface cable at the tape
unit and put the ONLINE/OFFLINE switch
in the ONLINE position. Scope points at
entry F on 5B- 100. Are any tracks
missing?
Replace T -A 1 L2, reconnect the interface
cable and go to 00-030.
27
Put the ONLINE/OFFLINE switch to
OFFLINE and reconnect the interface
cable. Go to 5B-002.
28
Write a tape in the same failing density on
a working tape unit, or use a CE work
tape that has been prewritten at the
proper density. This tape may be written
on any speed tape unit using the Field
tester as described in Seq 3.
29
Read this prewritten tape on the failing
tape unit. Set Field Tester to Read, FWd,
and St/Stp. Scope point A on 5B-l00.
Are any tracks missing?
1. Read card
2. T -A 1 L2 and go to 00-030.
Note: Intermittent read/write errors can be caused by a loose pressure manifold on the
three-way valve.
Condition/Instruction
Seq
30
31
Problem appears to be a write problem.
Check voltages at entry point D on
5B-l00. Are voltages within tolerance?
See 08-570 for tolerances.
If not:
1. T-Al L2
2. Read head card
3. Go to 00-030.
Change in order:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Read head card
Read/write head
T-A1K2
Go to 00-030.
Change in order:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Write card
Read/write head
T-A1K2
Go to 00-030.
Adjust/ Repair / Replace
Go to 00-030.
32
Is the auto cleaner operating correctly.
See 08-380.
Go to Seq 36.
Change the read head card. Go to
00-030.
33
Change T -A 1G2. If problem still exists
go to Seq 35 otherwise go to 00-030.
Perform Capstan Dynamic Alignment on
page 08-150 or 08- 160 and Mechanical
Skew on 08- 170. Go to 00-030.
Is -Pick Solenoid (T-A1G2Pl0) plus (+12
Vdc) when tape unit is loaded and not
moving tape?
34
Is -Pick Solenoid (T-A1G2Pl0) minus (0
Vdc) during a high speed rewind?
Change T -A 1G2. If problem still exists
go do SEQ 35, otherwise go to 00-030.
35
If not:
The problem is either a bad cable
between T -A 1 N7 and the solenoid, a
loose or crimped pneumatic hose to the
auto cleaner, or a defective auto cleaner.
Go to 00-030.
Perform the following procedures:
Mechanical Skew 08-170. Read
amplitude adjustment 08-310 Pneumatic
adjustment 08-400 and 08-405. Go to
00-030.
58-000
© Copyright InternatIonal Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979, 1980, 1983
c
58-001
ENVELOPE FAILURE, RUNAWAY, OR READ/WRITE PROBLEMS (Cont'd)
Seq
Condition/Instruction
R/W HEAD RESISTANCE CHECK PROCEDURE
Action
36
Is T-A1M2M10 at +6 volts?
Go to Seq 38.
1.
Turn off tape unit power.
37
If not:
Change in order:
2.
Remove the read/write card shroud. Disconnect the read/write cards
from the head and slide them back even with the transport casting.
3.
Use a calibrated *Simpson meter, not the CE tool bag meter. Measure
the resistance across each track of the head. Ignore the center tap of
the coil. The normal reading on the write side is 1.7 ohms. Reject point
on the write side is 5 ohms or greater. The normal resistance of a read
track is 3.6 ohms. Reject point on the read tracks is 10 ohms or
greater. Measure from center tap to each side of the read and write
coils. The resistance should be approximately equal.
1. T -A 1 K2
2. File protect switch
3. Write enable relay
For further analysis see Aid ZT071. Go to
00-030.
38
Is + Write Status (T -A 1 K2M05) plus? [4]
Go to Seq 41.
39
Is -Write Status (T-A1J2M12) minus?
Change T -A 1K2 and go to 00-030.
40
If not:
Change T -A 1J2 and go to 00-030.
41
Scope inputs to write card at entry point
H on 58-100. Are all outputs to A1J2
pulsing?
Go to Seq 28.
42
Scope inputs to A 1J2 at entry point J on
58-100. Are all inputs pulsing?
Change in order:
43
If not:
44
Check the voltage at entry points 0 and E.
1.
2.
3.
4.
T-A1J2
Write head card
Write card cable
Go to 00-030.
4.
Reinstall the read and write cards and the card shroud.
5.
Degauss Read/Write head (see 08-280).
MOUNTING PLATE
Adjust/ Repair / Replace
Go to 00-030.
1
47
Scope A 1J 2 outputs at entry point H. Are
any tracks missing or distorted?
48
Write a tape in the same failing density on
a working tape unit. or use a CE work
ta pe that has been prewritten at the
proper density. This tape may be written
on any speed tape unit using the
procedure described in Seq 3.
Read this prewritten tape on the failing
tape unit. Set Field Tester to Read. Fwd.
and St/ stp. Scope point A on 58-100. Is
the amplitude low or envelope distorted?
Problem appears to be a write problem.
0
0
Change T -A 1J2 and go to 00-030.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
~
'::
~
!!.'.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
P 0
3
7
5
0
0
0
2
0
0
(Mod 8)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
0
0
2
0
3
7
5
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
P
IS
READ SECTION
Notes:
WRITE SECTION
NOTE: The center tap
is the middle pin
on each track
Change in order:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Figure D. Read Card Test Points
Read head card
Read/write card
T-A1K2
Go to 00-030.
B
D
P 0
0
0
1 0
2 0
3 0
4 0
GND 0
5 0
6 0
7 0
SAGC 1 0
SAGC4 0
Change in order:
1. Write head card
2. Read/write head
3. Go to 00-030.
Measure the read head resistance for the
failing track. See the procedure on
58-001. Is the resistance good?
0
4
6
0
If not:
If not:
± 0.2v
Change T -A 1 K6.
46
52
POp
(+20%- 0%)
lAms
L
Go to Seq 47.
51
IBG
L-:250 Envelop (SAGC Set-Up) [21
Are voltages within tolerance?
50
i- -1
-i
Figure C. Read/Write Head
45
49
Figure A.
Change in order:
1. Read head card
2. T-A1K2
3. Go to 00-030.
Change the read/write head. Do 08-250
and then go to 00-030.
0
0
0
0
0
0
()-4
0
0
0
0
0
[ 1 ] If all tracks are missing, check autocleaner for
proper operation.
[2] For 6250 operations. an external jumper must be
installed between T -A 1 K2P02 and T -A 1 M2D06.
Vary Go Up time to observe a full SAGC set up.
This requires approximately 20 ms at 200 ips. 35
ms at 125 ips. and 55 ms at 75 ips. A SAGC
check is set at 15 steps on a write, 16 steps on a
read.
AMP SENSE
REF. VOLTAGE
[3] Inform the customer of the importance of an
adequate cleaning schedule. Check the autocleaner
for proper operation (see 08-360 and 08-380).
correct air pressure and clear air bearing ports.
SAGC 2
SAGC 8
[ 4 ] Special Voltage: Minus level is 0 Vdc, plus level is
+3.0 Vdc
Located on the rear
of the read card
*Trademark of Simpson Electric Co.
3803-2/3420
58-001
© Copyright International Business Machines CorporatIon 1976, 1979. 1980. 1983
')
o
-
LJ
o o t-J o
-
() t J
-
tJ
a
t"~
"
,~
,J
n
\.,1
"
~,
n
\c~
£~
,",
t~
'-I
!\
'-I
f\
'<...1
o
o c c o o c c c c c c c c c co c c c c c c c c c c c c o o
o
PERMANENT DATA CHECKS
58-002
This MAP covers adjustments and service checks not previously covered.
Most Probable Causes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
13
Media (see 00-011)
Read head card
R/W head (head may be dirty)
Write head card
Capstan motor
T-A1L2, T-A1J2, T-A1K2
Vacuum column door adj.
Transfer valve
Loose pneumatic hoses
Erase head
Worn or dirty cleaner blade
14
Condition / Instruction
Does the error occur on more than one
tape?
Go to Seq 3.
2
Is the failing tape available for analysis?
Go to 00-011 Permanent Read/Write
Error Analysis.
3
Problem may be Media related. Assure
tape unit is clean and do the following
procedures to assure tape unit meets
criteria.
4
Set up the Field Tester for a Write, Fwd,
St/stp, and the density switch set to 64.
Jumper K2P02-M2D06. Move tape
away from load point and then set tester
to Stop.
Do power supply checks on 08-570.
Check with the tape unit loaded and in
write status. Then check entry points D
and E on 58-100 for proper voltage.
6
Are voltages within tolerance?
Go to Seq 8.
7
If not:
Adjust/Repair /Replace
Go to 00-030.
8
Is -Erase Head on (T-A 1G2D 11) minus?
The tester should have been in write
stop mode for at least 5 minutes. Go to
Seq 11.
9
Is +Erase Status (T-A1K2U04) plus?
Go to Seq 12.
10
If not:
Change T-A 1K2 and go to 00-030.
11
Is the erase head warm? Unload the
tape unit, open the vacuum column door,
and feel the erase head.
Go to Seq 16.
12
Is the resistance correct?
15
If not:
16
Pneumatic leaks can cause intermittant
read/write problems. Do procedure on
68-150.
Change the erase head and go to
00-030.
31
Is there noise at entry H on 58-100?
Go to Seq 33.
32
If not:
Change in order:
Change in order:
Unplug the write head cable from the
write card and check the erase head for
an open or a short. Resistance should be
approximately 22 ohms.
Replace erase head. Go to 00-030.
17
Procedure check good?
Go to Seq 19.
18
If not:
Adjust/Repair/Replace
Go to 00-030.
19
A worn or gaussed cleaner blade can
cause read/write errors. Do procedure on
08-390 and examine cleaner blade for a
worn condition.
Action
1
5
Is the erase head open or shorted?
Action
Condition {Instruction
Seq
1.
2.
3.
4.
1. Write head card
2. T-A1G2
3. Go to 00-030.
Always start with Seq 1 and follow the procedure in sequence unless directed otherwise.
Remember to END all problem or maintenance calls by going to MAP 00-030.
Seq
Action
Condition {Instruction
Seq
Read head card
Write head card
Read/write head
Go to 00-030
33
Is there noise at entry J on 58-100?
Change T-A1K6 and go to 00-030.
34
If not:
Change T -A 1J2 and go to 00-030.
35
Set tester to St/stp mode and adjust Go
Up and Go Down so that -Move
(T-A 1K2D07) is minus for at least 20
ms for Model 8, 35 ms for Model 6, or
55 ms for Model 4. Is +SAGC check
(T-A 1K2G08) pulsing? (May be
intermittent)
Go to Seq 41.
36
Refer to Section 12-000 (CE Panel
Operation) and set up CE panel to loop
continuously as follows:
-
20
Does cleaner blade check good?
Go to Seq 22.
21
If not:
Replace or degauss cleaner blade. Go to
00-030.
22
Check the forward to backward ratio on
the head. See 08-240. Is the ratio
within tolerance?
Go to Seq 24.
23
If not:
Replace the read/write head per
08-250. Go to 00-030.
24
Check feedthrough. Do procedure on
08-330. Is feedthrough within tolerance?
Go to Seq 26.
Does -Zero Threshold (entry G) go minus
for the first three records following the
initial SAGC burst?
25
If not:
Replace the read/write head. Go to
00-030.
Note: The records seen following these
are being induced during the rewind
operation.
26
Disconnect the tape interface cable. Put
the ONLINE/OFFLINE switch to ONLINE.
Set the Field Tester to Write, Fwd,
St/stp, and put the density switch to 64.
Scope entry point F on 58-100. Do any
of the tracks have noise in the 18G (see
58-025)?
Go to Seq 28.
27
If not:
Go to Seq 35.
28
Is there noise in the 18G at entry point 8
on 58-100?
Go to Seq 30.
29
If not:
Change T-A 1L2 and go to 00-030.
30
Is -Zero threshold minus for the track
that has noise in the 18G (entry G)?
Change T-A 1K2 and go to 00-030.
CMNDl
CMND2
CMND3
CMND4
01X
01X
01X
07X
Sync positive external on +Initiate SAGC
(T-A1K2P12). Display Entry A, tracks P
through 7 (see 58-100) on Channel A of
scope. Display Entry G, tracks P through
7 on Channel 8 of scope.
37
Go to Seq 39.
38
If not:
Change T-A1K2 and go to 00-030.
39
Check amp sense reference voltage at
entry A for the following modes:
Change read head card. Go to 00-030.
Voltage
0.1
0.2
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.2
V
V
V"
V
V
V"
Level
10%
20%
80%
90%
100%
120%
Mode
Read (l8G)
Write (6250)
PE Low
Set SAGC
PE
PE High
"Set by a Diagnostic Mode Set
command. (See decal on fan assembly in
the 3803.)
Are any of the voltages incorrrect?
3803-2/3420
o Copyright International Business Machines Corporation t976. 1979. 1980
58-002
58-003
PERMANENT DATA CHECKS (Cont'd)
Seq
Condition / Instruction
40
All major adjustments have been
performed. Run all Read/write diagnostic
procedures then return the subsystem to
the customer.
41
Does SAGC set up on all tracks?
You may have false SAGC check.
Note: The SAGC will take fewer steps
Change the Read head card.
to set up using the field tester than using Go to 00-030.
the tape control unit. Write frequency
directly affects the initial amplitude. Refer
to 08-315 for proper SAGC setup.
42
Measure read head resistance for the
failing track. Is the resistance good. See
procedure on 56-001.
Change read head card and go to
00-030.
43
If not:
Change read/write head and go to
00-030.
Action
Go to 00-030.
58-003
• Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979. 19BO
o o
o o o o
o
o
o
1\
'-,
o
o o o o o o o o c o c c co c co c c c c o c c c c c c c c
58-004
ACCEPTABLE WAVEFORMS (READ CARD TEST POINTS)
6250
PE
Model 4 Read Operation [Note] 0.5 msee/div
6400 fci
0.5ps/em
0.5v/em
~
~~
~~~
:;;;..
~
~~
0.5j1s/em
0.5v/em
0.5 v/div
1.0 v/div
Model 6 Read Operation [Note] 0.5 msee/div
3200 fci
0.5ps/em
0.5v/em
0.5ps/em
0.5v/em
0.5 v/div
1.0 v/div
[iiiii_iiii_iiii_iiii_ _ _ _ _ _
Model 8 Read Operation [Note]
0.2 msee/div
1600 fci
r:;~
a
0.5j1s/em
0.5v/em
~
~
~
--
:""
~
~
~
•
"""
~ ~~
.....-
~
~
~,I
....
III
0.2 v/div
~,
"~.
~
1.0ps/em
0.2v/em
~
1.0 v/div
o Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976, 1979, 1980
Note: Read a tape which
was previously written
continuously from the field
tester in 6250 mode.
,...
----------
58-004
o
58-020
READ FORWARD TO BACKWARD RATIO TEST
(MODELS 4, 6, 8)
BACKWARD
2.
Use this test to help determine if a read/write head
needs replacement.
Verify that the tape is tracking correctly before any
head replacement because of the above criteria.
Perform Field Accuracy check on 08-31 5 before
proceeding.
1.
T
Install a jumper from K2P02-M2D06. This forces
6250 mode.
3.
Obtain a customer good quality representative tape
and write it at 6250 bpi on the unit being
checked. Write it from the field tester with the
frequency swtich set at 64.
4.
Read foward to the middle of the tape and
remove jumper K2P02-M2D06 while tape is
moving, then stop tape.
5.
Set the Field tester as follows:
ALT DIR
SLOW
READ
UP/FWD DN/8KWD. potentiometers all the way
to the back of the tester.
(Adjust DN/8KWD. so tape has a forward
creep rather than a backward creep).
6.
Sync and scope the Read card test points to
determine the fwd to bkwd ratio. Display 3 or 4
cycles of read signal and use as much of the
scope display as possible for measurements
(.2v/cm). For ease of recording, scope H2M08
with another probe, this line will go negative
when reading backwards.
FORWARD
Dropout is indicated if signal
Volts/Div 500 mv
falls below 15% of nominal
l
When the stretched section of tape is held in a loop it
distorts. Stretched tape usually occurs near the
beginning of the reel or in the area of high speed to
slow rewind.
V
Normal loop
of tape
I
I
I Stretched area II
I
of tape
TAPE SLIPPING
7.
If there is a read problem, and the amplitude in
one direction is more than double the amplitude in
the opposite direction on anyone track, replace
the read/write head. If read/write head
replacement is required, perform the
removal/replacement procedure on 08-250, do
required adjustments and return to the MAP that
sent you here or 00-030. If replacement is not
required return to the MAP that sent you here or
00-030.
Note: If while making measurements, the tape gets
back to load point, (resetting the 6250 latch) the
jumper K2P02-M2D06 will have to be reinstalled
while at load point and the tape read forward. This
keeps the tape unit in 6250 without forcing a SAGC
set up on every record. Remove the jumper and
continue the test.
To check for tape slipping, scope the failing record
Sync on any forward operation and scope the read
card test points. Tape slip is indicated by a dropoff of
signal amplitude near the end of the record.
Depending on length of the record and the scope
setting, the signal may be difficult to detect. If so
expand and delay sweep on scope to the end of the
record. See examples below.
Note: Problem caused by the tape unit that wrote the
tape.
Volts/Div 500 mv
Time/Div 1 ms
Expanded view of dropout region of read card
envelope.
~
~I' Ji
~
~~
Each time the jumper is removed the SAGC may set
up at a different amplitude, but the ratio will remain
the same.
l'J
rj .:J
,
~r~
rJ
II
rJ
Note: Use
delayed sweep
Ih
If signal between amplitude nulls and ground reference
drops below 50 mv errors can occur.
SIGNAL DROPOUT
T
1
Read card envelope track with signal dropout (see
item 2 above).
Less than 50%
of forward
Degauss the head (08-280) and the cleaner blade
(08-390).
2.
Sync scope on -Go Forward and probe the read
card envelope for each track for signal dropout. If
signal dropout exists on the failing record only,
suspect media.
Note: Signal dropout can be caused by improper
vacuum and air pressure levels, plugged air bearings
and glazed capstan. It is imperative that the MAP on
58-000 be completed before this procedure is
attempted.
TAPE STRETCH
Another type of tape damage is tape stretch. Look for
a narrowing of the tape as shown.
Scope failing record and other records on the failing
tape and compare signal envelopes as follows:
1.
Set up tape control unit to read forward and
backward over the failing record.
Normal width
of tape
58-020
Edge view of tape
• Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979. 19BO
~)
o o o o o o o o o
o
o o o
()
o o
o
o o o
{)
o
o o
00
o o o c c o
o c ceo c cce o e c c c c c c o c c c
0
TAPE SLIPPING (Cont'd)
Tape slip usually occurs during dynamic reversal while
performing an Erase Gap command. Tape slip causes
the tape to be incorrectly positioned. When the write
head becomes active it then erases part of the previous
record. (The record before the error record that the
Erase Gap command was supposed to erase.)
58-025
NOISE OR BITS IN THE INTERBLOCK GAP
To detect interblock gap errors, sync scope on -Go
Forward. Read forward and backward over the failing
record. Display the record in both directions and look
for noise in the gap (see diagrams below).
Developing the tape shows the postamble missing on
the previous record. For details of tape developing
instruction, see 00-011.
~---
Read
Record
Forward
Erased Gap - - - . . . ,
iiiiiiiiiiiiii
Erased Record
Point
c
I
I
Erased Postamble and part of
data on good record
,~
Possible causes of tape slip:
..
•
Read
Record
Backward
Read
Record
Forward
;::a;
Record
I I I ~I I I I I I I I IIIII~I~
.,~IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII t, I I I I''''O"'~''''
+
=
r
a. Gaussed or magnetized Read/Write Head.
~~
I
Read Backward (OC)
Forward Space block (37)
Read Backwards (OC)
Forward Space block (37)
F"., ".,
Data
b. Erase head not working.
t. ____
postamblel
I
I
End Data
BIT PACKING
. . ..
I
c. Dirty air bearings
Look for noise in the
interblock gap. Amplitude.
is very low (tape speed
is slow).
d. Low air pressure
e. High or low vacuum
f. Vacuum column door glass leakage
g. Damaged or dirty capstan surface
~
Record
Sync scope on END DATA and scope one of the data
tracks at the tape drive or control unit. Measure the
length of the postamble in micro-seconds. Then enter
the following commands:
.050 (1.3 mm) after end of
record.
b. Drag in the tape path
~
Record
Load Point
a. Loss of capstan vacuum on Model 8
Jj
Developing the tape with noise in the interblock gap
shows bits written in the area between two records
(sometimes faintly recorded).
.., I n
II I l'
~
~
rj l'
,.
rJ
r,
Bit packing due to varying capstan speed or tape
slipping.
Sync the scope on END DATA while scoping one of
the digital data tracks at the tape drive or control unit.
BIT PACKING SCOPING PROCEDURE
If the preamble is less than the postamble by greater
than 20%, the preamble is "packed" and may cause
drive failures.
Using the 3803 subsystem offline or using Friend
online, mount the failing tape and read out to a failing
record. When a failing record has been found, enter
the following commands:
~
Datil
End [);lIa _ _ _
II
a. Tape slip when written
b. Dented capstan
Read (02)
Backspace Record (27)
Read (02)
Backspace Record (27)
["'"' ' ' ' ]
Possible Causes of Bit Packing:
c. Vacuum and air pressure out of specification
d. Plugged air bearing
r
I
~t
e. Improper operation of digital to analog converter
(DAC)
postambl"l
I
f. Defective capstan control board
g. Binds in capstan motor
Tape Motion
Expanded view of interblock gap.
© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976, 1979
a: ...
4
58-025
58-030
TAPE EDGE DAMAGE
Scope the outside tracks (4 and 5 on 9-track drives) or
(P and 7 on 7-track drives) on the failing record. Look
at the amplitude changes.
Developing the tape will show bits that were recorded
on the tape and the tape was damaged after it was
written. This type of damage is usually caused by
improper tape handling.
Example
The tape reel has uneven wraps and the sides of the
reel are squeezed creasing the tape.
58-030
©
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976, 1979
()
-
lJ
,",
\J
--------_.
o o
00
o o c o o
ceo c o co o c c c c c c c c c c c o c
0 0 00
58-100
ENVELOPE AND READ/WRITE CONTROL CIRCUITS MODELS 4, 6, AND 8
Notes:
(
Ale2
Rewind
AlT3
-12v 111 AlTBI-13
J1B09
SWitch
+NFP-1A
Picked
FT261
1
121
+Ml0
File
-~
logic
I
Protect
--.J
Write
Card
+12v
FT111
J
)
(
Bus Out
Bus OUJ.,G05
AIKS
0." Bus P.0-7
Tstr Bus
0." Tog line
Tstr Tag
FTl0X
T tit Down Mod Line
AU2
0
lG04
Jll
1
2 M04
J12
2
3 S09
G12
3
4 S07
M1J
4
5M08
Pl0
5
S Ml0
P12
S
7 M07
PI J
7
(
A1K6
Ts" Tag
A1K2
A1TJ
~~
0.""", Tag
FTl0X
FT182
G1E09~
(+12vl
H1B09
H1C09
J1B09
IGNO)
(-4v)
(-12V)
MOS + Wnte Status
A1K2
Wnte Status J09
~
I
171
XWOOI
(
G
U04 + Erase Stalus
M07
A1K2
007
FT1JX
(
Z
Read Data
P
B
l
)
(
Jl0
-Bus In
012
All2
F 151)
l
P
0
813
002
0
1
J2
004
1
2
013
DOS
2
3
J04
006
3
4
JOS
007
4
5
G05
009
5
S
Gl0
010
S
7
G12
OIl
7
[5] These lines are degated by the Online/Offline
switch. To scope, unplug I/O signal cable and set
switch to Online.
[6] Read card connector X is the test socket at the
rear of the card. Y connects to T4 and Z
connects to N3 on the logic board. The write
card connector goes to T3 on the logic board.
See ALD XROO 1 and XWOO 1 for cable and
read/write card pins. T3 and T 4 are cable sockets
in the top of the logic board.
[7] Special voltage level: 0.0 Vdc to +3.0 Vdc
Head
+PE Select
FT183
A1J2
..
FT323
FTll1
- Track
[3] Special voltage levels: 0 Vdc to + 12 Vdc.
lamp Off
-011
A1M2
Read
Card
[2] Special voltage levels: -2 Vdc to +7 Vdc.
+12v
+509
A1G2
-GaS
Erase
)
0
I
3: R:
a: ~~
B: tE
B: .._K:
P
G13
U13
~
......
0011
FT13X
DtMce 8us
-
I~ -Wrote
S03
Oat.
J04
Tstr Bus
)
H
F lie Protect Lamp
[4] Entry C goes only to the File Protect line.
J
- Erase Head On
- Write Current On
(
[ 1] A 1TB 1-1 3 is located just to the left of the logic
board.
141
A1M2
File
Protect
)
131
~
Op
C
FT18X
FT18J
)
.~ 009
[6J
M1Ell(+Sv)
A1T4
I
AINJ
802 002
I
002
(-4v)
0081Gnd)
Zero Thshold
SOJ
P07
P
0
1
2
J
4
P04
U02
J06
P1J
B07
M04
X
Y
5
6
7
Write StatuI
-Move Command
A1K2
FT18X
I
)
E
P12
+ Imtllte SAGe
Bl0
+PE Mode
G07
+ 120% Thr... hold
S04
+80 % Threshold
I
y
Z
Z
f XZROOI
I
FT14X
READ CARD
TEST POINTS
0
8
P
BOJ OOJ
0
P
0
0
B04 004
1
0
0
0
805 DOS
2
1
0
0
806 006
J
2
0
0
B07 007
4
J
0
0
B09 009
5
4
0
0
Bl0010
6
GNO
0
0
Bll OIl
7
5
0
0
Read Card
Test POints
•
AMP SENSE
REF VOL TAG
81J
+ SAGe Counter Bit
8
6
0
0
013
+ SAGe
Counter Bit
4
7
0
0
812
+ SAGe
Counter BIt
2
SAGC I
0
0
SAGC 2
012
+ SAGe
Counter elt
I
SAGC 4
0
0
SAGC 8
B08
Amp Sense Ref Voltage
+SAGC Check
G08
LOCATED ON THE
REAR OF THE
READ CARD
A1K2
All2
+SAGC On
Ul1
GOg
FT18X
FT14X
B05
-Interrupt In
3803-2/3420
58-100
58-101
NOTES:
58-101
C> Copyright Intemational Busines. Mach,na. Corporation 1976. 1979. 1980. 1983
[}
o
"'"
lJ
o
o
o
o
c c c c c c c o c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
c o o c o o o c
58-110
AUTOCLEANER
WRITE HEAD, ERASE HEAD, AND WRITE
CARD CIRCUITS
The autocleaner cleans the read/write head and the
tape recording surface by means of a cleaning ribbon
positioned across the tape between the tape and the
read/write head during a Rewind or Rewind Unload
operation.
ERASE HEAD
+Wnte Status
Write Data
The erase head is active during Write, write tape mark
(WTM), Erase, and data security erase (OSE)
operations.
-Write Current On
Wnte
Dnver
Current
Generator
(See Note)
+12v
+PE Select
.)
)
)
Write
Head
)
When a read-to-write status change occurs, it is
necessary to backhitch until the erase head is
positioned in the interblock gap after the last good
record. This is necessary because the write head is not
used for erasure on Models 4, 6,and 8.
g;Wnte
Card
FP
-12v
A
+ 12v
A
+ N FP-1 A Picked
Erase
Dnver
Erase
Head
+ Erase Status
-Erase Head On
Note: The Current Generator sets the appropriate write
driver currents for 1600 bpi and 6250 bpi operations.
58-110
© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979
~
• .£.
•
__ 02
READ CARD REFERENCE GENERATOR
58-120
ZERO THRESHOLD
READ HEAD AND READ CARD CIRCUITS
This line is active during the read data portion of a
Read operation. It bypasses the amplitude sensor gate,
allowing the limiter to pass any signal (noise or data).
,-------------------------------------------------,
SELF-ADJUSTING GAIN CONTROL
I
I
X9 Tracks/ Read Card
I
In 6250 bpi mode, the SAGC compensates for
amplitude variations in the signal read from tape (tape
output, head output, circuit gain). The amplitude of the
read signal into the limiter and amplitude sensor at
either test point should be 2.0 volts peak-to-peak
(referenced to ground) ± 15 %. Online, amplitude is set
automatically at the beginning of each reel of tape
while reading the all-ones data burst (which follows the
10 burst). Offline, amplitude is set at the beginning of
each record when using the field tester with a jumper
installed from T -A 1K2P02 to T -A 1M2D06.
The amplitude-setting sequence is started by a positive
pulse on the Initiate SAGC line, which sets the SAGC
latch and resets a five-bit counter to zero. +SAGC On
is sent to the reference generator and the tape control.
The reference generator sets the amplitude sensor
threshold to 90% (0.9 V) (see TP 211). When the
+Initiate SAGC pulse returns negative, the counter
starts stepping. Each time the counter advances, the
amplifier gain for each track is increased 20%. When
the signal into any amplitude sensor is above the 90%
threshold reference, the gain setting is maintained for'
that track. When all tracks have set up, the counter is
stopped and the highest count appears at TP 3
If,
during a Read operation, the counter reaches 16 (15 for
a Write operation) and any track(s) remain(s) below
threshold +SAGC Check is activated.
EJ.
I
I
I
I
I
I
-Zero Threshold
Amplifier
~
Filter
and
Differentlator
(
Read
Head
~
(
I
I
--1.....
--
-T
It.
-4V
(See Note)
L__ - ----
~ ~ ~
~----------------------
J'l....
1 usec
+SAGC Check
0
--
('\ -80% Thresh
-Write Status
-Move Command
+PE Mode (-6250)
-120% Thresh
('\ +PE Mode
+Initiate SAGC
SAGC
Logic
~-----------
1.2V
1.0V
0.9V
0.8V
0.2V
0.1V
fJ
TP3
SAGC Counter Bits
(MST -1 Levels)
I
I
I
I
I
(-6250)
o nsec -
TP1
2V p-p ref. to ground
Data
+PE Mode
~
50
0
9
Limiter
and
Amplitude
Sensor
I
I
I
I
- 120%
-100%
- 90% - 80% - 20% - 10% -
- - _~
- PE Hi Limit'
- PE
Set SAGC
PE Low Limit'
Write
Read (in IBG)
Reference
Generator
-0
TP2D
Amplitude Sensor
Reference Voltage
-Write Status
+SAGC On
~
0
9 Lines
SAGC Check causes an interrupt signal to be sent to
the tape control. During a Write operation, the SAGe
check is made at count 15 to provide additional gain
for reading tapes with deteriorated signal output.
'Diagnostic Controlled
Note: Potentiometers are used to set amplitude in
1600 bpi mode. SAGC sets Read signal amplitude
automatically in 6250 bpi mode. A 6250 bpi single
density tape unit retains the track 1 potentiometer to
adjust the gain for reading the 10 burst.
© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979
t)
58-120
c o o c c o o o o c o c c c co c c c c o c o c c c c c c c c c o o
58-130
DATA EXCHANGE ON DEVICE INTERFACE DURING A WRITE OPERATION
To perform a Write operation, the mounted tape reel
must contain a Write Enable ring. The initial tape unit
status indicates whether or not this ring is present.
A write command attempts to set Write Status and
resets the Backward latch in the tape unit. However,
the tape unit does not return the Write Status
indication unless a Write Enable ring is installed on the
tape reel.
II
During initial selection, the tape control requests
sense bytes 0 and 1 from the tape unit to
determine what status to include in the initial status
byte that is sent to the channel.
G The tape control deactivates all tags to the tape
e
e
•
II
EI
II
II
©
unit and activates tape unit bus out (TUBO) bit 7
to request sense byte O.
The tape unit transmits sense byte 0 to the tape
control.
The tape control deactivates bit 7 and activates
bit 6 to request sense byte 1.
Tape Unit
The tape control resets the tape unit error latches
by activating the Command tag. and TU BO bit 6.
The tape control transmits the Write command to
the tape unit by activating the Command tag and
TUBO bit 4.
The tape unit transmits the command status byte
to the tape control on tape unit bus in (TUBI). The
tape control compares the status byte with the
command and activates Command Status Reject if
they do not compare.
The tape control activates Move to the tape unit.
The tape control monitors Tachometer In/Busy In
to ensure that the capstan started. If the
tachometer did not start, the Tach Failure error is
activated.
.G
Request Byte 0
e
•
Sense Byte 0
Sense Byte 1
Reset Tape Unit
II
IJ
II
Status
Move
II
Tach Pulses
Gap Control
Data Bus
B
IJ
Write Command
a
II
e
Request Byte 1
The tape unit transmits sense byte 1 to the tape
control.
Copyright Intarnational Businass Machines Corporation 1976, 1979
.-
DEVICE INTERFACE
Tape Control
.
m
•
II
The tape unit transmits the tachometer pulses to
the tape control if the operation is proceeding
normally.
The tape control waits for gap control (lBG 68 for
6250 bpi or IBG 64 for 1600 bpi operations) from
the tape unit. The tape control holds Command tag
active until a Gap Control indication is received.
The tape control then measures tape speed by
measuring the time between tachometer pulses.
iii
When tape speed is satisfactory, the tape control
places data to be written on TUBO.
II
When all data has been written, the tape unit uses
Extended Go to hold its own Go active until a
specified interblock gap (lBG) count is reached.
See Page 6B-205 for IBG counter operation. The
tape control does not deactivate Move until the last
byte has been read back.
The tape control again requests sense bytes 0 and
1 from the tape unit to determine what the status
to include in the ending status byte sent to the
channel. The bytes are requested and transferred
in the same manner described in step 1.
Move
X
Request Byte 0
Sense Byte 0
Request Byte 1
Sense Byte 1
}~
58-130
58-140
READ OPERATION
READ FORWARD OPERATION
..
II
DEVICE INTERFACE
A read forward command resets the tape unit's
Write Status latch and Backward latch.
Read Command
When the Write Status latch is reset, the tape unit
signals the tape control that it is in read status.
fJ
II
The tape control activates the Move tag which sets
Go Internal in the tape unit and starts tape motion.
II
II
The Tach Failure Error latch is set in the tape
control if no tach pulses are received.
•
The tape unit places data read from tape on tape
unit bus in (TUBI).
II
IJ
Tape Unit
Tape Control
Read Status
Move
Set Error
TUBI191
READ BACKWARD OPERATION
D
Read backward is similar to read forward except that
tape moves backward. The Backward latch is set when
the Read Backward command is issued to the tape unit.
II II
The tape drive positions the tape properly in
preparation for the next operation.
II
A forward movement is required prior to a Backward
start if more than 12 milliseconds have elapsed since
the last operation.
Request Sense Byte 0
Sense Byte 0
After all data bytes have been read, the tape
control deactivates the Move tag. The tape unit
interblock gap (lBG) counter holds Extended Go
active to control the position of the read head in
the IBG when tape motion is stopped. See 6B-205
for IBG counter operation.
Request Sense Byte 1
}D
Sense Byte 1
The tape control requests sense bytes 0 and 1
from the tape unit. This information is included in
the ending status byte sent to the channel.
3803-2/3420
©
.)
()
58-140
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976, 1979
o
()
o o o o o o n o
.,. j,..
!)
{)
o
() ()
o
()
o c o
c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c o o
CAPSTAN MOTION FAILURE SYMPTOMS
From 00-040, 2B-xxx, 3B-xxx, 4B-xxx, 5B-xxx
68-000
Seq
ERROR DESCRIPTION:
9
The Capstan control system may fail with the following symptoms:
Refer to 6B-200 through 6B-230 for description of capstan drive circuits.
Check digital to Analog Converter (DAC)
outputs (see Figure 1). Do the tape unit
setup (see Figure 2). Do any DAC
outputs fail to pulse?
Action
Figure 1. Digital to Analog Converter Outputs.
Change card T -A 1E2 and T -A 1K2 and
go to Seq 10.
Capstan
Motor
Control
1. Capstan runs all the time.
2. Tape does not load.
3. Fails after normal load.
10
Most Probable Causes:
··
··
··
Condition / Instruction
Dirty/glazed capstan
Low air bearing pressure
Loose/misadjusted stubby bars
Tape sticking
Dirty R/W head
Capstan motor assembly
Does the tape unit now thread, load, and
rewind to BOT properly?
Go to 00-030.
11
If not:
Go to 6B-l00. See note on this page.
12
Did the tape unit pass all motion tests?
1. Run OL T tape unit tests 3420 T
DAC
005
2
Il.JL
through Z.
2. Change A lL2.
3. Go to 00-030.
Drivers
B12
4
IUL
011
8
ILJL
Perform capstan tachometer checks and
adjustments. See 08-120. Do not
adjust if within specs.
B05
16
ILJL
B04
32' IUL
Were you unable to adjust tachometer to
meet specifications?
B02 Sign(64)1LfL_
13
If tape motion also appears correct, you can reach this page from the Tape Control MAP.
Otherwise, you will come here from 00-040 or from MAPS 2B-xxx thru 5B-xxx. See
note.
13
If intermittent tape dump is being experienced in either column, an open capstan armature
may be indicated. To check the capstan armature, unplug the capstan motor cable from
the capstan board and with a CE ohmmeter measure the two leads going to the capstan
motor. Watch for a deflection while turning the capstan by hand very slowly. Any
deflection of the meter indicates an open armature.
DANGER:
First turn power off and allow light
source to cool.
1. Clean light source with water.
2. Change light source.
3. Change tachometer and go to
Seq 14.
Always start with Seq 1 and follow the procedure in sequence unless directed otherwise.
Remember to END all problems or maintenance calls by going to MAP 00-030.
14
Does the tape unit now pass all motion
tests?
Go to 00-030.
Seq
15
If not:
Go to 6B-ll0.
16
Are dc power supply voltages out of
spec? See 08-000.
Adjust voltages, change fuses, or repair
power supply as required. See power
supply MAP 18-000.
17
Is the capstan now stopped when power
is turned on?
Go to 00-030.
18
Is DAC voltage at the capstan motor
control board TP less than 300 mv?
Change capstan motor control board and
go to Seq 20.
19
Are all DAC driver bits on logic panel the
same polarity (all +0.7V or all -0.7V)?
See chart.
Change capstan motor control board.
20
Is the capstan now stopped when power
is turned on?
Go to 00-030.
21
If not:
Go to 68-140.
Condition / Instruction
Action
1
With the tape unit unloaded, turn power
On. Field tester should not be attached
to tape unit.
2
Does the capstan run as soon as power
is turned on?
3
Mount a CE work tape, press RESET and
LOAD REWIND.
4
Does the tape unit thread, load, and
rewind to BOT properly?
Go to 6B-020 and perform the motion
tests described. Record all failing
symptoms and deviations. Return to Seq
12.
5
Are dc power supply voltages out of
spec? See 08-000.
Adjust voltages, change fuses, or repair
power supply as required. See power
supply MAP 1B-OOO Seq 11 (Seq 46
for modified supply) and return to Seq 6.
6
Does the tape unit now thread, load, and
rewind to BOT properly?
Go to 00-030.
7
Perform capstan tachometer checks and
adjustments. See OB-120. Do not
adjust if within specs.
8
Were you unable to adjust tachometer to
meet specs?
Go to Seq 16.
OAC
Board
Bits
Note: If you have another tape unit available, interchange the E2, F2, G2, G6, H2, and K2
cards. If this fixes the problem, continue interchanging to isolate the failing FRU. If not,
interchange the capstan motor control boards. (Replacement board must be from the same
model tape unit).
A1 E2
002
1
n..r1_
~
Motor
0
TP Signal (S)
0
TP Ground (G)
FT345
*32 bit is not used on Mods 4 and 6
Figure 2. Tape Unit Set-up.
Uses two short strips of tape for this operation.
Caution: Do not let tape touch the capstan under any circumstances, or the capstan
may be severely damaged.
1. Turn off tape unit power.
2. Tape a striP of magnetic tape in each column forming a loop in the middle of the
column. Route the tape strip in the right column between the tape cleaner block and the
erase head to keep light from hitting the BOT! EaT photocells. Route the tape strip in
the left column under; the upper stubby bar to keep it away from the capstan. Cover
the reels loaded port.
3. Turn on tape unit power and press LOAD REWIND. Press RESET twice, then press
START.
4. Press RESET, LOAD REWIND, and START again
DANGER:
First turn power off and allow light
bulb to cool.
1. Clean light bulb with water.
2. Change light bulb.
3. Change tachometer and go to Seq 9.
3803-2/3420
C
68-000
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976, 1979, 1980
-
p.
68-010
MODEL 4-DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER WAVEFORMS
The waveforms shown are representative only.
75
IpS
Forward Stop
Forward Start
volts
volts
E::::I
Iiii
8
7
0
1
6
·2
5
·3
4
·4
3
5
r. ~~
~
6
1
·7
o
·8
.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0 ms
... I'
11,1
'E !!I
!!I
..e
aa=
II
E!!I
Iii !!I
II
II
...
E!!I
E!!I
E!!I
E!!I
0
Backward Start
E!!I
~
2
o
Ii! !!I
.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
ms
Backward Stop
volts
VUIIS
E
o
II! !!I
8
·1
7
·2
6
·3
5
4
4
5
3
·6
2
7
1
·8
0
o
.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0 ms
Start waveform only
Go down time
less than 12 ms
~
Ln
II1II
...
nm
l1li II1II l1li II1II
nm
Ii! !!I
E::::II
0
Backward Start with Forward Hitch
E
E
.J!!
E
'E ::::II
5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0 ms
Note: Check timing for ± 10% deviation. Check voltage
for ± 5 % deviation.
volts
10
5
o
5
·10
o
.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0 ms
Go down time
greater than 12 ms.
68-010
:)
~)
~.
fl
n
"
{l
4'J,
~
~,
i
i
"
·r)
()
() {l
()
fl
{)
l"
"'t.
1
');
',"
t
~
1,
I" \,
'\i: j
t}
'\
eo o o o o c c c c c c co o c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c o c
o
68-011
MODEL 6-DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER WAVEFORMS
125
IpS
Forward Start
Forward Stop
volts
volts
-=
1:::::1
1:::::1
1:::11
I::
8
II::
0
-1
L:
-2
7
I:: ;;I
6
5
4
II 1111
HI
3
2
-l-
1
I
II II1II11
I:i::::l
-4
II
iJ
-5
I::
II::
o
....,
-6
~ :..J
r""""'"
1:::11
r='1
~I.,;;
:=.:...I
..-::::!J
;;.II
.4
.8
m
II
l1'l'i
1::::::1
Iii
-=:::11
Iii
Iii
-7
-8
I:: ::::I
I! !I
-=:::11
Iii
o
L=
liil
I:i:::ll
-3
iI
nl
Iii
Iii
liil
1.6 ms
1.2
0
.4
Backward Start
Backward Stop
volts
volts
.8
1.2
1.6 ms
Ii
o
8
·1
·2
·3
6
·4
4
·5
·6
3
I
Ii
7
r
....
5
~
I- ---,
II
II
.....
I
-=
Iii
Iii
Iii
Iii
Iii
nil!
1::::::1
2
·7
·8
m
IIIIIIr::: :::::I
0
:::
;1
liil
o
.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0 ms
Start waveform only.
Go down time
less than 12 ms.
0
.4
.8
1.2
1.6 ms
Backward Start with Forward Hitch
Note: Check timings for ± 10% deviation. Check
Voltages for ±5% deviation.
volts
10
5
o
·5
·10
o
.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0 ms
Go down time
greater than 12 ms.
©
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979
68-011
MODEL 8-DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER WAVEFORMS
,
68-012
200 ips
Forward Start
Forward Stop
volts
volts
liil
Iii
II! 5
8
1:::::1
0
1
Iii
7
...
Iii
6
I'I1'I'I
4
3
2
1
II
=== =.
o
'E! iI
..
5
:'1
in
I!i
Iii
Iii
II'!!!:I
ii
Iii
-2
m
1111
n
n
1::1
ii
1:::::1
-3
mn
I'I'1"I'I .r.;,.1
-4
~~
5
11111 II1II
I.IaII: ::::I
Iii
Iii
Iii
1::1
-6
...-.
7
8
11::1
Ei
11::1
.4
o
Backward Start
_8
1.6 ms
1.2
0
.4
.8
1.2
1.6 ms
.8
1.2
1.6 ms
Backward Stop
volts
o
8
-1
7
6
-2
-3
5
-4
4
-5
3
-6
2
-7
1
-8
0
o
_5
1_0
1.5
2_0
2.5
3.0 ms
Start waveform only.
Go down time
less than 12 ms
.4
0
Bakward Start with Forward Hitch
Note: Check timings for ± 10% deviation. Check
voltages for ± 5 % deviation.
volts
11::1
Ii
1:::::1
ii
4
Ii
2
1::1
Ei
1:::::11
.,.. ,'"\''''
r--r, r',-r"
II: ~ ........ ......... ...... ......
o
-2
I:
I:
-4
I
Ii!
o
©
,.
.}
F"\
\
.I
I"'''!-r
II1II 11&1
.5
10
1.5
2.0
2.5
30 ms
Go down time
greater than 12 ms
68-012
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979
n\ j
rl C)
() ()
n
£"\
~-
j
r,\
\j
(l
~)
.fl
~.
i
~)
\.
~~
~;.
.;
F~
";;.J
U
a a
Ii
.
\;
.)
if"
fl
"
;/\,.
,
-\.. ..
if
'\
\
;
!)
1"\
~. ~I
l
~;
.[
f
l
." J
:)
:>
.~
~
\
#
t }
I
,
)
o
o
o o o
()
c c co c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
o c
CAPSTAN MOTION CHECKS (CAPSTAN MOTION APPEARS NORMAL)
The following procedure verifies normal capstan motion.
Checks 1 through 5 can be made by using a field tester
and a work tape:
Gap Control timings
2.
Tach Period timings
3.
DAC (digital-to-analog converter) start voltages.
waveforms. and timings
4.
DAC stop voltages and timings
5.
Extended Go timings
Run
+Extended
Go
DAC
Output
+Gap
Control
1 msec/cm
ii!
I
::
,.
Stop
FWD
I_.II!
-~
BKW
II
l1li
:=·-~U.-·,
I
II
BKW
W/FWD
Hitch
200 ips
0.6 ms
0.7 ms
2.7 ms
125 ips
0.8ms
0.9 ms
2.9 ms
75 ips
1.1 ms
1.2 ms
3.0 ms
I
.--""11
++++
:.;:,:,:.,t
P.!I
'
11++11 mil
2.
i_
U::la'-1, 11:1
II
Set 6250 bpi mode by adding a jumper between
T -A 1 K2P02 and T -A 1 M2D06. Sync scope negative
on -Move Command 8 (F2P12) and display +Gap
Control (K6J06). Make tape unit READY and put
field tester in St/Stp mode.
The timings to Gap Control (from start of Move
Command 8 to start of Gap Control) for a Start
operation are:
I I
Ii
4.
Mount a CE work tape.
1.
1.
- Move
SET UP
68-020
e!!I
Sync scope minus internal and check the tach
period timings by displaying - Phase A
(T-A1H2G09) and -Phase 8 Gated (T-A1H2D13)
with the field tester in both Forward and 8ackward
modes (not St/Stp mode).
The nominal tach period timings with the tester in
Forward and 8ackward modes are:
Stoplock Staircase
(can be random)
200 ips47 usec
125 ips75 usec
75 ips 126 usec
Note: Waveform is for Model 6. The time after gap control will vary
depending on tester setup and tape unit model.
Tach period variations. while running in forward or
backward mode (not St/Stp model. should not
exceed ±4% of nominal.
3.
Set field tester to St/Stp mode. sync scope
negative on - Move Command 8 (T -A 1 F2P12) and
display DAC output (at capstan power board test
point). Check DAC start voltages. waveforms, and
timings against those shown on page 68-010, Mod
4; 68-011, Mod 6; and 68-012, Mod 8.
With field tester still in St/Stp mode, sync scope
negative on + Exten and display the DAC output.
(See Figure 2 for tape unit setup in preparation for
measuring the DAC Qutputs as shown in Figure 1.)
Check the DAC stop voltages and timings for
minimum, maximum, and nominal values during
capstan stops. Constant minimum or maximum
values indicate a fault condition. See page 68-010,
Mod 4; 68-011, Mod 6; and 68-012, Mod 8.
Display the DAC output and check for excessive
stoplock staircase, noting the number of steps, as
well as the polarity. There should be 2 to 3 steps
maximum. (There can be no steps, and polarity can
vary.)
5.
With field tester still in St/Stp mode, sync scope
positive on -Move Command 8 (T-A1F2P12) and
display +Extended Go (T -A 1 F2J 11). 6250 bpi
mode timings for Extended Go (from end of Move
to end of Extended Go) are as follows:
Figure 1. Digital to Analog Converter Outputs
Capstan
Motor
Control
Board
DAC
Bits
A1E2
DAC
Drivers
BMotor
002
1
~
005
2
~
B12
4
~
011
8
ru-L
B05
16 rLJL
B04
32* rLJL
B02 Sign(64)1LJL
0
TP Signal (S)
0
TP Ground (G)
FT345
*32 bit is not used on Mods 4 and 6
75 ips
200 ips
126 ips
Fwd Write
.57 ms
.91 ms
1.52 ms
Fwd Read
.49 ms
.78 ms
1.30 ms
Bkwd Read
.18 ms
.3 ms
.49 ms
(all tolerances ±4%)
To check Extended Go timings in PE mode, remove
the jumper from T -A 1 K2P02 to T -A 1 M2D06 and
rewind tape to 80T to reset 6250 bpi mode. Leave
jumper off for remainder of tests. PE mode timings
for Extended Go are as follows:
Figure 2. Tape Unit Set-Up
Use two short strips of tape for this operation.
Caution: Do not let tape touch the capstan under any
circumstances, or the capstan may be severly damaged.
1. Turn off tape unit power.
200 ips
125 ips
75 ips
1.06 ms
1.69 ms
2.82 ms
Fwd Read
1.43 ms
2.29 ms
3.82 ms
Bkwd Read
1.06 mll
1.69 ms
2.82 ms
Fwd Write
(all tolerances ±4 % .
Return to Seq 12, Page 68-000.
2. Tape a strip of magnetic tape in each column forming a loop in
the middle of the column. Route the tape strip in the right
column between the tape cleaner block and the erase head to
keep light from hitting the BOT IEOT photocells. Route the tape
strip in the left column under the upper stubby bar to keep it
away from the capstan. Cover the reels loaded port.
3. Turn on tape unit power and press LOAD REWIND, press
RESET twice, then START. For write operation press file
protect pin.
4. Press RESET, LOAD REWIND, and START again.
68-020
@ Copyright International BUlin... Machin•• Corporation 1976. 1979, 1983
gz
_____ ;;c
68-100
TAPE UNIT WON'T THREAD, LOAD, AND RETURN TO BOT PROPERLY
Condition/Instruction
Seq
From 68-000
Action
Seq
Action
Condition/Instruction
16
Is +Stoplock (T -A 1G2P04) plus?
Remove jumper from T -A 1 F2P07, change
T -A 1G2 card, and go to 00-030.
40
Is + Normal Run Pulse (T -A 1 H2J09)
minus?
Go to Seq 43.
17
Is - PDC Input (T -A 1G2J02) minus?
Remove jumper from T -A 1 F2P07. change
T -A 1 G2 card, and go to 00-030.
41
Is + Reset TPC (T -A 1G2U 13) failing to
pulse?
Change T -A 1G2 card and go to 00-030.
Caution: Do not let tape touch the capstan under any circumstances, or the capstan
may be severely damaged.
18
Is Gate PHD (T-A1G2Dl0) minus?
Remove jumper from T-A1F2P07, change
T-A1G2 card, and go to 00-030.
42
If not:
Change T -A 1 H 2 card. If not fixed, go to
Seq 45.
1.
2.
19
Is -Go Internal (T-A 1 F2U05) plus?
Remove Jumper from T-A1F2P07, change
T -A 1 F2 card, and go to 00-030.
43
Is -Normal Run Pulse (T-A1H2P12) plus?
Go to Seq 45.
20
If not:
Remove jumper from T-Al F2P07, change
T-A 1 E2 card, and go to 00-030.
44
If not:
Change T -A 1 H2 card and go to 00-030.
45
Is +Reset TPC (T-A1G2U13) failing to
pulse?
Change T -A 1G2 card and go to 00-030.
46
Is -PDC 16 Bit (T-A1E2S10) minus?
Change T -A 1 E2 card and go to 00-030.
47
Is -PDC 1 Bit (T-A1E2S09) minus?
Change T -A 1 E2 card and go to 00-030.
48
Is -Set Nominal Stop Current
(T -A 1G2G02) minus?
Change T -A 1G2 card and go to 00-030.
49
Is +Gate Nominal Stop Delay
(T-A1G2813) plus?
Change T -A 1 G2 card and go to 00-030.
50
Is +Block PDC Counting (T -A 1 E2D12)
minus?
Change T-A1E2 card. If not fixed, go to
Seq 51.
51
Is +Stoplock Not Hitch Active
(T-A1H2B13) minus?
Change T -A 1G6 card and go to 00-030.
52
Reserved
53
Is - T3 (T -A 1 H2S 10) failing to pulse?
Change T -A 1 H2 card and go to 00-030.
54
Is +T5 (T-A1H2U13) failing to pulse?
Change T -A 1 H2 card and go to 00-030.
55
Is +2 KHz osc. (T -A 1 H2D04) pulsing?
Go to Seq 57.
56
If not:
Change T -A 1 H2 card and go to 00-030.
You should have entered this page from 6B-000, Seq 11. You have checked power supply
voltages and completed the tachometer and direction-sense checks. Since the tape unit will
not perform a normal load, use the following procedure to set up a tape loop logic check.
Use two short strips of tape for this operation.
Turn off tape unit power.
Tape a strip of magnetic tape in each column forming a loop in the middle of the
column. Route the tape strip in the right column between the tape cleaner block and
the erase head to keep light from hitting the BOT / EOT photocells. Route the tape
strip in the left column under the upper stubby bar to keep it away from the capstan.
Cover the reels loaded port.
Turn on tape unit power and press LOAD REWIND. PRESS RESET twice, then press
START.
Press RESET, LOAD REWIND, and START again.
3.
4.
Always start with Seq 1 and follow the procedure in sequence unless directed otherwise.
Remember to END all problems or maintenance calls by going to MAP 00-030.
Condition/Instruction
Seq
Action
1
Scope T -A 1 H2G09. Pulses indicate
capstan motion. Is the capstan turning?
Go to Seq 21
2
Is the DAC voltage at the capstan motor
control board test point more than 300
mv?
Change the board and go to 00-030.
Do the DAC Driver bits on logic panel
have different polarities?
(All should be either +0.7v or -0.7v). See
Figures 1 and 2 on 6B-000.
Change capstan motor control board and
go to 00-030.
Is + Extended Go (T -A 1 F2J 11) minus?
Change T -A 1 F2 card and go to 00-030.
3
4
5
Is -Extended Go (T-A1F2D02) plus?
Change T -A 1 F2 card and go to 00-030.
6
Is -Go Internal (T-A1F2U05) plus?
Change T -A 1F2 card and go to 00-030.
7
Jumper T-A1F2P07 to ground. (This
forces Start Current.)
8
Is -Start Current (T-A 1 F2J05) plus?
Remove jumper from T-A 1 F2P07. change
T-A 1 F2 card. and go to 00-030.
9
Is T-A1H2G09 pulsing?
Go to Seq 38.
10
Is -T3 (T-A1H2S10) failing to pulse?
Remove jumper from T-A 1 F2P07, change
T-A1H2 card. and go to 00-030.
11
Is +Set PHD Reg (T-A1G2G03) pulSing?
Go to Seq 14.
12
Is -T4 (T-A1H2S12) pulsing?
Remove jumper from T-Al F2P07, change
T -A 1G2 card. and go to 00-030.
13
If not:
Remove jumper from T -A 1 F2P07, change
T -A 1 H2 card. and go to 00-030.
14
Is +1/4 Tach Stop Sync (T-A1G2M04)
pjus?
Remove jumper from T-A 1 F2P07. change
T -A 1G2 card, and go to 00-030.
15
js -Gate
poe (1-A1G2MOb) plus?
Set oscilloscope to 1 ms/ cm and scope
-Backward Capstan Motion
(T-A1H2M12).
21
22
Is line in Seq 21 pulsing?
Go to Seq 80.
23
Is line in Seq 21 plus?
Go to Seq 71.
24
Scope - Phase A (T -A 1 H 2G09).
Period should be:
Model 8 - 47 usec
Model 6 - 56 usec
Model 4 - 61 usec
(All timings are + 4 %.)
25
Is the backward tach period normal?
(Within +4% of nominal)
Go to Seq 51.
26
Is the backward tach period short? (More
than 4% away from nominal.)
Go to Seq 32.
27
Is -Go Backward (T-A1F2P13) plus?
Change T -A 1 F2 card and go to 00-030.
28
Is -16 Cnt Pulse (T -A 1 H2P05) failing to
pulse?
Change T -A 1G2 card and go to 00-030.
If not:
Press RESET and go to Seq 30.
57
Is +Set Error Hitch (T-A1H2M09) minus?
Go to Seq 59.
If not:
Change T -A 1 H2 card and go to 00-030.
Is -1 Bit DAC (T-A1E2D02) failing to
pulse?
Change T -A 1 E2 card and go to 00-030.
29
Remove jumper from T-A 1 F2P07. change
T-A1G2 card. and go to 00-030.
30
Does -16 Cnt Pulse (T-A1H2P05) stop?
Go to Seq 69.
58
31
If not:
Press LOAD REWIND. START and go to
Seq 80.
59
32
Is -Start Current (T-A 1 F2J05) plus?
Go to Seq 35.
60
Is +IBG 68 Count (T-A1F2D02) plus?
Change T -A 1 F2 card and go to 00-030.
33
Is +Gated Opp Direction (T-A1F2P07)
minus?
Change T-A1F2 card and go to 00-030.
61
Is - PDC 16 Bit (T -A 1 E2S 10) failing to
pulse?
Change T -A 1 E2 card and go to 00-030.
34
Is -Extended Go (T -A 1 F2S02) plus?
Change T -A 1 F2 card and go to 00-030.
62
Change T -A 1 E2 card and go to 00-030.
35
Is -Opp Direction (T -A 1 F2B02) pulsing?
Change T -A 1F2 card and go to 00-030.
Is -PDC 8 Bit (T-A1E2U13) failing to
pulse?
36
Is -Sampled TPC Equal (T-A1G6B13)
failing to pulse?
Change T -A 1G6 card.
If not fixed, change T -A 1G2 card and go
to Seq 37.
63
Is -2 Bit DAC (T-A 1 E2D05) failing to
pulse?
Change T -A 1 E2 card and go to 00-030.
64
Is -PDC 4 Bit (T -A 1 E2U 10) failing to
pulse?
Change T -A 1 E2 card and go to 00-030.
37
Is + Backward Status (T -A 1 F2S04) plus?
Change T -A 1 H2 carq
Seq 40.
38
Is +AT5 (T-A1H2D02) pulSing?
Go to Seq 40.
39
If not:
Change T-A1H2 card. If not fixed, go to
Seq 40.
If not fixed. go to
3803-2/3420
68-100
© CopYright International Business Machinas Corporation 1976. 1979, 1983
)
,t)
~'\
,
,.,
1''\
j
'\
1',,\
(
.it
4..
,
i
)
f' '\
~J
''\
1. j
~.'\
~-
i
,r)
£1
~
j
r,,
i
'"
~
l
;
I
\.
\
J
I
l
j
.::
"
, I
~
}
l<
~ .P
or
-~
\
J
..)
.::
'"
~
Ci. P
l
1
t
~
)
:J
~
l
....;
:lI.
,J
-1"
~
1
;
..
~
s
'<.
" l-;
l
"
"
.)
f
"
l;
~'
~
j
~
"
}
!
l
'""
l
F
t
c o o o o
o c
c c o c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
68-101
TAPE UNIT WON'T THREAD, LOAD, AND RETURN TO BOT PROPERLY
(Cont'd)
Seq
Action
Condition/Instruction
Is +Go Internal (T-A1F2S07) minus?
Change T -A 1F2 card and go to 00-030.
66
Is -I BG 28 Count (T -A 1 F2 P02) minus?
Change T -A 1 F2 card and go to 00-030.
67
Is +Set Fwd Hitch Reg (T -A 1G6J 13)
minus?
Change T -A 1G2 card and go to 00-030.
68
If not:
Change T -A 1G6 card and go to 00-030.
69
Is + T5 (T -A 1 H2U 13) pulsing?
Change T -A 1G2 card and go to 00-030.
70
If not:
Change T -A 1H2 card and go to 00-030.
65
71
Scope the following points:
-TO
+T1
-T2
-T3
-T4
+T5
T pulses are 167 ns for Models 4 and 6,
83 ns for Model 8.
T-A1H2S07
T-A1H2U05
T-A1H2S09
T-A1H2S10
T-A1H2S12
T-A1H2U13
72
Are any pulses bad?
Change T-A 1 H2 card and go to 00-030.
73
Is Transition T1 -T4 (T -A 1 H2J04) failing to
pulse?
Change T -A 1 H2 card and go to 00-030.
74
Is -Forward Orive (T-A 1 F2J02) minus?
Change T -A 1 F2 card and go to 00-030.
75
Is +1/4 Tach Stop Sync (T-A1G2M04)
plus?
Change T-A1G2 card and go to 00-030.
76
Is -Set POC (T-A1G2J05) plus?
Change T -A 1G2 card and go to 00-030.
77
Is -POC Input (T-A1G2J02) minus?
Change T -A 1G2 card and go to 00-030.
78
Is -POC Sign Bit (T-A1E2U12) plus?
Change T -A 1 E2 card and go to 00-030.
79
If not:
Change T -A 1 H2 card and go to 00-030.
80
Scope the following points:
T pulses are 167 ns for Models 4 and 6;
83 ns for Model 8.
-TO
+T1
-T2
-T3
-T4
+T5
Condition/ Instruction
Seq
Action
Is +Sampled TPC Equal Gated
(T-A1G2012) plus 7
Change T -A 1G2 card and go to 00-030.
89
Is -Stop (T-A1G2J10) minus 7
Change T -A 1G2 card and go to 00-030.
90
Is -Sampled TPC Equal (T-A1G6B13)
failing to pulse?
Change T -A 1G6 card and go to 00-030.
91
Is -POC Input (T-A1G2J02) failing to
pulse?
Change T -A 1G2 card and go to 00-030.
92
Is +Incr POC (T-A1G2G13) plus?
Change T -A 1G2 card and go to 00-030.
93
Is -Set POC (T -A 1G2J05) failing to
pulse?
Change T -A 1G2 card and to to 00-030.
94
If not:
Change T -A 1 E2 card and go to 00-030.
88
T-A1H2S07
T-A1H2U05
T-A1H2S09
T-A1H2S10
T-A1H2S12
T-A1H2U13
81
Are any pulses bad?
Change T -A 1H2 card and go to 00-030.
82
Is +AT5 (T-A1H2002) failing to pulse?
Change T -A 1 H2 card and go to 00-030.
83
Is -Transition T1-T4 (T-A1H2J04) failing
to pulse?
Change T-A1H2 card and go to 00-030.
84
Is +Set Stop lock 2 (T-A1H2M06) plus?
Change T -A 1 H2 card and go to 00-030.
85
Is +Extended Go (T-A1F2J11) minus?
Change T -A 1 F2 card and go to 00-030.
86
Is +Stoplock (T-A1G2P04) plus?
Change T -A 1G2 and go to 00-030.
87
Is +Reset TPC (T-A1G2U13) failing to
pulse?
Change T -A 1G2 card.
If not fixed, change T -A 1G6 card and go
to Seq 88.
3803-2/3420
68-101
© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979
S%EZL
TAPE UNIT LOADS BUT CAPSTAN MOTION IS FAULTY
Seq
From 68-000
You reached this page from 6B-000. The tape unit can perform a normal thread-load
sequence. There is a capstan motion check. a tachometer check. and a direction-sense
check. The first sequences on this page ask questions about the motion tests. then direct
you to the proper entry sequence. depending upon the symptom(s) observed.
Field Set Up: Tester plugged in. and in St/Stp mode; and tape unit READY.
Always start with Seq 1 and follow the procedure in sequence unless directed otherwise.
Remember to END all problems or maintenance calls by going to MAP 00-030.
Seq
~.:
()
68-110
Condition/Instruction
Condition/Instruction
Action
Action
Condition/Instruction
Seq
23
Is - PDe 32 Bit (T -A 1 E2S 13) failing to
pulse?
Change T -A 1 E2 card.
36
Is +Not Stop Complement (T-A1G2G04)
failing to pulse?
Change T -A 1G2 card.
24
Is -Gate Stoplock CTR (T-A1G2G12)
failing to pulse?
Change T -A 1 G2 card.
37
Is -OE PDC 16 Bit-PDC Sign Bit
(T -A 1 E2P07) failing to pulse?
Change T -A 1 E2 card.
25
Is +Complement (T -A 1 E2P05) failing to
pulse?
Change T -A 1 E2 card.
38
If not:
Change T -A 1G6 card.
26
Is +Reset TPC (T-A1G2U13) failing to
pulse?
Change T-A1G2 card.
39
Is + Incr PDC (T -A 1G2G 13) failing to
pulse?
Change T-A1G2 card.
27
Is -Gate Normal Run (T -A 1 F2J 12) failing
to pulse?
Change T -A 1 F2 card.
40
If not:
Change T -A 1 E2 card.
28
Is +Sampled TPC Equal Gated
(T-A1G2D12) failing to pulse?
Change T -A 1G2 card.
29
If not:
Change T-A1H2 card.
30
Is +T1 (T-A1H2U05) failing to pulse?
Change T -A 1 H2 card.
31
Is -IBG 1 or 2 Bit (T-A1F2G09) failing to
pulse?
Change T-A1F2 card.
Action
1
Read Seqs 2. 3. and 4. Do you have
more than one failure?
Go to Seq 6.
2
Is the tach period bad (more than 4%
from norma!)?
Change T-A1H2 card.
3
Is the backward gap control timing bad?
Go to Seq 8.
4
Is the DAC waveform bad (see 6B-010)?
Go to Seq 11.
5
If not:
Go to 00-030.
6
Do the results of your motion checks
match Figure 1?
Perform action per Figure 1.
32
Is -49 Count Latch (T -A 1 F2M05) failing
to pulse?
Change T -A 1 F2 card.
7
If not:
Go to 00-030.
33
Is +IBG 28 & Stop (T-A1G2P13) failing
to pulse?
Change T -A 1G2 card.
8
Is -Opposite Direction (T-A1 H2B02)
failing to pulse?
Change T -A 1 H2 card.
34
Is -T3 (T-A1H2S10) failing to pulse?
Change T -A 1 H2 card.
9
Is -OE PDC 16 Bit-PDC Sign Bit
(T -A 1 E2P07) failing to pulse?
Change T -A 1 E2 card.
35
If not:
Change T -A 1 E2 card.
10
If not:
Change T-A1G6 card.
11
Is -49 Count Latch (T -A 1 F2M05) failing
to pulse?
Change T -A 1 F2 card.
12
Is +Stop 1 Delay (T -A 1G2S08) failing to
pulse?
Change T -A 1G2 card
13
Is +1/4 Tach Stop Sync (T-A1G2M04)
failing to pulse (200 usec pulse)?
Change T -A 1 G2 card.
14
Is -Gate PDC (T -A 1G2M05) failing to
pulse?
Change T-A1G2 card.
15
Is -Set Nominal Stop (T -A 1G2G02)
failing to pulse?
Change T -A 1G2 card.
16
Is -2 Bit DAC (T -A 1 E2D05) failing to
pulse?
Change T-A1E2 card.
17
Is + 16 Bit DAC (T -A 1 E2D05) failing to
pulse?
Change T -A 1 E2 card.
18
If not:
19
1.
2.
The DAC waveform is bad.
Forward gap control timing is bad.
3.
4.
Backward gap control timin g is bad.
The tach period timing is ba d.
5.
6.
Extended go timing is bad 0 n backward read only.
Extended go timing is bad 0 n forward read and write only.
7.
Extended go timing is bad
0n
Figure 1. Motion Check Matrix
Match your symptoms (1-7) with the Xs in the matrix. Exit the bottom of the matrix
and take the indicated action.
.
..
.
...
forward read and write and backward read.
X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X
X
X X
X
X
X X X
X
X X X X
X
X
X
X X
X X
I
Go to Seq 19_
X X
X X X X X X
X X
X
I
Change T-A1 F2 card.
Go to Seq 23
Change T-A1G6 card.
Go to Seq 30
Change T-A1G2 card.
Change T -A 1 F2 card.
Go to Seq 36
Change T -A 1 H2 card.
Is + T1 (T -A 1 H2U05) failing to pulse?
Change T-A1H2 card.
Go to Seq 39
Change T·A 1 H2 card.
20
Is +T5 (T-A1H2U13) failing to pulse?
Change T -A 1 H2 card.
Change T-A1G6 card.
21
Is +Block PDC Counting (T-A1E2D12)
failing to pulse?
Change T -A 1 E2 card.
Change T-A 1 F2 card.
22
If not:
Change T-A 1 F2 card.
Change T-Al F2 card.
68-110
Copyright InternatIonal Business Machines Corporation 1976, 1979
() ()
fl () () () o
o
')
') {)
'-.
'l..
!}
c c o o
o
c o o c c c c c ceo c c c c c c c c c c c c
CAPSTAN STARTS TURNING WHEN POWER IS TURNED ON
68-140
Setup:
1.
Turn power on.
2.
Do not install field tester, or load a tape.
A1C2
Stepdown
-P04
-B07
-M05
-007
A1G2
-M02
-B03
A1E2
DAC
Drivers
+ B12 [1]
+011 [1]
HSFl
FT261
FT321
+B05 [1]
FT345
Capstan
Motor
Control
Board
Capstan
Motor
121
+ B02 [1]
Notes:
+
Indicates nominal MST-1 plus (up) level of -0.85
Vdc; line should have solid up level or go to the up
level.
Indicates nominal MST-1 minus (down) level of
-1.85 Vdc; line should have solid down level or go
to the down level.
(1) Special voltages level: +0.7 Vdc to -0.7 Vdc.
(2)
Refer to 08-000 for Capstan Motor Replacement.
3803-2/3420
68-140
-==
68-150
TAPE MOTION PROBLEMS (STUBBY COLUMN LOOPS)
3. Vacuum column door glass to low causing a
The tape loops in the stubby columns are normally in
the position shown in Figure 1 while loaded and not
moving or continuously moving forward or backward,
or with the tester set up for Alt Dir with a long Go
Up Time. Any variation in loop position beyond
approximately 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) indicates a
pneumatic or tape drag problem. This condition can
cause intermittant read/write errors or loading
problems. The figures on this page provide a visual
means to help identify abnormal tape motion and to
associate the symptoms to failing components.
Remove vacuum column door resonator cover
(models 6 and 8 only).
B.
Load tape unit with a CE scratch tape and as
soon as the tape enters the columns push reset.
If the tape is positioned like Figure 1 go to step B
otherwise go to probable causes below.
C.
Use Field Tester and move tape well into a high
speed area.
D.
While observing the stubby columns, rewind tape
unit making sure the tape goes into a high speed
rewind.
E.
Tape should be equally into the right and left
stubby column in both a high and low speed
rewind. See Figure 1.
F.
G.
Observe tape in stubby columns as the tape unit
goes from a high to a low speed rewind. Tape
must not pull out of the stubby columns. See
Figure 3.
If tape is not equal or pulls out of a stubby
column, a problem exists which could cause
intermittant read or write problems.
Figure 4. Forward Continuous
Figure 1 shows the normal position in the stubby
columns. The tape should be in this position after the
tape enters the columns on a load and it should
maintain approximately this position during tape
motion. A difference of 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) between
forward and backward is normal. Measure this
difference along an imaginary line referred to in Figure
1 by the dotted line.
Figure 4 indicates a dirty (plugged) left air bearing or
worn left stubby column glass bead tape.
4. Vacuum column door maladjusted. Apply
pressure to glass in the stubby column area and
see if tape positions itself like Figure 1. Do
adjustment on page 08-680.
5. Vacuum column door glass warped causing a
poor seal between glass and stubby columns. If
tape is unequal in the stubby columns, apply
pressure to the glass in the area of the stubby
columns and see if the tape pulls into the
column as shown in Figure 1. If this is the
indication and all other adjustments have been
done, obtain a long straight edge (18 inch
minimum) and check for warpage by holding
the straight edge on the inside of the glass in
the area of the stubby columns. Replace the
glass if the gap between the glass and the
straight edge is greater than 0.005 inches
(0.13 mm).
PROCEDURE TO CHECK FOR PNEUMATIC
IMBALANCE OR LEAKS
A.
Figure 1. Normal
poor seal between glass and upper stubby bar.
Push glass upward and check to see if tape
positions itself properly. See Figure 1. Do
adjustments on pages 08-690.
Figure 5. HS Rewind
Figure 2. Forward Continuous
PROCEDURE TO CHECK FOR TAPE DRAG
A.
Set up Field Tester as follows:
GO
ALT DIR
SLOW
READ
Put both potentiometers fully on (toward rear
of tester).
B.
Figure 5 indicates a dirty (plugged) right air bearing or
worn right stubby column glass bead tape.
Observe the stubby columns and compare
observation to figures. If stubby columns do not
appear similiar to Figure 1, refer to probable
causes under figure most like actual observation.
Figure 2 indicates a dirty (plugged) right air bearing,
low air bearing pressure, high vacuum, or improper
vacuum door glass to column seal.
Figure 3. Backward Continuous
Probable Causes
1. Hoses kinked or not tight on the transfer valve
or plenum.
2. Capstan-to-stubby clearance to great. It should
be 0.006 to 0.010 inch (0.15 to 0.25 mm).
See 08-080.
Figure 3 indicates a dirty (plugged) left air bearing, low
air bearing pressure, high vacuum, or improper vacuum
door glass to column seal.
68-150
:)
o
f) f)
o o
()
o o o o o
f)
"
f)
f)
Q
o o o o o o o
f)
o
o
!)
o
!)
o c
00
o
c o o c ceo c ceo c c c c c c c c o c c c
CAPSTAN DRIVE SYSTEM
The capstan drive system moves tape past the
read/write head. A constant speed is maintained while
reading and writing and during slow speed rewind. The
capstan speed follows the speed of the slowest reel
during high speed rewind.
CAPSTAN CONTROL CIRCUITS
6-MHz oscillator (osc) and gray code counter
generate clock timing pulses TO through T5.
•
•
Capstan control logic compares capstan pulses and
gray code counter pulses to generate digital
correction signals which go to the Digital to Analog
Converter (DAC).
Power-on Reset blocks drive current to the motor
to prevent the capstan from turning until all power
supplies are at their specified voltages.
68-200
r
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Capstan Control Circuits
6 MHz Osc and
Gray Code
Counter
~
Capstan
Control
Logic
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
r
Data Lines
7 Lines on Model 8
6 Lines on Models 4. 6
I
I
T
I
I
I
L - - - - - ----~
CAPSTAN MOTOR AND CONTROLS
Filter Select
I
I
I
I
I
I
Capstan Motor and Controls
...
I
I
I
Power On Reset I
I
I
The DAC takes digital logic signals from the
polarity hold drive (PHD) and converts them to a
voltage waveform which controls the current to the
capstan motor.
Digital to
Analog
Converter
Filters shape the DAC output to achieve capstan
acceleration without mechanical vibration.
Stoplock is the ability to control the capstan motor
in a fixed position by monitoring capstan
tachometer phase A and B pulses.
Filters
Power transistors control the magnitude of
armature current.
The capstan motor is a high-torque, low-inertia,
vacuum-cooled dc motor which can start and stop
quickly.
Current
Feedback
Amplifier
and Motor
Controls
The capstan motor has a permanent magnet field.
:~I
A single, rubber-coated capstan moves tape in
either direction.
I
M
I
I
Capstan Motor
L-----t-----~
Capstan A and B Pulses
Capstan Pulse
Generation
Model 8 tape unit has vacuum applied to the
capstan.
The polarity (direction) of armature current
determines capstan motor direction.
Varying the armature current controls the capstan
motor speed.
Capstan motor braking is accomplished by applying
reversed drive current. This action is called
plugging.
CAPSTAN PULSE GENERATION
•
•
•
The capstan turns, generating electrical impulses
called capstan tach pulses.
Gapstan Pulse Generation
For Models 4 and 6, the capstan tachometer has a
fiber optic light source, an etched mirror on the
capstan disk face, an interrupter mask, a
phototransistor, and capstan tach pulse squaring
circuits.
Photo
Transistor
For Model 8, the capstan tachometer has a fiber
optic light source, a see-through capstan disk, an
inter~upter mask, two phototransistors, and capstan
tach pulse squaring circuits.
Photo
Transistor
Phase B leads Phase A by 90 degrees when tape is
moving forward. Phase A leads Phase B by 90
degrees when tape is moving backward.
Capstan
Pulse
Capstan
Pulse
Capstan
Squaring
Circuit
Capstan
Squaring
Circuit
D
Capstan Phase A
fJ
Capstan Phase B
ZT031
68-200
©
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976, 1979
MAJOR ELEMENTS OF CAPSTAN CONTROL LOGIC
1.
6-MHz oscillator and gray code counter (GCC) ALD
FT301.
2.
Tach Period Counter (TPC) ALD FT312.
3.
Proportional Drive Counter (PDC) ALD FT342.
4.
Interblock Gap (lBG) Counter ALD FT332.
5.
Polarity Hold Drive (PHD) Register ALD FT344.
6.
Read Only Store (ROS) ALD FT313.
1.
6-MHz Oscillator and GCC
The gray code counter (GCC) is driven by the
6-MHz oscillator furnishing six clock pulses (TO-T5)
used by capstan control logic to control capstan
velocity.
The pulses have a width of 83 ns on Model 8 (1"67
ns on Models 4 and 6) and a frequency of 2 MHz
on Model 8 (1 MHz on Models 4 and 6).
2.
Tach Period Counter (TPC)
The TPC counts T1 pulses from the gray code
counter and generates a constant time-base or
reference for velocity control. The TPC begins
counting on a tach pulse and stops after the
correct decode has been reached, generating
Sampled TPC Equal.
3.
68-205
Proportional Drive Counter (PDC)
4.
This counter has two functions:
6.
IBG Counter
The IBG counter is an eight-stage binary counter.
During thread operations the IBG counter monitors
progress of the operation by counting machine reel
revolutions.
a. When starting, moving, and stopping tape, the
counter generates a linear error count for
velocity control. This count is generated by
measuring the difference between the desired
tach period and the actual tach period. When
the TPC and decode logic generate Sampled TPC
Equal, the PDC counter begins counting T1
pulses from a previously preset count. Each
count represents a motor current command,
which is sent to the motor via the polarity hold
drive (PHD) and digital to analog converter
(DAC) when the next tach pulse arrives.
During 1600 bpi and 6250 bpi Read/Write
operations the IBG counter monitors the length of
the interblock gaps. In this application the counter
is stepped by quarter tach pulses. It controls
Extended GO distances (see Note).
The IBG counter also controls deceleration,
distance to gap control, and forward hitch
distances.
Note: EXTENDED GO
b. The poe is used to keep track of capstan
position in the IBG during Stoplock. Here, the
input to the counter is quarter tach pulses, and
the output count represents a current command
(magnitude and polarity) which is continuously
sent to the motor during positioning.
The tape unit Go Holdover line determines when
tape stops. Go Holdover holds Extended Go active
in the tape unit after the tape control has
deactivated Move (6250 bpi Read, 1600 bpi Read
and Write, or after the last 6250 bpi Write byte).
Extended Go, stop, and start distances together
determine the interblock gap (IBG).
Read Only Store (ROS)
The ROS controls deceleration. Stored within the
ROS are the nominal tach periods which should
occur during deceleration from nominal speed to
stopped position. During deceleration the TPC
count is compared to the stored ROS value (for
each tach period) in order to generate a Sampled
TPC Equal. When Sampled TPC Equal occurs, the
PDC begins counting T1 pulses from a preset value
until the next full tach transition arrives. The PDC
count is then sampled to the PHD.
The IBG counter and decodes are used to access
each sucessive ROS value during deceleration.
Near the end of the stop, two time delays Stop
Delay 1 and Stop Delay 2 are also provided by the
ROS.
The IBG count at which Extended Go drops varies
as shown in the following table:
Go Extensions in Quarter Tach Pulses
The TPC is also used to generate a 12 millisecond
reference period beginning with Stoplock to
determine the need for a Forward Hitch operation
after stop. The TPC provides the 768 millisecond
count pulse for reel stability, reset reel fast and
load point (LP) delay.
Write
Read
Read
Backward
All Models 6250 bpi
49
42
16
All Models 1600 bpi
90
122
90
Additional stopping distances after Extended Go
for all models equals 36 quarter tach pulses.
5.
Polarity Hold Drive (PHD) Register
The PHD register is located in the logic flow
between the PDC and the DAC. This register holds
the counts of the PDC between successive full tach
transitions (velocity control) or quarter tach
transitions (stoplock). The counts, which represent
motor correction currents, are sent continuously to
the motor via the DAC.
3803-2/3420
68-205
©
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976, 1979
()
f)
,I
o
[)
[)
,cl
" i
f)
f)
o o o o o o o o
o c o c c c c
o
()
c c
c c c c c c c c o o c
68-210
IBG GENERATION (6250 bpi)
When Move drops, the interblock gap (lBG) counter is
reset. It then starts counting gated capstan quarter
tach pulses continuously throughout the IBG.
IBG GENERATION (6250 BPI) SEQUENCE
The final portion of the IBG is generated at the start of
the next Write operation.
Before the next block can be written, the tape must be
up to speed. The IBG count continues until IBG 68. At
this time Gap Control is activated, the IBG counter is
reset, and the tape control begins to monitor full tach
periods at half tach period intervals. The tape control
waits one tach period and then checks velocity. If the
tape is not up to speed, the tape continues to move
and velocity is tested again at each half tach period
until 30 retries, the tape control activates Velocity
Check and terminates the Write operation.
I BG Generation
lW
Read
~
Tape motion
-~----\ END WRITE
I
DATA BLOCK
. 125 inches
I
1
II
EXTENDED GO
Step the IBG counter with capstan quarter tach
pulses when Move drops.
3.
Hold Extended Go active until I BG count 49. The
IBG Counter is reset at count 49.
4.
Tape is stopped at IBG count 36.
5.
Activating Move at the start of the next Write
operation starts tape motion and continues
stepping the IBG counter.
6.
To signal the tape control that the tape unit is up
to speed, activate Gap Control at IBG count 68 and
generate TU BI bit 1, if Command tag is active.
0
Tape position when TU
drops Extended Go •
II
\
(5,33 mm)
Force Nominal Plug
Stoplock or
Position Control
Stop delay 2
(
.300 inches
I
Extended Go
Tape position when TCU
drops Move for block 1.
II
II
II
Go Int Cmd
II
II
I
STOPPING
IBG Counts
(3,18 mm)
.210 inches
START
2.
Write
.150 inches
I----------<
(3,81 mm)
~
Deactivate Write Condition and Move 10 data bit
periods after the fall of Write Data.
IBG Timing Chart
INTERBLOCK GAP GENERATION
l
1.
Gap Control
The tape control monitors full tach periods at half
tach intervals. After Gap Control is active, the tape
control is active, the tape control waits 1 tach
period and begins velocity check on the next tach
period. If velocity is correct, the tape control sets
Write Condition and starts the Write Colck. If
velocity is incorrect. the tape control sets Velocity
Retry (LSR 12 bit 7, Data Check 1) and sense byte
8, bit 7 (Velocity Retry) and continues monitoring
the Tach Busy line for correct speed.
8.
The tape control continues checking velocity until
tape is up to speed or for 30 half tach periods. If
tape is not up to speed by the end of 30 half tach
periods, the tape control sets Velocity Check (LSR
29 bit 7 Equipment Check) and sense byte 10, bit
7, (Velocity Check) and terminates the write
operation.
TIME
49/0
36
Tach Pulses
36
68/0
~~~
______________~I________
I I ____________~I~)~I~I
~ll
t (Reset IBG Counter
In~------------------------------~~~
-11~----------------------------~~~
l......t~/--------------------11l
-u~____________________________...Jr ~
This line is active until next Go Int Cmd
~-------------------------~~~-------------------------------------u
-(I
(
~----------------~~~
Tape position when
tape stops .
(7,62 mm)
7.
______________________........ Reset
-{I(~-----------------ll-~--------------~I~I~I---Wait
IBG
I
II
IBG Counter
1 st Velocity Check
1
Tape position when writing
begins for block 2.
© Copyright In\arnational Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979
68-210
68-215
CAPSTAN MOTOR PROPORTIONAL DRIVE CONTROL
A1H2
A1H2
Grey
Code
Counter
6Mhz
Osc
Se e Note 2
-
FT301
FT 301
Se e Note 1
TO-T5
A
I--
-
RUN
STOP
OR
A1G6
Tach
Period
Counter
Decodes
FT311
~
OR
~
A1E2
Prop.
Drive
Counter
Preset
FT341
-
A1G6
Tach
Period
Counter
Input
FT311
-
A1G6
Tach
Period
Counter
Compare
r-FT315
A1G6
Tach
Period
Counter
FT312
-
A1G2
Polarity
Hold
Register
Gating
FT312
A1G2
Prop.
Drive
Counter ~
Gating
FT321
A1G6
Tach
Period
Counter
Equal
FT314
A1G2
Prop.
Drive
Counter
Inputs
FT324
'---
-
A1 E2
Prop.
Drive
Counter
Decode
FT343
A1 E2
Prop.
Drive
Counter
FT342
---
A1E2
Polarity
Hold
Drive
Register
FT344
~
A1H2
2khz
Osc
See Note 3 STOPLOCK
A
I--
FT302
Al E2
Digital
Analog
r-Converter
Drivers
FT345
Digital To
Analog
Converter
Capstan
Board
CMOO'
---(§)€?
Motor
Tach
A1H2
A1 F2
Al F2
A1F2
Direction
Sense
IBG
Counter
Input
IBG
Counter
IBG
Counter
Decode
A1G6
Read
Only
Storage
FT303
FT334
FT332
FT332
FT313
-
Notes:
[1]
RUN refers to nominal speed control.
[2] STOP refers to deceleration from nominal speed to
stopped position.
[3]
STOPLOCK refers to capstan position control.
68-215
© Copyright International Business Machines
o
Corporation 1976, 1979
o
"I
~ j
f'\
~j
f)
.(\
l..;
(\
~;
fl
,...,
~~l
'- ..1
o
000
o o o o o o
0
c oce c c c c c c c c c c c o c o
c c
68-220
START CAPSTAN MOTION (WRITE OPERATION 200 IPS)
The tape unit is in a stop condition-Stoplock latch is
set. The IBG Counter is stopped with a count of 36.
o
•
Normal Run cycle:
T1
ANDed with the positive (phase A) tach
transition generates a Normal Run pulse.
•
To start capstan motion (Write Op):
Write Status
1.
The tape control sets Write Status in the tape unit
and resets the Backward latch to generate Forward
Drive.
Forward Drive
The tape control raises the Move tag. Move and
Write Status generate Go Internal and Extended
Go. Extended Go resets Stoplock latch and
activates Gate PDC.
Go Internal
T3 The TPC is reset.
Extended Go
T4 The PDC is set to -8 (1,2,4,16,32, and sign bits
are turned on).
2.
T2 ANDed with Normal Run pulse transfers the
contents of the PDC into the PHD register (still
34 during the first Normal Run).*
Move (from TCU)
Start Current cycle:
T1
ANDed with Go Internal activates the Start
Current latch - 1. Start Current and Forward
Drive establish presets for the PDC.
T3 ANDed with Start Current activates Set PDC.
At this time a count of 34 is set into the PDC.
T4 ANDed with Start Current sets the PHD
register. PHD register contents are sent to the
DAC. The DAC applies armature current and
the capstan starts turning forward.
___T_l~r--1~___________________
Last Cnt Into PDC
Update (Set PHD)
Reset TPC
Preset PDC
______
T_2~r-1~
_________
_______________
T_3~~~
____________
_____________T_4~r-1~__________
Phase A
*
During a full clock cycle (TO through T5) of the Gray
Code counter:
•
Normal Run
Gray Code
Counter
nl
Start Current
Set PDC
Set PHD Reg
Degate Start Current
L
________~T3~rl~___
rL-.
_ _ _ _.....:T~4
_ _ _ _ _.....;.T..::.tSrL
T5 ANDed with the Start Current latch-1
activates Start Current latch-2 and degates
Start Current.
Update takes place every Normal Run pulse.
Update is shifting the Error Value from the
PDC into the PHD.
As the capstan accelerates, the intervals between
quarter tach pulses become shorter until capstan speed
reaches 100 percent (200 ips). The PDC counts become
successively less during acceleration. When the
capstan is at 100 percent velocity, the PDC will
normally increment to a value between 2 and 4 which
reduces motor drive current to 1.5-2.0 amps (just
sufficient to overcome friction and maintain speed).
Normal Run Pulse
Sampled Equal
TPC Counting
IConstant)
PDC CountIng
Update
IVariable)
Error DetermInation
Note: As the capstan slows, the PDC count increases
and thus more drive current is sent to the motor.
When the capstan is over speed, the PDC count is less,
which provides less motor drive current.
Note: Start Current may remain active until the first
quarter tach pulse if the Opposite Direction latch is on.
The Opposite Direction latch status is a function of
stoplock.
©
68-220
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979
i-A
FORWARD CREEP DURING REWRITE-MODELS 4, 6, AND 8
A write-backs pace-write sequence is used to rewrite
the last block of a file. Such a sequence causes
forward creep.
Forward creep is used to generate a slightly longer
than normal interblock gap (lBG). Without forward
creep, repeated write-backs pace-sequences could
shorten the IBG or the previous good record on tape.
(Short IBGs cause compatibility problems when tape is
used on IBM tape units having different start-stop
characteristics) .
II
Write Condition is not activated in the tape control
until eight capstan pulses (1600 bpi) or two
capstan pulses (6250 bpi) after Gap Control is
active. The first byte of the new block is written
approximately 0.12 inch, (3,05 mm) or
approximately 12 capstan pulses, beyond the
starting position of the old block.
Forward Creep During Rewrite, Models 4, 6 and 8
This figure represents tape motion during a backspace
rewrite for Models 4, 6, and 8.
Read Head
o
Backspace Operation: (Read Operation)
II
Tape control deactivates Move after the last byte is
read and the IBG counter starts counting. Extended
Go holds the Go Internal line active.
II
I
II
m
iii
fJ
~
IBG Counter
= 16
(6250) or 90 (PE)
fJlL...-_ _~(
I
I
_1 __
-----.1.-
.1_
III
--J(
L--_ _
III
The tape does not actually stop, but goes through
a dynamic reversal. The maximum backward
excursion is approximately 0.070 inch (1,78 mm)
past count 140.
:111
Backhitch
Operation
Erase Status is set when tape is moving forward
and the capstan pulse counter has decremented to
139. The erase head is approximately in the center
of the interblock gap.
(
(
I
B
The erase head is on and the tape is being erased.
Erasure continues for 119 capstan pulses.
-1---
Write Status is active and Move drops for
approximately 5 usec to allow the tape unit to
generate an interblock gap.
: II
_------>.<
,--I
=======<
- -
- - - -1---- - - - --- -
I
=1
Write
Operation
Rewrite Operation: (Write Operation)
III
7
I
I
I
When the Write command is received, the tape
control activates Move and tape moves backward.
Forward Status is activated when the
microprogram counts 140 tach pulses.
o
o
D
Backhitch Operation:
Erase Head
Write Head
Backsp.ace
I-----I.~
Operation.
When the I BG counter reaches 16 (6250 bpi) or 90
(1600 bpi). a normal, controlled stop is initiated.
II
68-230
Tape control re-activates Move and tape continues
moving forward. Gap Control is activated at I BG
count 68 for 6250 bpi or 64 for 1600 bpi.
III
New Block
(
I
~
Approx. 0.12 inch (3,05 mm)
(about 12 capstan pulses)
3803-2/3420
©
68-230
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1976. 1979
o o o o o o o
o
(l
'\ ,
"\
_jo
()
II
\,;
f)
o
0
o
00
o
00
o o o o o
0
o
{1
o o o o o o o o 00 ooe
INDEX
A
Abends- Theory
00-035
A/B Read and Sequencing Register 53-055
A Register 52-035
AC Power Supply (see Power Supplies)
Acceptable Waveforms (Read Card Test Points)
5B-004
Access Times, Read/Write (Subsystem
Characteristics)
40-002
Acronyms and Abbreviations
PLAN 2
Active /Inactive / Pulsing / Switched Line
Levels 00-003
Adapter Hose (CE Tool)
80-000
ADD / ADDM, Arithmetic (ALU Operation)
52-065
Additional Stopping Distance After Go
Extend 6A-140,6B-205
Address Out Active (MAP)
13-300
Address Out Inactive (MAP)
13-360
Address / Feature / Priority Card Plugging
(Installation) 90-110
Address Decoders, Control Unit 58-010
Addressing
Concepts 40-003
Tape Control and Tape Unit
54-005
Adjustment
Altitude Vacuum Level
08-410, 90-190
AMP Sensor (NRZI-Model 3, 5, 7)
08-300
Amp Sensor (PE Only-Model 3, 5, 7)
08-290
Amplitude (Model 4, 6, 8)
08-310
Autocleaner 08-382, 5B -11 0
08-580
BOT /EOT, Fiber Optic
BOT /EOT Voltage 08-575
Capstan To Stubby Bar Clearance
(All Models)
08-080
Capstan Tachometer (Model 3, 5, 7)
08-130
Capstan Tachometer (Model 4, 6, 8)
08-120
Cartridge Motor 08-535
Data Flow Clock Asymmetry 90-190
DC Power Supply 08-570
Dual Density Threshold Adjustment Card
80-000
Electrical Skew (NRZI Feature)
08-200
ESD Grounding (3420/3803)
90-190
Head Mirror Stop (Model 3, 5, 7) 08-350
Left Reel Hub and Motor 80-560
Mechanical Skew (NRZI Feature)
08-180
Mechanical Skew (1600 and 6250 BPI)
08-170
Power Window Safety Bail 08-640
Read Amplitude (Model 4, 6, 8)
08-310
Read Electrical Skew (NRZI Feature)
08-190
Type 2272 MST Card
17-800
Vacuum Column Door 08-680
Vacuum Column Door Glass
08-690
Write Electrical Skew (NRZI Feature)
08-200
Pneumatics
08-420
Pressure Level (All Models)
Supply Flat Belt (Type 4)
08-442
Power Window Motor, Rack and Switch
08-640
Rack and Limit Switch
08-650
Read Amplitude (Models 4,6, 8)
08-310
Read Electrical Skew (N RZI) 08-190
Right Reel Hub 08-500
Safety Bail 08-640
Tape Unit Stubby Bar 08-080
Write Electrical Skew (NRZI)
08-200
7- Track NRZI Threshold Adjustment Card
08-000
Air Bearings, MAP 4A-160, 4B-160
cc c c
INDEX 1
Air Pressure Check, Regulator 08-405, 90-190
Airflow and Voltage Monitoring
System
lA-ooO, 1 B-OOO
Alignments
Capstan
Dynamic (Non-90,00Q series)
08-150
Dynamic (90,000 series)
08-160,
Marks
08-064
Static (Non-90,000 Series)
08-060
Static (With Round Supports) 08-068
Static (With Square Support Without
Zero Marks)
08-062
Power Window 08-640
Alternate Flip Flop 53-040
ALU {(Arithmetic Logical Unit) Microprocessor))
Operations
Arithmetic Add: ADD/ADDM (Hex Code A or B)
52-065
Branch On Condition: BOC (Hex Code 2 or 3)
52-085
Branch to Read from Load Point
55-040
Branch to Write from Load Point
55-024
Branch Unconditional: BU (Hex Code 6)
52-090
Common Start I/O Routine
55-020
Logical AND: AND/ ANDM (Hex Code C or D)
52-070
Logical Exclusive OR: XO/XOM (Hex Code E or F)
52-075
Logical OR: OR/ORM (Hex Code 8 or 9)
52-075
Store Logic: STO (Hex Code 0 or 1)
52-095
Transfer Logic: XFR (Hex Code 4 or 5)
52-100
ALUl
Charts 1 to 7
13-091
Fails to Trap to 000 (MAP)
13-400
Failure to Reset CTI (MAP)
13-210
Hangs at 000 (MAP)
13-010
Hangs on ALU2 Failure (MAP)
13-410
Loop (MAP)
13-530, 13-540
Loop, TCS (MAP)
13-080
Microprogram Detected Error (Sense Byte 11,
Bit 4) (MAP)
16-060
Op In Walt (MAP)
13-250
Power-On Reset (MAP)
13-090
Reset FailL!re (MAP)
13-200
Waiting for ALU2 to Complete a
Sequence (MAP)
13-420
Waiting for ALU2 to Drop STATB (MAP)
13-460, 13-470
Waiting for ALU2 STATB IndicatIOn (MAP)
13-450
Waiting for ALU2 STATD l'ldicatlOn (MAP)
13-440
ALU Cannot Exit or Loop (MAP)
13-370
ALUl or ALU2 Hangs (Chart)
13-005
ALU 1 or ALU2 Hangs (MAP)
13-000
ALU 1/ ALU2 (Two Position Switch)
75-002
ALU2
Analyzing Microprogram Errors
16-131
Microprogram Detected Error (Sense Byte 12,
Bit 4)
16-130
Microprogram Error (Table)
16-130
Power - On Reset Charts 1 to 7
13 -194
Power-On Reset (MAP)
13-190
Trap Failure (MAP)
13-260
B Bus Parity Error ALU 1. 16-030
B Bus Parity Error ALU2
16-100
Branch On Condition (BOC) Error
ALUl
16-050
ALU2
16-120
Bus In Register, Channel
52-040
Bus Out Register, Tape Unit 52-045
Card Interchanging List
16-001
Channel Bus In (CBI) Register
52-040
Channel Tags In (CTI) Register
52-040
Communication Between Microprocessors
{Description}
52-030
Crossover (XOUTA/XOUTB) Registers
52-025
o Bus Parity Error ALU2 16-110
o Registers 52-060
Diagnose, Loop, and Scoplng Procedures
16-000
General Reference Information
16-000
High-Order ROS Registers
52-035
High ROS/IC Parity Error On a Branch Instruction
ALUl
16-020
ALU2
16-090
How to Determine the Failing Address
16-000
How to Make the ALU Loop on an Error
16-000
Linking Microprogram Routines (Description)
52-030
Listings, Microprocessor {Description}
52-030
Local Storage Register (LSR)
52-015
Low-Order ROS Registers
52-035
Low ROS/IC Parity Error On a Branch Instruction
ALUl
16-010
ALU2
16-080
Microprocessor
Clocks
52-005
Instructions (see ALU Operation)
Listings (DeSCription)
52-030
(MP1/MP2) Schematic
50-003
Microprogram Transfer Decodes 52-101
MIST or TCS Register (MP1)
52-060
MPl Special Register (Hardware Errors)
52-060
MP2 Special Register (TU Bus In)
52-060
Parity Error ALU 1
16-040
ROS 1 Trap Conditions
50-011
Second Level Diagram, ROS 1 Trap
Conditions
50-010
Short Cycle XFR Example (Timing Chart)
16-001
Stat Registers
52-015
Stop Address- FRU List ALU 1 16-060
Stop Address-FRU List ALU2
16-130
Tags In Register, Channel
52-040
Tape Unit Bus Out (TUBO) Register
52-045
TCS or MIST Register (MP1)
52-060
XOUTA/XOUTB (Crossover) Registers
52-025
Amplitude- Setting Sequence
5B-120
Analysis of Damaged Tape Errors 00-012
AnalYSIS of IBG in Developed Tape 00-013
Analyzing Microprogram Errors
16-131
AND, Logical (ALU Operation)
52-070
ArithmetiC Add (ALU Operation)
52-065
Array Patching, Patch Card
52-103
Asymmetry Adjustment. Clock
17-800
Attachment, Channel (Chart)
90-010
Autocleaner
Adjustment 08-382
Erase Head
5B-110
OperatIOn
08-360
Operational Check
08-380
Removal/ Replacement
OS - 3 70
SolenOid
4B -160
Write Card Circuits
5B-110
Automated LogiC Diagram IALDs) 00-002
Automatic Threading (Concept)
40-001
B
B Bus
16-030
B Bus 0-7 ALUl Test POints ITable)
Panty Error ALUl (MAP)
16-030
Parity Error ALU2 (MAP)
16-100
Panty Indicator
75-003
Backhltch
6B-230
Backspace Block Command
40-007
Backspace File Command
40-007
Backspace Operation
6B-230
Backward
No Response or Tape Moves Backward
3A-l00
Tape Fails to Go Backward
3A-130, 3B-130
Bad Sense Data After a Rewind from OL Ts (MAP)
15-140
Basic Recording Techniques (PE, NRZI,
6250) Description
55-007
Basic Subsystem (Concepts)
40-001
BCDIC-EBCDIC ConverSion Chart (7- Track
Operation)
57-020
Bit Cell and PE Waveform
55-007
Bit Cell and NRZI Waveform
55-007
Bit Packing and Scoping Procedure
5A-115, 5B-025
Bit Usage Chart, MP I XOUTA Register
52-025
Block Diagram, Device Switching
{2x8 SWitch}
18-012
Block Diagram, Device Switching
(3x8 or 4x8 SWitch)
lS-013
BOC Indicator 75-003
BOT/EOT
PhototranSlstor 2A-Ol0
Load Check Prior to BOT Sense
2A-150,2B-150
Tape Does Not Go Backward or Does Not Stop
at BOT
2A-190
Tape Moves Backward Off Left Reel
2B-190
Tape Unwillds Off Right Reel or TI Light Stays
3A-150
On
Tape Won't Thread, Load, and Return to BOT
Correctly
6B -1 00
Voltage Checks and Adjustments 08-5S0
BOT / EOT, Fiber Optics
Block Removal/Replacement 08-590
LED BOT /EOT Window Removal/Replacement
08-590
LED BOT /EOT Voltage Checks/ Adjustments
08-580
Branch
Condition Error ALUl (MAP)
16-050
MPl Condition (Table)
52-086
MP2 Conditions (Table)
52-087
On Condition (ALU Operation)
52-085
On Condition Error ALU2 (MAP)
16-120
3803·2/3420
:£. Copyright Internatlor,al BUSlns'iS Machrnes Corporation 1976. 1979. 1980. 19B3
INDEX 1
INDEX (Cont'd)
INDEX 2
Unconditional (ALU Operation)
52-090
To Write From Load Point
55-024
To Read From Load Point
55-040
Buffer Write Cycle
53-040
Buffers, LSR
52-015
Burst Commands 40-005
Bus In Register, Channel
52-040
Bus In/Bus Out Interface Lines
07-000, 54-000
Bus Out Checks (MAP)
15-030
Bus Out Register, Tape Unit 52-045
Busy (TCS Feature)
58-012
Busy /Tach Lines Test Points (Table)
16-171
Byte Counter
53-025
Check/ Adjustment (Models 4, 6, and S)
OS-1'20
Cleaning OS-140
Cleaning Kit S5-OOO
OS-700
Cleaning Procedure, Special Glazed
Control Circuits, Capstan
6A-120, 68-200
Drive System
6A-120, 68-200
Dynamic Alignment (Non-90,ooo Series Tape Units)
OS-150
Dynamic Alignment (90,000 Series Tape Units)
OS-160
Extended Go
6A-140, 68-205
Gray Code Counter (GCC) 68-205
18G Counter Circuits 6A-130, 6B-205
Major Elements of Capstan Control LogiC
68-205
Motion Checks (Capstan Motion Appears Normal)
68-020
Motion Control Problems 6A-000
Motion Failure Problems 68-000
Motor and Controls
6A-120, 68-200
Motor Proportional Drive Control CirCUit
68-215
Motor Waveforms 6A-002, 68-002
Polarity Hold Drive (PHD) Register
68-205
Proportional Drive Counter (PDC)
68-205
Pulse Generation
6A -120, 68 - 200
Quarter Tach Pulses 68-205
Read Only Storage (ROS)
68-205
Start Capstan Motion
68 - 220
Starts Turning When Power is Turned On
68-140
Static Alignment
(With Round Supports)
OS-068
(90,000 Series, With Zero Marks)
08-062
(90,000 Series, Without Zero Marks) OS-064
Tach Period Counter (TPC)
68-205
Tape Unit Loads But Capstan Motion IS Faulty
6B-110
TU Stubby 8ar Clearance Adjustment
OS-080
TU Won't Thread, Load and Return to 80T Correctly
68-100
Won't Start Rewind to lP After Tape load
28-175
6 MHz Oscillator and GCC
6B-205
Capstan Prealignment Gauge (CE Tools)
80-000
Card / 80ard Function layout
(3420)
19-010
(3803-2)
19-000
Card Isolation Technique
PLAN 1
Card Plugging (InstallatIOn)
90-110
Card Plugging, Tape Control LogiC Panel
19-000
Cartridge
Does Not Open
2A-l00, 2B-l00
Opener Does Not Close 4A-150, 4B-150
Optional (Concept) 40-001
Motor Replacement / Adjustment
08- 535
Restraint Pressure Check
08-536
Restraint Removal/Replacement OS- 540
CE Initial Entry Flow Chart
START 1
CE Panel
Description
75-001
Failures
12-020
Operation Contents (MAP)
12-010
Switches 75-001
Channel
Attachment (Chart)
90-010
Buffer Controls
53-030
Buffer logiC
50-000
Bus In
53-055
Bus In Register 52-040
C
C Compare or P Compare Circuit Logic
17 -017
C Compare or P Compare Errors
17-010
C Compare or P Compare Errors (Timing Chart)
17-014
Cable and Terminator Plugging
90-0S0
Cable Retaining Bar 90-060
Cables
90-060
Cabling, Subsystem
90-060
Capstan
Adjusters OS-060
Adjustment Wrench (CE Tool)
SO-OOO
Box Wrench (CE TooI)SO-OOO
Capstan To Stubby 8ar Clearance
OS-080
Drive System
6A-120, 68-200
Dynamic Alignment Tracking (90,00 Series)
08-160
Dynamic Alignment Tracking (Non-90,OO
OS-150
Series)
Glazed Cleaning Procedure
08- 700
Major Elements of Capstan Control logiC
68-205
Motion Checks (Motion Appears Normal)
68-020
Motion Control
6A-000
Motion Failure Symptoms
6B-000, 6B-140
Motor and Controls
6A-120, 68-200
Motor Proportional Drive Control
68-215
Motor Status 3A-030, 38-030
Motor Waveforms
6A-002
Normal Cleaning Procedure
S5-004
Pulse Generator 6A-120,6B-200
Start Capstan Motion (Write Operation
200 IPS) 6B-220
Capstan Assembly
Field Repair, Dented Capstans (Non-90,OOO
Series TU) OS-020
Field Repair, Dented Capstans (90,000 Series
TU) OS-030
Removal (Non-90,000 Series Tape Units) OS-020
Removal (90,000 Series Tape Units)
OS-030
Replacement (Non-90,000 Series Tape Units)
OS-04O
Replacement (90,00 Series Tape Units) OS-050
Starts Turning When Power is Turned On
(Second Level)
6B-140
Static Alignment (Square Support With Zero
Marks)
OS-064
Static Alignment (Square Support
Without Zero Marks) OS-062
Static Alignment (With Round Supports)
08-068
Capstan Tachometer
Check/ Adustment (Models 3, 5, and 7)
08-130
Clocks / Oscillators / Counters
Byte Counter
53-025
CRIC-CROC Address Counters
53-035
Data Flow Clock
53-015
Group Buffer Counter 53-090
Master Clock
53-005
Microsecond Frequency
53-005
Oscillator Gating
53-005
Read Clock Stepping Pulses
53-005
Read/Write Clocks and Counters (Table)
53-010
Wnte Clock and Wnte Counter
53-020
Column Vacuum Check OS-400
Command Controls Switches (CE Panel)
75-002
Command or Control Status Reject
16-160,
6A-160
Command Out Inactive During Reset or
Power On Reset (MAP)
13-330
Command Out Tag Active (MAP)
13- 290
Command Reject (MAP)
15-020,
Command Select Sequencer and Decoder
12-026
Command Sequence (MAP)
13-050
Command Status Reject (MAP)
16-160
Commands and Instructions
Burst Commands 40-005
I/O Instructions 40-009
Motion Control Commands
40-007
Non-Motion Control Commands 40-008
Common Start I/O (SIO) Routine
55-020
Communication Between Microprocessors
(Description)
52-030
Communicator Feature, Device Switch
lS-010
Communicator (2XS Switching)
58-080
Compare Equal Indicator (CE Panel)
75-003
Compare Errors, P Compare or C Compare
17 -010
Compare Errors, P Compare or C Compare
(Timing Chart)
17-014
Concepts, 3803-2/3420 40-003
Configuration Worksheet Instructions 90-030
Configurations, Subsystem (Concepts)
40-003, 90-100
Contingent Connection (TCS Feature)
58-012
Control Burst 40-002
Control Check Indicators (CE Panel)
75-003
Control Status Reject (MAP)
16-210
Control Unit (see Tape Control)
Common Start I/O (SIO)
55-020
Sense and Status Byte Table 00-005
Control Unit End (TCS Feature)
58-012
Conversion, Field Tester 90-170
Conversion Table, Sense Byte to Bit
14-005
Cooling Fan Assembly Removal/Replacement OS-630
Cooling System (see Voltage and Airflow
Monitoring System)
Counter (Ie), Microprocessor 1 Flow LogiC
52-010
Counters (see Clocks/ Oscillators / Counters)
Bus In/Out Checking (MAP)
13-3S0
Initial Selection
54-000
Interface Problems, Tape Control
18-040
Priority Circuits 54-020
Status Word 8its (Table)
15-080
Tags In Register 52-040
Test POints (Table)
17-021
Wnte Byte Register 53-045
Characteristics, 3420 Subsystem 40-002
Chart
AlUl 1 to 7
13-091
AlU2 Power On Reset
13-194
Branch Conditions
16-050
Cards and Cables, Device SWitching
Troubleshooting Procedure
18-02S
Dropping Ready and Thread and load Failure
2A-000
Features Chart (Sense Byte 6)
17 - 220
Mode Chart (Sense 8yte 6)
17 -11 0, 17 - 220
Read /Wnte Vertical Redundancy Check
17 -170
Reference
18-029
Skew Error Test Points
17-162
Tape Control To/ From Device
18-005
Tape Unit Control Lines
16-213
lx8 Selection
18-001, 18-005
Checks
Autocleaner Operational
OS-3S0
80T /EOT Voltage OS-5S0
Capstan Tachometer
(Model 4, 6, S) OS-120
(Model 3, 5, 7)
08-130
Capstan and Tracking 08-010
Cartridge Restraint Pressure OS-536
Cleaner 81ade Gauss 08-390
Column Vacuum level
08-400
DC Power Supply OS-570
Erase Head Polarity and Erasure
OS-320
ESD Grounding (3420/ 3S03)
90-190
Feedthrough OS-330
File Protect Mechanism 08-340
Mechanical Skew
1600 and 6250 08-170
N RZI Feature 08-180
Pneumatic Pressure Vacuum
08-400
Power Supply 90-1S0, 08-570
Read/Write Head Resistance (Model 4, 6, S)
OS-2S0
Regulator Air Pressure 08-405, 90-190
Tape Guide (NRZI Feature) OS-230
Tape Unit Grounding
08-600
Threading Vacuum 08-400
Transfer Valve Plug 08-410
Vacuum Column Switch
OS-450
Vacuum Pump 8elt 08-410
Check Register, Write
53-045
Checking, Read 8ack (Concept)
40-001
Cleaner Blade Gauss Check
08-390
Cleaning Procedures (see Preventive Maintenance)
Clock
Asymmetry Adjustment
1 7 - SOO
Chart
53-015
Check (MAP)
17-800
Control logic, Microprocessor 52-005
Write (Table)
53-020
INDEX 2
cE
\
I'
')
'!'
"
11
:.1
;
Copyright Internstlonal BUSiness Meet-lines Corporation 1976. 1979, 1980, 1983
0 0
f)
f)
t),
f)
l)
()
1
f),
4'1,
f ),
r,
f
f)
f
l.
Ii
'!!
l
s
~
)
(
,
'.
f)
t-~
f
f \
;
f
1
,..
~
'"
~
' J
~
~
~
r~
"
j
..
f~
"
Ii
"1,
"
"
"'"\i
.,
,
,
j
&
lj
::
o
00
o o o o o o c c
c c
() 0
o o
c o
(}
INDEX (Cont'd)
c
INDEX 3
CRC
Error, NRZI
17-590
Error, 6250 BPI / PE
17 - 540
Generation
53-0678
Generators 53-065
Indicator 75-004
Timing Chart
17-544
CRIC/CROC Address Registers
53-035
Crimper Procedure, Tape (CE Tool)
80-000,
2A-015, 2B-006
Cross Reference, Pins to Logic (3803-2)
20-000
Cross Reference 3803-2, Pins To Logic
17-166
(Logic)
Crossover (XOUTA/XOUTB) Registers
52-025
Crosspoint Section (2X8 Switching)
58-080
CrosspOint Switch, Inbound
58-110
Crystral Oscillators, Basic Timing
53-005
CUE Reset on Interface B (MAP)
13-500
Current Generator 5B-ll0
Cyclic Redundancy Checks (see CRC)
17-540
(MAP)
Generation CRC A, B, C, D 53-066
During Read Back Check of Write Operations
53-067
During 9- Track Read Backward Operations
53-067
During 9- Track Read Forward Operations
53-067
During 9- Track Write Operations 53-067
Read CRC Generator 53-065
Write CRC Generator 53-065
Write Data Flow Logic 50-001
Write Translator 7-Track 57-021
7-Track Read Schematic 57-006
Security Erase Command 40-007
Security Erase Procedure Offline
12-013
Data Flow Check Indicators (CE Panel)
75-004
Data In 53-040
Data Rates (3420 Subsystem Characteristics)
40-002
DC Power Supply (see Power Supplies)
DC 71 Patch Card General Description 52 -103
Dead Track Register 53-075
Degausser (CE Tool) 80-000
Degaussing, Cleaner Blade 08-390
Degaussing, Read/Write Head 08-280
Density Feature Combinations (Table) 40-004
Description
Group Coded Recording
55-008
Phase Encoded (PE) 55-007
NRZI
55-007
6250 BPI
55-007
Detection Register 53-005
Determine the Failing Instruction Address
Procedure, Microprocessor
16-000
Developing Solution (CE Tool)
80-000
Develop Tape 00-011
Device
Bus In x to OF Test Points (Table)
17-312
Selection Priority 54-020
Switching Feature (Description)
58-050, 90-050
Block Diagram For 2x8 Switch
18-012
Block Diagram For 3x8 or 4x8 Switch
18-013
Failure Modes
18-010
Feature (Logic)
18-010
Inbound Crosspoint Switch
58-110
Line Definitions 58-060
Operation 58-060
Rules and Definitions
18-011
Switch Node 58-090, 90-050
Tape Subsystem Cabling
18-011
Interface
Data Exchange on Device Interface During Write
Operation
5A-130, 58-130
Lines 07-000, 54-000
Device End (TCS Feature)
58-012
Device to SDI Logic lines
18-030, 18-032
Diagnostic Mode Set Command
40-008, 55-007
Diagnostics, System (Installation) 90-200
Diagram
Autocleaner Operation 08-360
8yte Count or Go Down
12-028
CE Entry
12-027
Channel Priority
54-020
Configuration Worksheet, Subsystem
Installation 90-040
Device Interface 07-000
Device Interface During a Write
Operation
5A -130, 58 -130
Device Interface During Read Forward
5A-140, 58-140
Operation
Device Switching
Configuration 58-051, 18-011
Feature
18-010
Most Probable Cause Analysis
18-015
1x8 Selection Logic
18-000
2X8 Switch Logic
58-055, 18-012
o
D-Bearing Removal and Replacement
(NRZI Feature) 08-210
D Bus
Parity Error
ALUl (MAP)
16-040
ALU2 (MAP)
16-110
Parity Indicator 75-004
D Registers
52-060
Data
Converter Check (MAP)
15-070
Entry Select Switch (CE Panel)
75-003
Exchange on Device Interface During
a Write Operation
5A-130,5B-130
Data Flow and Control
ALU Schematic 50-003
Check Indicators 75-004
Clock
53-015
Clock Asymmetry Adjustment (Installation)
90-190
Exchange on Device Interface During Write Operation
5A-130,5B-130
Interminent Permanent Data Checks
Bit Packing
5A-115, 5B-025
Forward to Backward Ratio
5B-020
Noise or Bit In IBG
5A-115,5B-025
Signal Dropout 5A-ll0, 5B-020
Tape Edge Damage 5A-ll0,5B-030
Tape Slipping 5B-020
Tape Stretch
5A-115, 5B-020
Read Data Flow Logic 50-002
Read Translator 7- Track
57-020
Read /Write Flow Logic 50-002
2X8 Switching Functional Units
58-080
2X16 Switch Logic
58-055
2x16 Switch Logic 58-060
3X8 or 4X8 Switch LogiC
18-013
4X16 Switch Logic
58-070
Display Select Switch and Compare
12-023
Group Coded Recording (6250 BPI)
55-008
18G Generation 6A-150, 68-210
Initial Selection 54-000
Map Formats 00-001
Pneumatic System, Thread Status
(Active and Inactive) 4A -161, 48 -161
Reel and Capstan Operation During
Rewind 3A-030, 3B-030
Set and Display CE Register
12-021
Set and Display Compare Register
12 -022
System Diagnostics 90-210
Troubleshooting Procedure (MAP)
18-020
Write Head Driver Card 08-270
Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) Waveforms
(Model 4, 6, and 8) 68-010, 68-011, 68-012
Digitec 251 Meter (CE Tool) 80-000
Display LSR Contents (How To)
12-013
Display Select Switch (CE Panel)
75-002
Drive (see Tape Unit)
Drop Ready Problems, Interminent 00-005
Dropping or Picking Records
15-200
Dropping Ready and Thread and Load
Failure Symptoms Chart 2A-OOD, 28-000
Dual Density Threshold Adjustment Card
80-000
Dynamic Reversal (MAP)
16-200
E
Early Begin Readback Check (MAP)
17-100
Easy Load Cartridge (Concept)
40-001
EBCDIC/BCDIC Conversion Chart 57-020
ECC/CRC Scope points (Table)
17-075
ECC/ENV Indicator 75-004
Edge Damage, Tape 58-030
Emulator Jumper 90-200
Enable Switch
75-001
Enable/Disable Switch (Concepts) 40-003
Encoded Data Group (GCR)
55-010
End Data Check
MAP
17-530
Logic
17-531
End Of Call 00-030
Engineering Changes Which Affect MAPs 00-000
Entry Select Switch, Data
75-003
ENV /ECC Indicator 75-004
Envelope
17-315
Check Circuit Logic
Check Without Skew Error (MAP)
17-220
Circuits 5A-l00,5B-l00
Failure, Runaway, or Read/Write Problems
5A-000, 58-000
EOT /BOT (see BOT /EOT)
EqUipment Checks
16-000
Erase
Full Width Erasure (Concept) 40-001
Gap Command 40-007
Head
58-110
Head Current 40-007
Head Polarity and Erasure Checks 08-320
Head Removal and Replacement 08 - 250
Error Analysis (see MAPs, Tape Control)
Error Analysis Flow Chart, Permanent
Read/Write 00-011
Error Correction Sense AnalySis (MAP)
21-000
Example of Typical Flow Through MAPs 00-003
Excursions (Wide) in Left Column DUring HS Rewtnd
3A-160, 38-160
Extended Go 68-205
Extra or MiSSing Interrupts (A2 Panel)
18-050
F
Failure Follows Tape Unit 00-040
Failure Modes, Device Switch Feature
18-010
Features
Card Plugging 90-110
Chart for Sense Byte 6
17-220
Density Feature Combinations (Table)
40-004
Device Switching
Cabltng Instructions 90-060
Line Definitions 58-060
Node Logic
58-090
Node Schematic
58-080
Operation
58-060
Theory 58-050
2 X 8 Switch Functions (Concepts)
58-080
2 X 8 Switch Logic 5B-005
2 X 16 Switch Logic 58-060
4 X 16 Switch Logic 58-070
Nine- Track NRZI 40-004
Seven- Track NRZI
E8CDIC-BCDIC Conversion Chart 57-020
Read Data Convert Data Flow Schematic 57-026
Read Translator Data Flow Schematic 57-022
Seven- Track Read Data Flow Schematic 57-006
Seven- Track Write Data Flow Schematic 57-005
Write Data Convert Data Flow Schematic
57-025
Write Translator Data Flow Schematic
57-020
Switchtng Configurations (Figure)
58-051
Two Channel Switch (TCS) 58-010
8usy 58-012
Contingent Connection
58-012
Control Unit End
58-012
Device End
58-012
Implicit Connection
58-011
Interface Switch Control
58-011
Partitioning
58-011
Reserve/Release Operation
58-011
Resets 58-011
Selection
58-011
Sense Release Command
58-011
Sense Reserve Command
58-011
Stack 58-012
Stack Interrupt 58-012
Theory 58-010
Tie 8reaker 58-012
2 Control Switch (Concepts)
58-050
3 Control Switch (Concepts)
58-050
4 Control Switch (Concepts)
58-050
Feedthrough Check 08-330
INDEX 3
~ Copyright International Business Machines CorporatIon 1976. 1979. 1980, 1983
• -MS
c c
INDEX 4
INDEX (Cont'd)
Fiber Optics
BOT /EOT Voltage Checks/Adjustments 08-580
Bundle Removal/Replacement 08-610
Lamp Removal/Replacement/Cleaning 08-620
LED BOT /EOT Block Removal/Replacement
08-590
LED BOT /EOT Voltage Checks/Adjustments 08-580
LED BOT /EOT Window Removal/Replacement
08-590
Field Feedback Problem Fixes 00-050
Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)
PLAN 1
Field Tester
Accuracy Check 08-290, 08-300,
08-315
Conversion 90-170
3420 80-020
File Protect Indicator Off (MAP)
lA-ooo,
1B-000
File Protect Mechanism Check 08-340
File Protection (Concept) 40-001
Flag Bytes 1 and 2 (Tables) 40-006
Flat Belt Replacement, Pneumatic Supply 08-442
Flow Charts
Branch To Read From Load Point 55-040
Branch To Write From Load Point 55-024
Common Start I/O Routine 55-020
Read From Load Point 55-040
Selection and Priority 54-005
Write From Load Pomt 55-024
Flow Through MAPs, Typical (Example) 00-003
Format Character Trk x (Table)
17 -075
Format, Data (see Recording Methods / Formats)
Format of MAPs 00-001
Format, Microprocessor Instruction 52-030
Forward Creep During Rewrite (Model 4, 6, 8)
6B-230
Forward Space Block (FSB) Command 40-007
Forward Space File (FSF) Command 40-007
Forward Start Times (Subsystem Characteristics)
40-002
Four Control Switch (Concepts) 58-050
Full-Width Erasure (Concept) 40-001
Function Layout, Card / Board
3420 19-010
3803-2
19-000
Functions, MPl and MP2 52-030
Gray Code Counter (GCC) 6B-205
Ground Check, Tape Unit 08-600
Group Buffer Control 53-025
Group Buffer Counter 53-090
Group Coded Recording (GCR) 6250 BPI
GCR, 5260 BPI (Concepts) 40-002
GCR Block 55-008
55-008
H
Halt I/O Instruction 40-009
Hardware Errors (MP1 Special Register)
52-060
Hardware Pointers 17 -602
Head, E~se 5B-ll0
Head Mirror Stop Adjustment (Models 3, 5, and 7)
08-350
Hex Wrench, Right Reel Hub (CE Tool) 80-000
Hi IC Pty/Hi ROS Reg Ply Indicator (CE Panel)
75-003
High-Order ROS Registers 52-035, 16-020
High ROS/IC Parity Error on A Branch Condition
ALUl (MAP)
16-020
ALU2 (MAP)
16-090
High-Speed Rewind (see Rewind Operation)
High-Speed Rewind Solenoid Check 08-405
How To
CE Initial Entry Flow Chart Start 1
Determine the Failing Instruction Address
16-000
Develop Tape 00-011
Locate Information PLAN 1
Make the ALU Loop on an Error 16-000
Operate CE Panel
12-000
Use MAPs 00-000, PLAN 1
Use Section 18-xxx 18-010
IBG Counter 2A-01O
IBG Detected on Write (MAP)
17-080
IBM Easy Load Cartridge 40-001
10 Burst 40-002
10 Burst Check (MAP)
17-050
Implicit Connection (TCS Feature) 58-011
Inactive/ Active/Pulsing/Switched Line Levels
00-003
Inbound Crosspoint Switch Schematic (Device Switch
Feature) 58- 1 10
Indicators, CE Panel 75-003
Inhibit Preamble/Postamble 40-005
Initial Entry Flow Chart, CE
Start 1
Initial Selection Description 54-000
I nitial Selection
AB CE 50-011
Bus In/Bus Out Lines 54-000
Device Interface Lines 07-000
Tape Unit 07 -000, 54-000
Initiating a Rewind 3A-Ol0, 3B-Ol0
Initiating Tape Motion 07-010
Installation
Address/ Feature / Priority Plugging (see Card Plugging)
Cable and Terminator Plugging 90-060
Cable Retaining Bar 90-060
Cabling, Subsystem (Chart) 90-070
Card Plugging
G
Gating, Oscillator 53-005
General Cleaning Instructions 85-000
General Information 07-000
General Reference Information,
Microprocessor 16-000
General Reset 50-011
Generators, CRC
53-065
Generation, CRC
53-067
Generation, IBG 6A-150
Glazed Capstan Cleaning Procedure 08-700
Glossary of Terms PLAN 5
Go Extend
Additional Stopping Distances After 6A-14O,
6B-205
Go Extensions in Quarter Tach Pulses 6B-205
IBG Counts Models 3, 5, and 7 6A-14O
Passing Times (3420 Subsystem Characteristics)
40-002
Subsystem Characteristics 40-002
Timing Chart (Model 5) 6A-15O
Interface Disabled Indicator (CE Panel)
75-003
Interface Switch Control (TCS Feature) 58-011
Intermittent Drop Ready Problems 2A-005,
2B-005, 07-010
Interrupt 54-000
Interrupts, Extra or Missing (A2 Panel)
18-050
Intervention Required (MAP)
15-010
Introduction to Maintenance Philosophy PLAN 1
Introduction, Subsystem Installation 90-000
I/O Instructions (see Commands and Instructions)
40-009
I/O Pins (3 Bit Code)
12-023, 12-024
Address, Tape Control 90- 1 10
Data In Handling 90-130
Device Selection Priority Assignments
(Chart) 90-150
Device Switching Feature 90- 1 10
Device Switching Feature, Address Control (Chart)
90-140
Disconnect In Handling 90-110
NRZI Feature 90-120
Primary / Secondary TU Interface Control (With
Device Switch) 90- 130
Primary/Secondary TU Interface Control
(With 1x8) 90-130
Priority Assignments, Device Selection (Chart)
90-150
Select Out Priority 90- 1 20
Serial No/EC Level/Feature Code (Tape Control)
90-210
Serial No/Model No/EC Level/Feature Code
(Tape Unit) 90-212
Tape Control Address 90-110
Tape Switching Feature, Address Control (Chart)
90-140
Two Channel Switch Feature 90-120
3803 Address 90-110
Checklist 90-020
Checks and Adjustments (Installation)
Air Bearing Pressure, 3420 90-190
Altitude Vacuum Level Setting, 3420 90- 190
Autocleaner 90-190
BOT /EOT Check 90-190
Capstan Check 90- 190
Data Flow Clock Asymmetry Adjustment,
3803 90-190
ESD Grounding 90- 190
Mechanical Skew, 3420 90-190
Configuration Worksheet (Instructions)
90-030, 90-040
Device Switch Cabling 90-050
Emulator Jumper 90-200
Field Tester Conversion 90-170
Installation Checklist 90-020
Instructions, Subsystem Installation 90-000
I/O Interface 40-003
Kickplates 90-090, 90-100
Operator Panel Labels, Tape Control 90-16t'
Plugging, Cables and Terminators 90-060
Power Requirements, Special-3420 Model 8
90-180
Power Supply Checks
Procedures 90-020
Special Power Requirements-3420 Model 8
90-180
Subsystem Cabling (Chart) 90-070
System Diagnostics 90- 200
Terminator and Cable Plugging 90-060
Instructions (see Commands and Instructions)
Instruction Counter, Microprocessor 1 52-010
Interblock Gap (lBG)
Counter Logic 6A-130,6B-205
Detected on Write
17 -080
Generation 6A-150, 6B-210
Go Extend IBG Counts (Model 3, 5, 7) 6A-140
Noise or Bit In 5A-115, 5B-025
K
Kickplates, Installation
90-090, 90-100
L
Lamp, Skew Check 53-085
Lamp Test Switch (CE Panel) 75-002
Latch, Reel (see Right Reel Latch)
Left Movable Guide and Retractor Removal
and Replacement (NRZI Feature) 08-220
Left or Right Vacuum Column Problems 2A-170,
2B-170, 3A-l10, 3B-ll0
Left Reel
Does Not Turn Clockwise at Threading
Speed 2A-ll0,2B-l10
Hub and Motor Removal/Replacement / Adjustment
80-560
Logic 3A-030, 3B-030
Motor Speed, Voltages 3A-020, 38-020
Right or Left Reel Won't Load Tape Into Column
28-180
Tape Rewinds Off Left Reel
38- 180
Theory, Rewind and Timing Chart
3A-010, 3B-Ol0
Left Threading Channel 08-230
Legend and Symbols
PLAN 4
Light Source Removal/Replacement 08-620
Lights/Indicators (see Maintenance Procedures)
CE Panel
75-001
File Protect Indicator Off
1A-ooo, 18-000
Load Check Prior to 80T Sense
2A-15O,28-15O
Power Check Indicator On
lA-OOO, 18-000
Ready Lamp Does Not Turn Off 4A-loo, 48-100
Ready Lamp Does Not Turn On
2A-210,2B-210
TI Lamp Stays On
3A-150, 3B-15O
Line Definitions, Device Switching Feature 58-060
Line Levels - Active/lnactive/Pulsing/Switched
00-003
Line Names for Reference to ALD XC70x
(Table)
18-020
Linking Microprogram Routines (Description)
52-030
Listings, Microprocessor 52-030
Lo IC Pty / Low ROS Reg Pty Indicator 75-003
Load Check
2A-OOO, 2B-000
INDEX 4
\
,
1\
f
,
.f \
i
, '\
(
J
{
.
'\
i
f
1
(
\
f
<
\
~.
i
1
!
"
f
I '\
t
\
f
f
~
f
f
\
t
·f
1
1
\
J
f·
)
~
\
t
f
1
f
)
¥
l
I
:)
f)
;
..f )I
r )
,
,
~
,
1
f
'I.
1;
f
. ),
.
,
j<
"
,.
£
\.
\,
;
1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
()
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0
c
0 0 0
INDEX (Cont'd)
Load Failure Symptoms (MAP)
2A-000, 28,000
Load Check Prior to 80T Sense
2A-150, 28-150
Loading Tape in Columns 28-175
Load Operation, Approximate Time (3420 Subsystem
Characteristics) 40-002
Load Test, Minireel 08-800
Local Storage Register (LSR)
Displaying Contents
12-013
Operation
52-015
Locating Information
PLAN 1
Locations
Control Unit
Tape Unit
Air Bearing Switch
2B-160
80T/EOT Block 3A-150, 38-150
Cartridge Motor 4B-150
Cartridge Open Switch 48 -150
Cartridge Opener Control Card 48-150
CP3
2A-130, 28-130
Fiber Optic 28-150
Fuses
1A-OOO, 18-000
Manual Status Control (MSC) Card 48-110
Pneumatic Contactor 2A-130, 28-130
Pneumatic Supply 2A-210, 28-210
Power Interface 80ard 81
1A-003, 18-001
Power Window PC8
2A-210, 28-210
Power Window Switches 48-140
Reel Motor Power Board
2A-14O,2B-14O
Reel Tachometers 3A-170, 38-170
Reels Loaded Switch 4A-14O,48-14O
Regulator Cards
lA-002, 18-002
SCRA 28-160
T8-1, 2, and 3
lA-002,18-002
Transfer Valve Solenoid
2A-130, 28-130
Yl Panel Location
90-080
Lock ROS 1 IC 50-011
Logic
A Register 52-035
Arithmetic Add 52-065
Branch On Condition 52-085
Branch Unconditional 52-090
8yte Count or Go Down
12-028
Capstan Control, Pulse Generator, and
Motor Controls 6A-120, 68-200
Capstan Fails To Start a Rewind To Load
Point Operation After Loading Tape into
Columns 28-175
Cartridge Does Not Open
2A-l00, 28-100
Cartridge Opener Does Not Close 4A -150, 48 -150
CE Entry 12-027
Channel 8uffer Controls 53-030
Channel Tags In and Channel Tags
Out Register 52-040
Channel Write 8yte, Write Check, and
Pointer Registers 53-045
Command Select Sequencer and Decoder
12-026
CRC Generators 53-065
Register 52-060
Data Flow Clock 53-015
Dead Track 53-075
Device Switch Node 58-090
Device Switching 58-050
End Data Check
17-531
Envelope and Read/Write
Model 3, 5, 7 5A-l00
Model 4, 6, 8 58-100
o
c e
0
c c c c c c
INDEX 5
Envelope Check
17-315
Group 8uffer Counter 53-090
Inbound Crosspoint Switch 58-110
High-Order ROS Register 52-035
Left Reel Does Not Turn Clockwise at
Threading Speed
2A-111, 28,111
Left or Right Vacuum Column Problems
2A-17Q 28-17Q 3A-l1Q 38-110
Load Check Prior To 80T Sense 2A-150, 28-150
Logical AND
52-070
Logical Exclusive OR 52-080
Logical OR 52-075
Loop-Write-To-Read (LWR) 55-005
Low-Order ROS Register 52-035
Microprocessor Clocks Control
52-005
MPl IC (Instruction Counter)
52-010
MP1/MP2 Circuits 50-003
MP1/MP2 Special registers 52-060
MP1/MP2 STAT Registers 52-015
MIST or TCS Register 52-060
Multi-Track Error (Logic)
17-112
No Response or Tape Moves 8ackward 3A-loo,
38-100
NRZI Read Data Flow 57-006
Oscillator Gating 53-005
Overrun
15-042
P or C Compare
17-017
Power Window Does Not Go Down 4A-140,
48-140
Proportional Drive Control 68 - 215
Read Cycle Controls 53-095
Read Data Converter 57-026
Read Data Flow 50-002
Read Head and Read Card 5B-120
Read Sequencing and A/B Registers
53-055
Read Translator 57-021
Read/Write Flow 50-000
Read /Write VRC Circuit
17-179
Ready Lamp Does Not Turn Off 4A-l00,4B-l00
Ready Lamp Does Not Turn On /Window Does
Not Close 2A-210, 2B-210
Reel and Ca'pstan Operation during Rewind
3A-030, 3B-030
Reel Drive System 3b-020
RIC/ROC
53-081
Right or Left Reel Fails To Load Tape
Into Column 2B-180
Right Reel Does Not Turn Clockwise at
Threading Speed 2A-120, 2B-120
ROS/LSR
52-015
ROS Mode Switch and Gates
12-024
ROS 1 Trap Conditions 50-010
Skew Detection 53-085
System 360/370 Switching (Data In
Handling) 58-005
Tape Does Not Enter or Stay in High Speed
Rewind or Rewinds To BOT at High Speed
3A-170,3B-170
Store 52-095
Tape Does Not Go Backward or Does Not
Stop at BOT 2A-190
Tape Does Not Load Into Either
Column
2A-160,2B-160
Tape Does Not Pull Out of Columns
Properly During Unload Rewind 4A- 120, 4B-120
Tape Does Not Stop or Tape Runaway
(Forward or Backward 3A-14O,3B-140
Tape Does Not Wind Completely Onto Right
Reel or Reels Do Not Stop 4A-130,4B-130,
Tape Fails To Go Backward 3A-130, 3B- 130
Tape Goes Forward After Loading Into
Vacuum Columns 2A-200, 2B-200
Tape Moves Backward Off Left Reel, or
Tape Unit Performs a Normal Unload
Rewind During Load Operation
28-190
Tape Pulls Out, Dumps, or Has Wide
Excursions in Left Column During High
Speed Rewind 3A-160,3B-160
Tape Threads Into Threading Channel and
Stops 2A-14O,2B-14O
Tape Threads Into Right Column
2B-130
Tape Unit 8us Out (TU80) Register 52-045
Tape Unit Selection Priority 54-01 0
Tape Unwinds Off Right Reel
3A-150,3B-150
TCS Selection and Tie Breaker 58-030
Transfer 52-100
Transfer Valve Does Not Pick or
Pneumatic Motor Not Running
2A-130
Two-Channel Switch 58-010
Two-Channel Switch and Tie Breaker 58-030
Unload Rewind Pushbutton (No Response)
4A-l 10, 4B-ll0
Write 53-070
Clock and Write Counter 53-020
Data Converter 57-025
Data Flow 50-001
Group 8uffer Control
53-025
Write Head, Erase Head, and Write Card
5B-ll0
Service Controls 53-040
Translator 57 -020
Triggers 53-070
Trigger VRC
17 -026
2x8 Switching Functional Units 58-080
Logic Panel Removal/Replacement (3803/3420)
08-630
Logic, Pins, Cross Reference List 20-000
Logic Section (2X8 Switching) 58-080
Logical AND (ALU Operation)
52-070
Logical Exclusive OR (ALU Operation)
52-080
Logical OR (ALU Operation)
52-075
Long Cycle BOC or BU Example (Timing Chart)
16-001
Loop, ALUl (MAP)
13-530, 13-540
Loop Write-Io-Read (LWR) Command
40-006, 55-005
Tape Unit Operation
55-005
Low-Order ROS Registers 52-035, 16-010
Low ROS/IC Parity Error on a Branch Condition
(ALU2) (MAP)
16-080
Low ROS/IC Parity Error on a Branch Instruction
(ALU1) (MAP)
16-010
Low Speed Rewind 3A-Ol0, 3B-010
LWR Tape Unit Operation
55-005
Schedule 85-005
Tape Unit Cleaning Procedure 85-001
Maintenance Philosophy, Introduction
PLAN 1 ,
Major Elements of Capstan Control Logic 68-205
Make the ALU Loop on an Error (Procedure)
16-000
MAPs
Address Out Tag Active
13-300
ALU Cannot Exit or Loop
13-370
ALUl
Cannot Transfer
13-130
Fails to Trap to 000
13-400
Failure to Reset CTI
13-210
Hangs at 000
13-010
Hangs on ALU2 Failure
13-410
Loop
13-530, 13-540
Loop, TCS
13-080
Microprogram Detected Error (Sense
Byte 11, Bit 4)
16-060
Op In Wait
13-250
Power On Reset
13-090
Reset Failure
13- 200
Waiting
13-110, 13-140, 13-170
Waiting for ALU2 to Complete a
Sequence
13-420
Waiting for ALU2 to Drop STATB
13-460,
13-470
Waiting for ALU2 STATB Indication
13-450
Waiting for ALU2 ST ATD Indication
13-440
Waiting for End of Data (EOD) on Write
13-520
ALUl or ALU2 Hangs 13-000
ALU2
Power On Reset
13-190
Trap Failure
13-260
B Bus Parity Error (ALU 1)
16-030
B Bus Parity Error (ALU2)
16-100
Bad Sense After a Rewind from OL Ts
15- 140
Branch Condition Error ALU 1 16-050
Branch On Condition Error (ALU2)
16-120
8us Out Checks
15-030
Capstan Motion Control
6A-000, 68-000
CE Panel Operation
12-010
Channel 8us In/Out Checking
13-380
Clock Check
17-800
Command or Control Status Reject 6A -160
Command Out Inactive During Reset or
Power On Reset
13-330
Command Out Reject
15-020
Command Out Tag Active
Command Sequence
13-050
Command Status Reject
16-160
Control Status Reject
16-200
CUE Reset on Interface 8
13-500
Cyclic Redundancy Checks
17 - 540
o 8us Parity Error
16-040
ALU1
ALU2
16-110
M
Magnetic Tape and Reels (Concepts) 40-002
Preventive Maintenance
General Cleaning Instructions 85-000
INDEX 5
~ Copynght International BUSIness Machines Corporation 1976. 1979. 1983
I
C
I
INDEX (Cont'd)
INDEX 6
Data Converter Check 15-070
Device Switching Feature
Most Probable Cause Analysis lS-015
Troubleshooting Procedure lS-020
Dropping Ready and Thread and Load
Failure Symptoms 2A-ooo, 2B-000
Dynamic Reversal
16-200
Early Begin Readback Check 17 -100
End Data Check 17-530
End Of Call 00-030
Envelope Check Without Skew Error 17-220
Envelope Failure, Runaway, or Read /Write
Problems 5A-ooo, 5B-000
Error Correction Sense Analysis 21-000
File Protect Indicator Off or Power
Check Indicator On
lA-ooo, 1 B-ooo
Formats 00-001
High ROS/IC Register Parity Branch Condition
ALUl
16-020
ALU2
16-090
How to Use 00-000
IBG Detected on Write 17-0S0
10 Burst Check 17-050
Intervention Required
15-010
LRCR Errors, Sense Byte 3, Bits 0, 1,
or 4
17-310
Low ROS/IC Parity Error on a Branch Condition
(ALU2) 16-080
Low ROS/IC Parity Error on a Branch Instruction
(ALU1) 16-010
MTE Without Envelope Check 17 -110
No Block Detected on Write/Write Tape Mark
(WTM) 16-190
Noise Detection 17-370
Not Capable 15-060
NRZI Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC)
17-590
Offline Duplication of Online Failures
12-000
Overrun 15-040
P Compare or C Compare Errors 17-010
Partial Record (Sense Byte 5, Bit 5)
17 -41 0
PE or NRZI and GCR Velocity Checks/Changes
16-180
Permanent Data Checks 5A-l05, 58-002
Picking/Dropping Records 15-200
Pointer System 17 -602
Postamble Error 17-190
Read/Write Vertical Redundancy Check (VRC)
17-16S
Sense All Zeros 15-080
Sense Analysis 14-000
Service Out Tag Active 13-280
Single Tape Unit Problems 00-040
SIO Trap Failures 13-320
Slow End Readback Check 17 -1 50
Start Read Check 17-070
Suppress Out Active 13-310
Suppress Out Inactive During Reset or
Power On Reset 13-340
TACH Start Failure (Sense Byte 10, Bit 5)
16-170
TACH Velocity Error 13-510
Tape Control Metering Problems
lS-060
Tape Control Power Supply 11-000
Tape Motion and Rewind Symptoms 3A-000,
3B-000
Tape Unit Loads but Capstan Motion is
Faulty 6B-ll0
Tape Unit Wont Thread, Load, and Return
to BOT Properly 6B-l01
Unit Check Without Supporting Sense
or Unexpected Sense 15-100
Unload Failure Symptoms 4A-ooo, 48-000
Write Current Failure or Tape Unit Check 15-090
Write Tape Mark (WTM) Check 17-180
Write Trigger Vertical Redundancy Check
(VRC) Error 17 -020
XOUTA Register Not Functioning .13-430
1xS Selection Logic 18-000
301 Trap Address, TCS or Device Switching
Without TCS 13-240
3420/3803 Symptom Index 00-010
3S03 Status Pending
13-220
6250 Error Correction 17-600
Markers, BOT/EDT 40-007
Master Clock 53-005
Master Signal level Tapes (CE Tool) 80-000
Master Skew Tapes (CE Tools) 80-000
Mechanical Skew (Installation) 90-190
Mechanical Skew Check/Adjustment, NRZI Featured
Units OS-lS0
Mechanical Skew Check/Adjustment, 1600 and 6250
BPI Units OS-170
Meter, Torque
Metering (Concepts) 40-003
Metering Problems, Tape Control 18-060
Microprocessor (see also AlU)
Card Interchange list 16-001
Clock Control logic 52-005
Communication Between AlUl and AlU2
(Description) 52-030
Diagnose, Loop, and Scoping Procedures 16-000
Functions (Description) 52-030
Instruction Counter logic 52-010
Instruction Format 52-030
listings (Description) 52-030
Stat Registers 52-015
Microprogram Address, Used in MAPs
(Description) 00-003
Microprogram Detected Error, ALUl (MAP) 16-060
Microprogram Error, ALU2 (Table) 16-130
Microprogram Error Labels (Table) 16-060
Microprogram Errors, Analyzing (Table)
16-131
Microprogram Flowcharts
Branch to Read From Load Point 55-040
Branch to Write From Load Point 55-024
Common Start I/O Routine 55-020
Microprogram Indicators 75-004
Microsecond Frequency 53-005
Minireel Load Test OS-SOO
Missing or Extra Interrupts 18-050
MIST or TCS Register (MP1) 52-035, 52-060
MLM Tab Placement by Volume PLAN 7
Mode Chart for Sense Byte 6 17 - 220
Mode Set Command Table 40-008
Mode Set 1 (7 - Track NRZI) Operation 55-007
Mode Set 2 (9-Track PE/NRZI) Operation 55-007
Modified Power Supply, 3420 lA-002
Motion Control Commands 40-007
Motion Control Commands (Table) 40-005
Motion Problems, Tape (Stubby Column Loops)
6A-01O
Motion Tester (see Field Tester)
Mple/SingleSwitch (CE Panel) 75-002
MPl (see ALU)
A-Register 52-035
Branch Conditions (Table) 52-0S6
Clock Control LogiC 52-005
Clock Timing Charts 52-005
Functional Description 52-030
High-Order ROS Registers 52-035
Instruction Counter Logic 52-025
Low-Order ROS Registers 52-035
Schematic 50-003
Special Register (Hardware Errors) 52-060
Stat Registers 52-015
Transfer Decodes (Table) 52-101
XOUTA Register Bit Usage 52-025
MP2 (see ALU)
A-Register 52-035
Branch Conditions (Table) 52-0S7
Functional Description 52-030
High-Order ROS Registers 52-035
Instructional Counter Logic 52-030
Low-Order ROS Registers 52-035
Schematic 50-003
Special Register (TU Bus In) 52-040
Stat Registers 52-015
Transfer Decodes (Table) 52-101
XOUTA Register Bit Usage 52-025
Multi-Track Error (MTE)
logic 17-112
MTE/LRC Indicator 75-004
Without Envelope Check (MAP)
17-110
N
9-Track NRZI (Concepts) 40-002
9- Track NRZI Feature (Tape Control) 40-004
No Block Detected on Write/Write Tape Mark
(WTM 16-190
No-Operation (NOP) Command 4O-00S
No Response or Tape Moves Backward 3A-100,
3B-l00
No Response When Rewind/Unload Button is
Pressed 4A-110,4B-110
Noise Detection (MAP)
17 -370
Noise or Bits in the Interblock Gap 5A-115, 58-025
Non-Motion Control Commands 40-008
Non-Motion Control Commands (Table) 40-005
Not Capable (MAP) 15-060
Not Capable Conditions (Table) 15-064
NRZI
Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) (MAP)
17 -590
Hi-Clip VRC (Write Only)
17 -31 0
Read Data Bit x Test Points (Table)
17-590
Read Data Flow 57 -006
R/W VRC, Hi Clip VRC, LRC Error 17-314
7 - Track (Concepts) 40-002
9-Track (Concepts) 40-002
o
Offline Duplication of Online Failures (MAP)
12-001
OLT Error Messages Analysis 21-000
OLT -3420 F, G, H, Error Sense AnalysiS 21 -000
One and Two Track 6250 Error Correction 17-600
Online and Offline Status (Concepts) 40-003
Operation, Autocleaner OS-360
Operational Check, Autocleaner OS-380
Operations, ALU
Arithmetic Add: ADD/ADDM (Hex Code A or B)
52-065
Branch On Condition: BOC (Hex Code 2 or 3)
52-085
Branch to Read from Load Point 55-040
Branch to Write from Load Point 55-024
Branch Unconditional: BU (Hex Code 6)
52-090
Common Start I/O Routine 55-020
Logical AND: AND/ANDM (Hex Code C or D)
52-070
Logical Exclusive OR: XO/XOM (Hex Code E or F)
52-075
Logical OR: OR/ORM (Hex Code 8 or 9)
52-075
Store Logic: STO (Hex Code 0 or 1)
52-095
Transfer Logic: XFR (Hex Code 4 or 5) 52-100
Operator Panel Switches (2X8 Switch
Logic) 5S-055
Optional Tape Cartridge (Concept) 40-001
ORC Byte 53-045
Organization of Publication
PLAN 6
Oscillator Gating 53-005
Oscillators (see Clocks/Oscillators/Counters)
Other (Related) Subsystem Documents PLAN 1
Overrun
Error 53-040
MAP 15-040
PE and 6250 BPI (Timing Chart)
15-041
p
P Compare Error Test Points (Table) 17-013
P Comp Indicator (CE Panel) 75-004
P Compare or C Compare (LogiC) 17-017
P Compare or C Compare Errors (MAP)
17 -010
Panel, CE 75-001
Panel Enable Switch 75-001
Parity Error, B Bus, ALU1
16-030
Parity Error, B Bus, ALU2
16-100
Parity Indicator 75-003
Partial Record (MAP) 17 -410
Partitioning (TCS Feature) 58-011
Passing Times per Byte (3420 Subsystem
Characteristics) 40-002
Passing Times, IBG (Subsystem Characteristics)
40-002
Patch Card
ALU 1/ ALU2 Card Location 52-104
General Description 52-103
Card Plugging Layout 52-104
PE or NRZI and GCR Velocity Checks/Changes (MAP)
16-1S0
PE Threshold Adjustment Card 80-000
PE, 1600 BPI (Concepts) 40-002
PE/6250 BPI CRe
17-540
Permanent Data Checks (MAP) 5A-105, 5B-002
Permanent Read Error Scoping Offline 00-013
Permanent Read Error Scoping Online 00-014
Permanent Read/Write Error Analysis
Flow Chart 00-011
3803-2/3420
INDEX 6
© Copyright International Buli..... Machine. Corporation 1976. 1979. 1983
o o o o o o o
()
o o
f)
() f) f) ()
I)
t
!l
"'f 1;
f, ;1
c o o o
()
o
()
o o o o
c
()
o
()
o
c
o o
INDEX (Cont'd)
Permit Flip Latch 53-040
Persistent Pointers 17 -602
Phase Encoded (PE) 55-007
Phase Pointers (Table) 08-250
Phasing Check (Installation) 90-180
Phasing, Power 90-180
Photo Cell, Radius Sensor 08-610
Picking/Dropping Records (MAP)
15-200
Pins to Logic, Cross Reference List
(3803-2) 20-000
Plugging, Cables and Terminators 90-060
Plugging, Reverse High Power Drive Current
To Capstan (Model 7 Only) 6A-14O
Plugging, Write Head Card (Model 4, 6, 8) 08-270
Pneumatic System
Imbalance or Leaks Check 6A-010, 6B-15O
Motor Does Not Turn Off 4A-160, 4B-160
Motor Not Running or Transfer Valve Not Picked
2A-130,2B-130
Motor Stepped Pulley Alignment (Type 3 Supply)
08-434
Pressure Level Adjustment (All Models) 08-420
Pressure/Vacuum Checks 08-400
Procedure to Check for Imbalance or Leaks 6A-Ol0
Regulator Air Pressure Check 08-405
Supply Flat Belt Replacement/Adjustment 08-442
Supply Pulley Removal/Replacement 08-430
System, Description
Air Bearing 4A-160,4B-160
Flow Diagram 4A-161,4B-161
Pnematic Switches 4A-160,4B-160
Three-Way Valve 4A-160,4B-160
Transfer Valve 4A-160,4B-160
Transfer Valve Leakage Test 08-400
Transfer Valve Not Picked 2A-130
Pointer System
MAP 17-602
Pointer Register (Second Level) 53-045
Probe List (Table) 17-701
Timing Chart 17 - 702
Polarity Hold Drive (PHD) Register 6B-205
Possible 3420/3803 Problem Fix 00-050
Postamble Error (MAP)
17 -190
Power
Cable 90-060
Check Indicator On
lA-ooo, 1 B-ooo
Supply Checks (Installation) 90-180
Power-On Checks (Installation) 90-180
Power-On/Off Sequencing (Concepts) 40-003
Power On Reset 50-011
Reel Motor Voltages, Speed 3A-020, 3B-020
Requirements, Special-3420 Model 8
(Table) 90-180
Power Supplies
DC Checks/Adjustments 08-570
DC Test Points (3803/3420 Tables) 08-570
Modified lA-002
Printed Circuit Board Removal/Replacement
(3803 Model 2 Only) 08-575
TCU Power Supply Failure Analysis
11-000
Unmodified lA-ooo, 1 B-002
3420 lA-ooo, lB-ooo
3420 Power Interface Board, Bl
lA-003, 1B-OOl
Power Window
Alignment 08-640
Does Not Go Down 4A-14O, 4B-14O
c c c c c
INDEX 7
Glass Removal/Replacement 08-670
Rack, Switch Adjustment 08-650
Safety Bail Adjustment 08-640
Safety Bail Cable Removal/Replacement 08-660
Preamps (see Ajustment)
Pressure, Air (see Pneumatic System)
Pressure Divider (CE Tool) 80-000
Pressure Test, Right Reel Latch
Rear Housing 08-520
Pressure/Vacuum Gauge 80-010
Preventive Maintenance
Fiber Optic Lamp Cleaning Procedure 08- 260
General 85-000
Schedule 85-005
Tape Unit Cleaning Procedure 85-001
Priority, Select Out 90-120
Priority (2X16 Switch Logic) 58-060
Procedures
Capstan Motion Checks (Motion Appears Normal)
6B-020
Check for Tape Drag 6A-Ol0
Diagnosing CE Panel Failure 12-020
Displaying Sense Information from CE Panel
12-012
Locating a Failing Command 12-010
Offline Duplication of Failures 12-000
Priority Circuits 54-020
Priority (see Selection and Priority)
Problems, Intermittent Drop Ready 2A-005
Proportional Drive Control, Capstan Motor
(Second Level) 6B-215
Proportional Drive Counter (PDC) 6B-205
Protection, File (Concept) 40-001
Pulse Generator, Capstan 6A-120
Pushbuttons (see CEPanel Switches)
Q
Quick Fix Index, 3803-2 Subsystem
00-009
R
Radius Sensor Photo Cell 08-610
Read
Acceptable Waveforms (Read Card Test
Points 5B-004
Access Times (3420 Subsystem
Characteristics) 40-002
Amplitude Adjustment (Model 4, 6, and 8) 08-310
Back Checking (Concept) 40-001
Backspace Operation 6B-230
Backward Command 40-005
Backward Operation 5A-14O,5B-140
Card Reference Generator 5B -120
Cycle Controls 53-095
Data Converter Data Flow Logic 57-026
Data Flow Logic 50-002
Data Flow Logic, NRZI 57-006
Errors, Permanent (see Permanent Read
Error Analysis)
Forward to Backward Ratio Test (All Models)
08-240, 5B-020
Forward to Backward Ratio Test (Models 3, 5, 7)
5A-ll0
Forward Command 40-005
Forward Operation 5A-14O, 5B-14O
Head and Read Card Circuits 5B-120
Noise or Bits in the Interblock Gap 5A-115
Operation 5B-14O
Register, A/B 53-055
Translator Data Flow Logic 57-021
VRC Indicator 75-004
6250 Service Requirements 50-030
Read Card Reference Generator 5B-120
Read Card Test Points (Table) 08-310
Read Electrical Skew Adjustment (NRZI Feature) 08-190
Read Head and Read Card Logic 5B-120
Read Only Storage (ROS) 6B-205
Read Only Tape Generation 90-200
Read Sequencing Circuits 53-055
Read/Write
Clocks and Counters (Table) 53-010
Clocks/Oscillators 53-005
CRC A, B, C, 0
53-066
CRC Generators 53-065
Cyclic Redundancy Check Generation and Use
53-067
Data Flow Clock 53-015
Data Flow logic 50-000, 50-001, 50-002
Envelope Failure, Runaway, or Read/Write Problems
5A-000, 5B-000
Head Degaussing and Resistance Check (Models 4,
6, and 8) 08-280
Head Resistance Check Procedure 5B-OOl
Intermittent Permanent Data Checks
Bit Packing 5A-115, 5B-025
Forward to Backward Ratio 5A-110, 5B-020
Noise or Bit In IBG 5A-115, 58-025
Signal Dropout 5A-110, 5B-020
Tape Edge Damage 5A-ll0, 5B-030
Tape Slipping 5B-020
Tape Stretch 5A-115,5B-020
logic Circuits 5A-l00, 5B-l00
Problems 5A-000, 5B-000
Self Adjusting Gain Control (SAGC) 5B-120
Skew Detection 53-085
Vertical Redundancy Check (VRC) (logic)
17-179
Vertical Redundancy Check (VRC) (MAP)
(Chart)
17-168, 17-170
Vertical Redundancy Check (VRC) (Timing
Charts) 17 -172
VRC Circuit (logic) 17-179
Write Clock and Write Counter 53-020
Write Head Card Plugging (Models 4, 6, and 8)
08-270
Write Service Controls 53-040
Zero Threshold 5B-120
Ready lamp Does Not Turn Off 4A-l00,4B-100
Ready lamp Does Not Turn On/Window Does
lA-210,2B-210
Not Close
Ready Symptoms Failure Chart 2A-OOO
Recording Methods/Formats
Concepts 40-002
Description 55-007
Interblock Gap (lBG) 40-002
Magnetic Tape amd Reels (Concepts) 40-002
Nine-Track NRZI (Concepts) 40-002
PE (1600 BPI) Concepts 40-002
7- Track NRZI (Concepts) 40-002
6250 BPI (Concepts) 40-002
6250 BPI Error Correction (Concepts)
40-00:2
Reel
Alignment Tool Preparation Kit 08-460
Alignment Tool Modification/Zeroing 08-465
And Capstan Operations During Rewind 3A-030,
3B-030
left Reel Does Not Turn Clockwise at Threading
Speed 2A-ll0, 2B-ll0
Motors and Drivers 3A-020, 3B-02O
Reel and Capstan Operations During Rewind
3A-030, 3B-030
Reel Does Not Stop 4A-130,4B-13O
Reel Motor and Hub Adjustment (CE Tools) 80-000
Reel Tachometers 3A-030, 3B-030
Rewind Operation and Timing Chart 3A-Ol0,
3B-Ol0
Right or left Reel Won't Load Tape into Column
28-180
Right Reel Does Not Stop 4A-130,4B-130
Right Reel Does Not Turn Clockwise at Correct
Speed 2A-120,2B-120
Right Reel latch Rear Housing Pressure
Check 08-520
Stabilization 3A-020, 3B-020
Tachometer Removal/Replacement 08 - 550
Tachometers, During Rewind 3A-03O,
3B-020, 38-030
Tape Does Not Wind Completely Onto Right Reel
4A-130, 48-130
Tape Fails to Go Backward 3A-13O, 3B-130
Tape Unwinds Off Right Reel or TI Light Stays On
3A-15O, 38-150
Reference Charts, Device Switching Feature
18-029
Registers
A/B
53-055
Channel Tags and Bus In 52-040
Channel Write Byte 53-045
Crossovers 52-025
o 52-060
Dead Track 53-075
High and low-Order ROS 52-035
local Storage 52-015
MIST and TCS 52-060
MPl and MP2 52-060
MP1/MP2 STAT 52-015
Pointer 53-045
ROS/lSR 52-015
Tape Unit Bus Out 52-045
Write Check 53-045
Regulator Air Pressure Checks/Adjustments
90-190, 08-405
INDEX 7
INDEX (Cont'd)
INDEX 8
Removals and Replacements
Air Bearings (D) 08-210
Autocleaner 08-370
Capstan Assembly (Non-90.ooo Series) 08-020.
08-040
Capstan Assembly (90.000 series) 08-030,
08-050
Capstan Tachometer (Model 3, 5, 7) 08-110
Capstan Tachometer (Model 4, 6) 08-090
Cartridge Restraint 08-540
Cooling Fan 08-630
D-Bearing 08-210
Erase Head 08-250
Fiber Optics
BOT/EOT Block 08-590
Bundle 08-610
Lamp 08-620
LED BOT /EOT Block 08-590
LED BOT /EOT Window 08-590
Left Movable Guide and Retractor (NRZI
Feature) 08-220
Left Reel Hub and Motor 08-560
Logic Panel (3420/3803) 08-630
Pneumatic Supply Flat Belt 08-442
Power Circuit Board (PCB) 08-575
Power Circuit Board (3803 Model 2 only) 08-575
Power Window Glass 08-670
Power Window Safety Bail Cable 08-660
Printed Circuit Board (3803 Model 2 Only) 08-575
Read/Write Head Card 08-260
Read/Write or Erase Head 08-250
Reel Tachometer 08-550
Right Rear Movable Guide and Retractor 08-210
Right Reel-latch Rear Housing 08-470
Right Reel Motor 08-530
Right Reel Hub 08-480
Right Reel Hub Individual Parts 08-490
Vacuum Column Door Glass 08-690
Replacement
Cartridge Motor 08-535
Pneumatic Supply Flat Belt (Type 4) 08-442
Pneumatic Supply Pulley (All Types of
Pneumatic Supplies) 08-430
Right Reel Hub 08-500
Right Reel Hub Individual Parts 08-490
Right Reel-Latch Rear Housing 08-510
Vacuum Column Door 08-680
Request In Interrupt 54-001
Request Track-In-Error Command 40-006
Reserve/Release Operation (TCS Feature) 58-011
Reset/Start or Step Switch (CE panel) 75-001
Resets (TCS Feature) 58-011
Resources PLAN 1
Response Chart 40-008
Rewind (REW)
Command 40-007
Concept 40-001
Operation and Timing Chart 3A-Ol0, 3B-Ol0
Problems 3A-000. 3B-000
Capstan Won't Rewind to LP After Loading Tape
2B-175
No Response or Tape Moves Backward 3A-l00.
3B-l00
Tape Does Not Enter or Stay in Hi Speed
Rewind 3A-170. 3B-170
Tape Does Not Stop or Tape Runaway (Forward
or Backward) 3A-14O. 3B-14O
Tape Fails to Go Backward 3A-130,3B-130
Tape Pulls Out Of or Dumps During High
Speed Rew 3B-160
Tape Rewinds Off Left Reel 3B-180
Tape Rewinds to Beginning of Tape at High
Speed 3A-170
Tape Stays in High Speed Rewind Status
to Load Point 3B-180
Tape Unwinds off Right Reel 3A-15O. 3B-150
Unload/Rewind Pushbutton (No Response)
4A-ll0,4B-ll0
Wide Execursions in Left Column During
High Speed Rewind 3A-160! 3B-160
Rewind Times (Subsystem Charactenstlcs) 40-002
Rewind/Unload (RUN)
Command 40-007
Concepts 40-001
Unload Operation With Cartridge 4A-ooo, 4B-000
Unload Operation Without Cartridge 4A-ooo,
4B-000
Problems 4A-ooo, 4B-000
Cartridge Opener Does Not Close 4A-150,
4B-150
No Response When Rewind / Unload Button
is Pressed 4A-l10,4B-ll0
Power Window Does Not Go Down 4A-14O,
4B-14O
Reels Do Not Stop 4A-130.48-130
Tape Does Not Pull Out of Columns Properly
During Unload Rewind 4A-120, 48-120
Tape Does Not Wind Completely onto Right
Reel or Reels Does Not Stop 4A-130, 48-130
Tape Moves Backward Off Left Reel 2B-190
Tape Unit Performs a Normal Unload Rewind
During a Load Operation 2B-190
Unload Rewind Pushbutton (No Response)
4A-l10,4B-l10
Rewind/Unload Times (Subsystem Characteristics)
40-002
RIC/ROC 53-080
Right Reel
.
Does Not Turn Clockwise at Correct
Speed 2A-120, 2B-120
Hub Individual Parts Replacement 08-490
Hub Removal 08-480
Hub Replacement/ Adjustment 08-500
Latch
Rear Housing Pressure Test 08-520
Rear Housing Removal 08-470
Rear Housing Replacement 08-510
Logic 3A-030, 3B-030
Motor Removal/Replacment 08-530
Motor Speed, Voltages 3A-020, 3B-020
Reels Do Not Stop 4A-130, 4B-130
Right or Left Reel Won't Load Tape into Column
2B-180
Tape Does Not Wind Completely onto Right Reel
4A-130,4B-130
Tape Unwinds Off Right Reel or TI Light Stays On
3A-150, 3B-150
Theory, Rewind and Timing Chart 3A-Ol0, 3B-Ol0
Won't Load Tape into Columnn 2B-180
Right Threading Channel 08-230
Ripple/Wr Data Switch (CE Panel) 75-002
ROS Bit Pl, 0-7 Test Points (Table) 16-020
ROS Bit P2, 8-15 Test Points (Table) 16-010
ROS Mode Switch (CE Panel) 75-002
ROS Patch Card (Plugging) 80-030
ROS 1 Trap Conditions logic 50-010
Routines, linking Microprogram 52-030
Rules and Definitions, Device Switching
18-011
Runaway
Envelope Failure, Runaway. or R/W Problems
5A-ooo, 58-000
Tape Does Not Stop or Tape Runaway (FWD/BKWD)
3A-14O,3B-14O
S
Safety Section
SAGC (Self-Adjusting Gain Control)
Check 16-220
Theory 5B-120
Scale (CE Tool) 80-000
Schematics
IBG Counter (Model 3, 5, 7) 6A-130
Microprocessor (MP1, MP2) Flow. 50-003
Read/Write Flow 50-000, 50-001, 50-002
ROS 1 Trap Conditions 50-010
Scoping Permanent Errors
Offline 00-013
Online 00-014
Select In/Select Out 54-020
Select Out Priority (Table) 90-120
Selection, Tape Control and Tape Unit 54-005
Selection (TCS Feature) 58-011
Selection and Priority 54-010
Selective Reset 50-011
Self-Adjusting Gain Control and Zero Threshold
5B-120
Logic 1x8 18-000
Priority Circuits 54-020
Tape Control and Tape Unit AddreSSing 54-005
Tape Control and Tape Unit Selection 54-005
Tape Unit Selection 54-010
Sense
AnalYSis (MAP) 14-000
Analysis, Error Correction (MAP) 21-000
Bytes 0-23
Bits not Defined in MAPs 00-006
Tables 00-005
Mask for Sense Data After Rewind
15-140
Subsystem Quick Fix Index, Sense Byte
Analysis 00-009
Tape Unit Sense Bytes (Table) 00-005
Sense All Zeros (MAP) 15-080
Sense Byte to Bit Conversion (Table) 14-005
Sense Byte 3, Bit 4 17-315
Sense Byte 5, Bit 5 17-410
Sense Command 40-005
Sense Data Equals All Zeros 15-080
Sense Release Command (TCS Feature)
40-006, 58-011
Sense Reserve Command (TCS Feature)
40-005, 58-011
Sensor Adjustment, AMP
(NRZI-Model 3, 5, 7) 08-300
Sensor Adjustment, AMP
(PE Only-Model 3, 5, 7) 08-290
Sequence Chart, Forward Creep During
Rewrite 6B-230
Sequencing, Power On/Off (Concepts) 40-003
Service Controls, Write 53-040
Service In/Service Out 58-005
Service Out Inactive During Reset or
Power-On-Reset (MAP) 13-350
Service Out Tag Active (MAP)
13-280
Service Requirements
6250 Read 50-030
6250 Write 50-020
Set Diagnose Command 40-006
Set ROS Mode/Set CE Compr Switch (CE Panel)
75-002
Seven-Track NRZI Recording (Concepts) 40-002
Shim (CE Tool) 80-000
Short Cycle XFR Example (Timing Chart)
16-001
Short Gap (with Tape Damage) 00-012
Signal Dropout 5A-l10,SB-020
SIO Trap Failures (MAP)
13-320
Single Tape Unit Problems Chart 00-040
Skew
Buffers 53-075
Detection 53-085
Error 17-166
Error Circuit Description
17- 166
Errors, Test Point Chart (Table)
17-162
Error Timing Chart 17 -163
Group Buffer Counter 53-090
Indicator (CE Panel) 75-004
RIC Equals ROC (MAP)
17-160
Test Points, Skew Errors (Chart)
17- 162
Slippage, Tape 5B-020
Slow End Readback Check (MAP)
17 - 150
Solenoid Check, High-Speed Rewind 08-405
Space Block Commands (Description) 40-007
Space File Commands (Description) 40-007
Special Power Requirements-3420 Model 8
(Table) 90-180
Special Register, MPl (Hardware Errors) 52-060
Special Register, MP2 (TU Bus In) 52-060
Stack Interrupt (TCS Feature) 58-012
Stack/Stack Interrupt (TCS Feature) 58-012
Standard Voltages, Definition of 00-003
Start Capstan Motion 6B-220
Start I/O (SIO) Routine, Common 55-020
Start Problem Analysis START 1
Start Read Check (MAP)
17 -070
Start Times, Forward (Subsystem Characteristics)
40-002
Stat Registers 52-015
Status Byte Chart 00-005
Status Reject, Command or Control 6A-160
Stop Address-FRU list (Table)
16-060
Stop On Control Check Switch (CE Panel) 75-001
Stop On Data Flow Check Switch (CE Panel) 75-001
Stop/Start Switch (CE Panel)
75-002
Store (ALU Operation) 52-095
INDEX 8
©
)
if
Copyngh1 International BUSiness Mach,ne, Corpor'tlon 1976. 1979. 1983
, fl
f)
I
1
f)
f
l
I
)
!1
}
1
,. l
f
,
~
"
'"
'to
j
.:
\
j
o () o
00
o o ()
()
o o
00 o 0 0 0 0
o o
0
INDEX (Cont'd)
Subsystem
Address / Feature / Priority Card Plugging 90-110
Cabling 90-060
Channel Cable Maximum Length for
6250 BPI (Table) 90-070
Channel Attachment (Table) 90-010
Concepts 40-002
Configuration 90-100
Configuration Worksheet Instructions 90-030
Device Switching 90-050
Error Correcting/Detecting Code 40-002
External Cables (Table) 90-070
Field Tester Conversion 90-170
Installation Checklist (3803-2/3420) 90-020
Installation (Introduction/Instructions) 90-000
Kickplates 90-100
Power Cable 90-060
Power Supply Checks 90-180
Quick Fix Index. 3803-2 00-009
Recording Method 40-002
Unpacking Instructions 90-000
3803/3420 Configurations 40-003
Suppress Out Active (MAP)
13-310
Suppress Out Inactive During Reset or
Power-On-Reset (MAP) 13-340
Switches
Cartridge Open and Closed 2A-l00.2B-l00
CE Panel 75-001
Vacuum Column 08-450
Switching Configuration. Device 58-050
Symbols and Legend
PLAN 4
Symptoms
Capstan Motion Failure 6B-000
Dropping Ready and Thread and Load Failure
2A-000. 2B.000
Failure Follows Tape Unit 00-040
Index. 3420/3803 00-010
Unload 4A-000. 4B-000
Tape Motion and Rewind Chart 3A-000. 3B-000
3803/3420 Index 00-010
System Diagnostics (Installation) 90-200
System/360/370 Switching 58-005
T
TACH Period Counter (TPC) 6B-205
TACH Start Failure (Sense Byte 10, Bit 5)
(MAP) 16-170
TACH Velocity Error (MAP)
13-510
Tachometer, Capstan (Model 3, 5, 7) OS-130
Tachometer, Capstan (Model 4, 6, 8) OS-120
Tachometer, Reel 3B-020. 3B-030
Tags In Register, Channel 52-040
Tape Cleaning Kit (CE Tool) SO-OOO
Tape Cleaner (see Autocleaner)
Tape Control (TCU)
AddreSSing 40-003
Address Decoders 58-010
Address/Feature/Priority Card 90-110
Branch To Read From Load Point 55-040
Branch To Write From Load Point 55-024
Channel Interface Problems (Table)
lS-04O
Common Start I/O (SIO) 55-020
Concepts 40-003
Configurations (Concepts) 40-003
e
o c c c c c c
INDEX 9
Contingent Connection (TCS Feature) 58-012
Control Unit End (TCS Feature) 58-012
Density Feature Configurations 40-004
Device End (TCS Feature) 58-012
Device Switching Feature 54-010
Enable/Disable Switch 40-003
Group Coded Recording (GCR) 55-008
Interface Switch Control 58-011
Logic Panel Card Plugging 19-000
Logic Panel Removal/Replacement 08-630
Loop-Write- To-Read (LWR) 55-005
MAPs (see MAPs)
Metering 40-003
Metering Problems (MAP) 18-060
Online and Offline Status 40-003
Power On / Off Sequencing (Concepts) 40-003
Registers 52-060
Channel Tags and Bus In 52-040
Crossovers 52-025
o 52-060
High and Low-Order ROS 52-035
Local Storage 52-015
MPl and MP2 52-060
MP1/MP2 STAT 52-015
ROS/LSR 52-015
Tape Unit Bus Out 52-045
Resets (TCS Feature 58-011
SOl Logic! (Table) 18-030. 18-032
Selection and Addressing 54-005
Sense Byte Bits Not Defined in MAPs 00-007
Sense Byte Chart 00-005
Sequencing. Power On/Off 40-003
Stack Interrupt (TCS Feature) 58-012
Status Byte Chart 00-005
Tie Breaker Logic 58-01 0
Timing. Read Cycle Controls 53-095
Tape Control To/From Device (Chart)
18-005
Tape Crimper Procedure 2A-015. 2B-006
Tape Damage
Analysis of IBG in Developed Tape 00-013
At End of Block (Block Appears Short) 00-012
Consists of Small Spot or Oxide Void (lor
More Tracks) 00-012
Edge Damage 5B-030
In Beginning Zeros Burst (PE Only) 00-012
In Ending Zeros Burst (PE Only) 00-012
In Erased Gap Area 00-012
In Middle of Data 00-012
Scope
Offline 00-013
Online 00-014
Short Gap 00-012
Tape Developing Procedure 00-011
Tape Guide Check (NRZI-Featured Units) 08-230
Tape Slippage 5B-020
Tape Speed (3420 Characteristics) 40-002
Tape Subsystem Cabling. Device Switch
Feature 18-011
Tape Transport Cleaner (CE Tool) 80-000
Tape Unit
Autocleaner Operation 40-001. 5B-110.
OS-360
Bus In Test Points (Table)
17-312
Bus Out Test Points (Table)
17-312
Characteristics Table 40-002
Commands 40-006
Commands and Command Status Byte (Table)
16-164
Control Lines Charts 16-213
Double Track Errors 40-002
EC Level 90-210
Erase Head 5B-110
Feature Code 90-210
Full Width Erasure 40-001
General and Daily Cleaning S5-OOO
Ground Check OS-600
Head-Mirror Stop Adjustment (Model 3. 5, 7)
OS-35O
IBG Counter (Model 3. 5, 7) 6A-130
Initial Selection 54-000
Initiating Tape Motion 07-010
Interchangeability Problems 40-001
Logic Panel Card Plugging (Models 3, 5, and 7)
19-010
Logic Panel Card Plugging (Models 4, 6, and 8)
19-011
Logic Panel Removal/Replacement 08-630
Loop-Write-To-Read 55-005
Model Number 90-212
Online/Offline Switches (2X8 Switching)
5S-080
Power Supplies 1A-ooo. 1 B-ooo
Problems, Single Unit 00-040
Selection and AddreSSing 54-005
Selection Priority 54-010
Sense Byte Chart 00-005
Serial Number 90-210
Single Direct-Drive Capstan 40-001
Single Track Errors 40-002
Speed (Subsystem Characteristics) 40-002
Tape Developing Analysis 00-011
Tape Guide Check (NRZI Feature) OS-230
Track Pointers 40-002
Two-Gap Read/Write Head 40-001
Tape Unit Problems
Bit Packing 5A-115, 5B-025
Capstan Starts Turning When Power is Turned
On (Second Level) 6B-14O
Dropping Ready and Thread and Load Failure
Symptoms 2A-ooo, 2B-000
Capstan Fails to Start a Rewind to Load
Point After Loading Tape into Columns 2B-175
Cartridge Does Not Open 2A-l00, 2B-loo
Intermittent Drop Ready 2A-005, 2B-005
Left or Right Vacuum Column Problems
2A-170,2B-170
Left Reel Does Not Turn Clockwise at
Threading Speed 2A-ll0, 2B-l10
Load Check Prior to BOT Sense 2A-15O,
2B-150
Ready Lamp Does Not Turn On/Window
Does Not Close 2A-210,2B-210
Right or Left Reel Fails to Load Tape
into Columns 2B-180
Right Reel Does Not Turn Clockwise at
Threading Speed 2A-120, 2B,120
Tape Does Not Go Backward or Does
Not Stop at BOT 2A-190
Tape Does Not Load into Either Column
2A-160,2B-160
Tape Goes Forward After Loading into
Vacuum Columns 2A-200, 2B-200
Tape Motion Problems (Stubby Column
Loops) 6A-Ol0
Tape Moves Backward Off Left Reel, or Tape
Unit Performs a Normal Unload Rewind During
a Load Operation 2B-190
Tape Starts into Threading Channel and
Stops 2A-14O,2B-14O
Tape Threads into Right Column 2A-130,
2B-13O
Forward to Backward Ratio 5A-l10, 5B-020
Intermittent Drop Ready 07-010
Noise or Bit in IBG 5A-115, 5B-025
Permanent Data Checks (MAP) 5A-105, 5B-002
Signal Dropout 5A-l10, 5B-020
Tape Drag Check 6A-010,6B-15O
Tape Edge Damage 5A-ll0, 5B-030
Tape Motion Symptoms 3A-ooo, 3B-000
Left or Right Vacuum Column-Tape Pulls Out,
Bobbles, Bottoms 3A-ll0, 3B-ll0
No Response or Tape Moves Backward
3A-l00,3B-100
Tape Does Not Enter or Stay in High Speed
Rewind or Rewinds to BOT at High Speed
3A-170,3B-170
Tape Does Not Stop or Tape Runaway (Forward/
Backward) 3A-14O, 3B-14O
Tape Fails to go Backward 3A-130, 3B-130
Tape Has Wide Excursions in Left Column
During High Speed Rewind 3A-160, 3B-160
Tape Pulls Out or Dumps in Left Column
During HS Rew 3A-160,3B-160
Tape Rewinds to Beginning-Of-Tape (BOT) at
High Speed 3A-170, 3B-170
Tape Unwinds Off Right Reel 3A-15O, 3B-15O
Tape Slipping 5B-020
Tape Stretch 5A-115, 5B-020
Tape Unit Check (MAP)
15-090
Tape Unit Loads but Capstan Motion is Faulty
(MAP) 6B-l10
Tape Wont Thread, Load, and Return to BOT
Properly (MAP) 6B-l00
Unload Failure Symptoms
Cartridge Opener Does Not Close 4A-15O,
4B-15O
Pneumatic Motor Does Not Turn Off 4A-160,
4B-160
Power Window Does Not Go Down 4A-14O,
4B-14O
Ready Lamp Does Not Turn On 4A-l00, 4B-l00
Tape Does Not Pull Out of Columns Properly
During Unload Rewind 4A-120, 4B-120
Tape Does Not Wind Completely Onto Right
Reel or Reels Do Not Stop 4A-130, 4B-130
Unload Rewind Pushbutton (No Response)
4A-l10,4B-ll0
TB-l, TB2, and TB3 Diagram
lA-002
TCS (see Two Channel Switch)
TCU
(see Tape Control)
Technique, Card Isolation PLAN 1
Tee and Hose Assembly (CE Tool) 80-000
Terminator and Cable Plugging 90-060
Terminology Notes PLAN 1
3803-2/3420
I
I
Seq , of 2
'to
Copyright Intem.tional BUlIn ••• Machine. Corpor.tion 1983
XK0500
8851776
P.n Number
847298
15 Aug 83
INDEX 9
INDEX (Cont'd)
INDEX 10
Test I/O Instruction
40-009
Test Points, Channel Buffer/Write Bus (Table)
17-021
Test Points (Read Card)
5B-004
Tester, CE (see Field Tester)
Theory (see Tape Unit or Tape Control Unit)
5S-01O
Theory (TCS Feature)
Theory of Operation
Additional Stopping Distances After Go
Extend
6A - 140
Air Bearings 4A- 160, 4B- 160
Airflow and Voltage Monitoring System
lA-OOO, 1 B-OOO
6B-230
BackspaCe
Capstan Control Circuits 6A- 120, 6B-020
Capstan Drive System
6A-120,6B-200
Capstan Motion Checks
6A-000, 6B-000
Capstan Motor and Controls 6A- 120, 6B-020
Capstan Pulse Generation
6A-120,6B-200
Cartridge Opener Does Not Close 4A-150, 4B-150
Data Exchange on DEVI During Write
Operation
5A-130, 5B-130
Erase Head (Schematic)
5B -11 0
Extended Go
6B-205
Go Extend IBG Counts
6A-140
Go Extensions In Quarter TACH Pulses
6B-205
IBG Counter Circuits
6A-130,6B-205
IBG Generation
6A-150,6B-210
Left or Right Vacuum Column Problems
3A- 1 10,
3B- 110
Left Reel Does Not Turn Clockwise at Threading
2A- 110, 2B- 11 0
Speed
Load Check Prior to BOT Sense
2S-150
Major Elements of Capstan Control Logic 6B-205
Plugging (Model 7 Only)
6A- 140
Pneumatic System (flow diagram)
4A- 160
Pneumatic SWitches 4A- 160, 48- 160
Polarity Hold Drive (PHD) Register 68-205
Power Check
lA-OOO, lB-OOO
Power Supplies
1A-OOO, 1 B-OOO
Proportional Drive Counter (PDC)
6B-205
Read BC'::kward Operation
5A-140. 58-140
Read Card and Read Card Circuits
5B- 120
Read Card Reference Generator
58 -120
Read Forward Operation
5A-140.58-140
Read Only Storage (ROS)
6B-205
Reel and Capstan Operations During Rewind
3A-030, 38-030
Reel Drive System Schematic 3A-020. 38-020
Reel Motors and Drivers
3A-020. 38-020
Reel Stabilization
3A-020. 3B-020
Reel Tachometers
3B-020. 3B-030
Reel Tachometers, During Rewind
3A-030. 3B-030
Reset/Start or Stop Switch
75-001
Rewind Operation
3A-Ol0, 38-010
Self Adjusting Gain Control (SAGC)
58- 120
TACH Period Counter (TPC)
6B-205
Three-Way Valve
4A-160,4B-160
Transfer Valve
4A- 160, 4B- 160
Unload Operation with Cartridge 4A-000,
4B-000
Unload Operation Without Cartridge 4A-000,
4B-000
Write Head, Erase head, and Write Card
(Schematic)
5B-110
Zero Threshold
58- 120
6 MHz Oscillator and GCC
68-205
3420 Power Supplies
lA-ooo
Thread and Load Operations
2A-Ol0, 2B-020
Thread, Load
Check Points
2A-020, 2B-030
Checking with Cartridge (Timing
2A-Ol0, 2B-020
Chart)
Checking without Cartridge (Differences)
2A-020, 2B-030
Failure Symptoms
2A-ooo, 28-000
Left Reel Turns Too Fast
2A-110, 28-110
Operations
Cartridge Does Not Not Open
2A-l00, 28-100
Left or Right Vacuum Column Problems
2A- 170,
2B-170, 3A-l 10,38-110
Left Reel Does Not Turn Clockwise at
Threading Speed
2A-l10,2B-110
Load Check Prior to 80T Sense
2A- 150,
28-150
Motor Not Running or Transfer Valve Not Picked
2A-130, 28-130
Ready Light Does Not Turn On
2A-21O, 28-210
Right Reel Does Not Turn Clockwise at Correct
Speed
2A-120, 2B-120
Tape Does Not Go Backward or Does Not Stop at
BOT
2A-190
Tape Does Not Load into Either Column
2A- 160,
2B-160
Tape Enters Threading Channel and Stops
2A- 140,
2B-140
Tape Goes Forward after Loading into Vacuum
2A-200, 28-200
Columns
Tape Unit Won't Thread, Load, and Return
to BOT Correctly 68-100
Time Required in Execute (Subsystem
40-002
Characteristics)
Regulator Air Pressure Check 08-400
Threading Vacuum Check 08-400
Transfer Valve Leakage Test 08-400
Thread Load Checking With Cartridge
2A-020, 2B-030
Thread Load Without Cartridge (Differences)
2A-020
Thread Status Active and Inactive 4A-161,4B-161
Threading Failure Symptoms Chart
2A-000, 2B-000
Three Control SWitch Feature (Concepts)
58-050
Three-Way Valve
4A-160,4B-160
TIE 8reaker (with TCS Feature)
58-012, 50-030
TIE (Request Track-in-Error Command)
40-006
Timing Chart
Bit Cell and PE and NRZI Write
Waveform
55-007
Branch Unconditional
52-090
8yte Count or Go Down
12-028
CE Entry
12-027
Clock
17-800
Command Select Sequencer and Decoder
12-026
Command Sequence (Tag Lines/Status)
54-001
Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC)
17-544,
17-545, 17-546
Data Convert Write Timing
57-025
Go Extend 18G
6A-140
18G Generation
68-210
Long Cycle (BOC or BU)
16-001
Microprocessor Clocks Control
52-005
NRZI R/W VRC, Hi Clip VRC, LRC Errors
17-314
Overrun
15-04 1
PE
17- 176
PE Mode
17-016,17-025,17-111
PE Write
17-165
Plugging Reverse High Power Current
(Model 7 Only)
6A-140
Pointer System, PE
17 - 705
Pointer System, 6250
17 - 702
Read Cycle Controls
53-095
Read Electrical Skew OS- 190
Rewind
3A-Ol0, 3B-Ol0
Set and Display CE Register
12-021
Set and Display Compare Register
12-022
Short Cycle (XFR) Example
16-001
Start Capstan Motion (Write Operation
200 IPS) 6B-220
Store
52-095
Thread and Load
2B-020
Thread Load Checking With Cartridge
2A-020,
2B-030
Thread Load With Cartridge
2A-010
Transfer 52 - 100
Write Electrical Skew (NRZI Feature)
08-200
6250 BPI Mode
17-014, 17-015,
6250 Multi-Track Error (MTE)
17-111
6250, PE, and NRZI Waveform. 53-070
6250 Read Service Requirements
50-030
6250 Write
17 - 172
6250 Write (RIC/ROC)
17-163
6250 Write Service Requirements
50-020
6250 Write Trigger VRC
17-022
7- Track
17-313
Timing Charts, Used in MAPs (Description)
00-003
Tools and Test Equipment
80-000
Transfer (ALU Operation)
52-100
Transfer Decodes, Microprogram (MPl and MP2)
52-101
Transfer Valve
Not Picked or Pneumatic Motor Not Running
2A-130, 2B- 130
Leakage Test 08-400
Translation
Write Translator 7-Track
57-020
Read Translator 7 - Track
57 -021
Translator, Write
57-020
Transport Cleaning Procedure S5-001
Transport Concepts 40-001
Transport, Tape (Concept)
40-001
Trap Channel A/ B (TCS Feature)
5S-01 1
Trap Condition Schematic, ROS 1 50-010
Troubleshooting Procedure, Device
Switching (MAP)
18-020
TU (see Tape Unit)
52-060
TU Bus In (MP2 Special Register)
TU Control Lines and Control Status Byte
16-213
Response (Table)
TUBI Test Points (Table)
17 -312
TUBO Test Points (Table)
17-312
Two Channel Switch (TCS) Feature
5S-01 0
52-060
TCS or MIST Register (MP1)
Two Control Switch Feature (Concepts)
5S-050
Type 2272 MST Card Adjustment
17-800
Typical Flow Through MAPs (Example)
00-002
u
U Pgm Indicators 75-004
Unit Check Without Supporting Sense
or Unexpected Sense (MAP)
15- 100
Unload Operation With/Without Cartridge
4A-ooo, 4B-000
Unload Operations (see Rewind/Unload Operation)
Unmodified Power Supply, 3420
1A-OOO, 1 B-002
Unpacking Instructions, Subsystem Installation 90-000
v
Vacuum Column
Balance 08-800
Door Glass Removal/ Replacement/ Adjustment
08-690
Door Replacement/AdJustment OS-680
Left or Right Vacuum Column Problems
2A-170,
2B-170, 3A-l10, 3B-110
Switch Check 08-450
Tape Bobbles Vacuum Columns 3A-l 10, 3B-1 10
Tape Bottoms in Vacuum Columns
3A- 110,
3B-110
Tape Does Not Load into Either Column
2A- 150,
2B-160
Tape Exhibits Abnormal Motion Symptoms
3A- 110,
3B-110
Tape Goes Forward After Loading into Vacuum
Columns
2A-200, 2B-200
Tape Pulls Out of Vacuum Columns 3A- 110,
3B-110
Wide Excursions in Left Column During
3A-160,3B-160
High Speed Rewind
Vacuum Chart ((Inches of Water) All Models)
08-405
Vacuum Level Adjustment, Altitude 08-410
Vacuum/Pressure Gauge (Setup)
80-010
Valid Pointers
17-602
Variable Go-Down Time 40-006
Velocity Check, Velocity Change During Write
16- 180
Voltage and Airflow Monitoring System
1A-OOO, 1 B-OOO
Voltage Levels (Limits)
00-003
Voltages, Standard (Definition Of} 00-003
VRC Error, Write Trigger
17-020
VRC, Write Trigger Circuit DeSCrIption
17-026
w
Water Manometer (Procedures)
SO-010
Waveforms (Read Forward and Backward RatiO Test)
5A- 110, 5B-020
Wide Excursions in Left Column During High Speed
Rewind
3A-160, 38-160
Window (see Power Window)
Word Count Zero (MAP)
15-050
INDEX 10
()
f)
" ,
o o o
()
()
o
f)
f)
f)
() ( ) {) ";0
()
i. ,
[l !l
fl
... ,
f)
r1,
~
f)
.,
t)
eeo eo o eo
00000 000
INDEX (Cont'd)
x
13-430
52-025
y
Y1 Panel Location
90-080
z
Zero Threshold
o c c c c
INDEX 11
Write
Access Times (Subsystem Characteristics) 40-002
Byte Counter 53-025
Byte Register, Channel 53-045
Check Register 53-045
Clock and Write Counter 53-020
Command 40-005
Data Convener Logic 57 -025
Data Exchange on Device Interface During Write
Operation 5A-130, 5B-130
Data Flow Logic 50-000, 50-001
Electrical Skew Adjustment (NRZI Feature) 08-200
Enable Ring (see File Protection-Concepts)
Forward Creep During Write 6B-230
Group Buffer Control 53-025
Head Card Plugging (Models 4, 6, and 8) 08-270
Service Controls 53-040
Tape Mark (WTM) Check (MAP)
17-180
Tape Mark Command 40-007
Translator, 7 - Track Logic 57 -020
Trigger Operation, 6250, NRZI. and PE 53-070
Write Trigger Indicator 75-004
Write Trigger Venical Redundancy Check (VRC)
Logic 17 -026
Error (MAP)
17-020
Error, 6250 BPI (Timing Chan)
17-022
Write Current Failure or Tape Unit Check (MAP)
15-090
Write Head, Erase Head, and Write Card
Circuits 5B-110
6250 Write Operation (MAP)
13-480
6250 Sevice Requirements 50-020
XOUTA Register Not Functioning (MAP)
XLOUTA/XOUTB (Crossover) Registers
o o o
5B-120
NUMERIC
Installation Checklist 90-020
Models 3-8 Cleaning Procedure 85-001
Model B-Special Power Requirements 90-180
Modified Power Interface Board (B1) 1A-003
Modified Power Supply 1A-002
Preventative Maintenance Schedule 85-005
Read Amplitude Adjustment 08-310
SAGC Checks 08-315
Tape Speed (3420 Subsystem Characteristics)
40-002
Unmodified Power Supply 1A-ooo
3803
CE Panel Description 75-001
Installation Checklist 90-020
3803/3420 Magnetic Tape Subsystem 40-001
Basic Sense Data 40-001
Command Set 40-001
Cross-Reference, Pins To LogiC 17-166
Features (Concepts) 40-004
Logic Panel Removal/Replacement 08-630
Preventative Maintenance Schedule 85-005
Status Pending
13-220
Status Response 40-001
Symptom Index 00-010
Tape Control (Concepts) 40-003
6250 Write Operation (MAP)
13-480
PE Mode Timing Chan 17-016
1x8 Selection Logic (MAP)
18-000
2 Control Switch (Concepts)58-050
2x8 Switch Logic 58-055
2x8 Switching Functional Units 58-080
2x16 Switch Logic 58-060
3 Control Switch (Concepts) 58-050
4 Control Switch (Concepts) 58-050
4x16 Switch Logic 58-070
6 MHz Oscillor and Gray Code Counter 6B-205
6250 BPI
(Concepts) 40-002
Error Correction (Concepts) 40-002
Mode Timing Chan 17-014, 17-015
PE CRC
17-540
6250 Error Correction (MAP)
17 -600
6250 Read Service Requirements 50-030
6250 Stress Tape (CE Tool) 80-000
6250 Write Service Requirements 50-020
7- Track NRZI Threshold Adjustment Card 80-000
7 -Track Timing Chan 17 -313
7 or 9 Track LRC
17-310
7 and 9 Track NRZI 40-004
9-Track CRC Generation During Read and Write 53-067
1 and 2 Track 6250 Error Correction
17 -600
301 Trap Address, TCS or Device Switching
Without TCS (MAP)
13-240
360/370 Switching Logic 58-005
1600 BPI (Concepts) 40-002
3420
Airflow and Voltage Monitoring System
1A-ooo,1B-000
Altitude Vacuum Level Adjustment 08-410
Daily and General Cleaning Instructions 85-000
Dropping Ready, Thread, and Load Failure
Symptoms 2A-000, 2B-000
Field Tester Accuracy Check 08-290,
08-300, 08-315
Field Tester Procedure 80-020
't:: Copynght International BUSiness Machines Corporation 1983
INDEX 11
INDEX (Cont'd)
INDEX 12
INDEX 12
(t CopVrlght International BUSiness Machines CorpOfstlon 1983
'\
£
'\
i
i'
,)
.
,Y
,
~
~
l,
{
"
l,
r
,
1,
F)
0
,~
()
t
#')
"
j'
;
'\
.-)
,
~
t
;
)
:f
)
(
)
I
i) ()
()
\ 1
,
{\
()
, ,
f)
()
, ,
fl
() ()
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.3 Linearized : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37 Create Date : 2011:05:08 16:19:40-08:00 Modify Date : 2011:05:09 09:42:35-07:00 Metadata Date : 2011:05:09 09:42:35-07:00 Producer : Adobe Acrobat 9.43 Paper Capture Plug-in Format : application/pdf Document ID : uuid:c1cbda49-aa94-4ca7-8f3c-a121d0c3cd3c Instance ID : uuid:c54e1c6d-c4a1-4ec7-a603-237cea294e66 Page Layout : SinglePage Page Mode : UseNone Page Count : 212EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools